kubernetes
/
website
mirror of https://github.com/kubernetes/website.git
1
0
Fork 0
Code Issues Packages Projects Releases Wiki Activity

Merge pull request #1307 from kubernetes/release-1.4 

Publish documentation changes related to Kubernetes 1.4 release
This commit is contained in:
devin-donnelly 2016-09-26 10:33:45 -07:00 committed by GitHub
parent 51add3e397 778c119835
commit 1cc3c16994
159 changed files with 102996 additions and 10731 deletions
Show Stats Download Patch File Download Diff File Expand all files Collapse all files

22
_data/guides.yml
View File

@ -8,10 +8,12 @@ toc:
section:
- title: What is Kubernetes?
path: /docs/whatisk8s/
- title: Installing Kubernetes on Linux with kubeadm
path: /docs/getting-started-guides/kubeadm/
- title: Hello World on Google Container Engine
path: /docs/hellonode/
- title: Downloading or Building Kubernetes
path: /docs/getting-started-guides/binary_release/
- title: Hello World Walkthrough
path: /docs/hellonode/
- title: Online Training Course
path: https://www.udacity.com/course/scalable-microservices-with-kubernetes--ud615
@ -58,8 +60,14 @@ toc:
path: /docs/user-guide/config-best-practices/
- title: Using kubectl to Manage Resources
path: /docs/user-guide/working-with-resources/
- title: Garbage collection
path: /docs/user-guide/garbage-collector/
- title: Garbage Collection (Beta)
path: /docs/user-guide/garbage-collection/
- title: Using NetworkPolicy
section:
- title: Example Walkthrough
path: /docs/getting-started-guides/network-policy/walkthrough/
- title: Using Calico for NetworkPolicy
path: /docs/getting-started-guides/network-policy/calico/
- title: Batch Jobs
section:
@ -227,6 +235,8 @@ toc:
path: /docs/getting-started-guides/ubuntu/
- title: Ubuntu Nodes with Calico
path: /docs/getting-started-guides/ubuntu-calico/
- title: Validate Node Setup
path: /docs/admin/node-conformance
- title: Portable Multi-Node Cluster
path: /docs/getting-started-guides/docker-multinode/
- title: Building Large Clusters
@ -242,6 +252,8 @@ toc:
path: /docs/admin/
- title: Cluster Management Guide
path: /docs/admin/cluster-management/
- title: Installing Addons
path: /docs/admin/addons/
- title: Sharing a Cluster with Namespaces
path: /docs/admin/namespaces/
- title: Namespaces Walkthrough
@ -284,3 +296,5 @@ toc:
path: /docs/admin/salt/
- title: Monitoring Node Health
path: /docs/admin/node-problem/
- title: AppArmor
path: /docs/admin/apparmor/

9
_data/overrides.yml
View File

@ -8,10 +8,11 @@ overrides:
- path: docs/admin/kube-proxy.md
- path: docs/admin/kube-scheduler.md
- path: docs/admin/kubelet.md
- changedpath: docs/api-reference/extensions/v1beta1/definitions.html _includes/v1.3/extensions-v1beta1-definitions.html
- changedpath: docs/api-reference/extensions/v1beta1/operations.html _includes/v1.3/extensions-v1beta1-operations.html
- changedpath: docs/api-reference/v1/definitions.html _includes/v1.3/v1-definitions.html
- changedpath: docs/api-reference/v1/operations.html _includes/v1.3/v1-operations.html
- changedpath: docs/api-reference/extensions/v1beta1/definitions.html _includes/v1.4/extensions-v1beta1-definitions.html
- changedpath: docs/api-reference/extensions/v1beta1/operations.html _includes/v1.4/extensions-v1beta1-operations.html
- changedpath: docs/api-reference/v1/definitions.html _includes/v1.4/v1-definitions.html
- changedpath: docs/api-reference/v1/operations.html _includes/v1.4/v1-operations.html
- copypath: k8s/federation/docs/api-reference/ docs/federation/
- copypath: k8s/cluster/saltbase/salt/fluentd-gcp/fluentd-gcp.yaml docs/getting-started-guides/fluentd-gcp.yaml
- copypath: k8s/examples/blog-logging/counter-pod.yaml docs/getting-started-guides/counter-pod.yaml
- copypath: k8s/examples/blog-logging/counter-pod.yaml docs/user-guide/counter-pod.yaml

19
_data/reference.yml
View File

@ -212,12 +212,16 @@ toc:
path: /docs/user-guide/petset/
- title: Pods
path: /docs/user-guide/pods/
- title: Pod Security Policies
path: /docs/user-guide/pod-security-policy/
- title: Replica Sets
path: /docs/user-guide/replicasets/
- title: Replication Controller
path: /docs/user-guide/replication-controller/
- title: Resource Quotas
path: /docs/admin/resource-quota/
- title: Scheduled Jobs
path: /docs/user-guide/scheduled-jobs/
- title: Secrets
path: /docs/user-guide/secrets/
- title: Security Context
@ -225,7 +229,7 @@ toc:
- title: Services
path: /docs/user-guide/services/
- title: Service Accounts
path: /docs/user-guide/service-accounts/
path: /docs/user-guide/service-accounts/
- title: Volumes
path: /docs/user-guide/volumes/
@ -243,3 +247,16 @@ toc:
path: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/release-1.3/docs/design/security_context.md
- title: Security in Kubernetes
path: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/release-1.3/docs/design/security.md
- title: Federation
section:
- title: User guide
path: /docs/user-guide/federation/
- title: Federation API
path: /docs/federation/api-reference/README/
- title: Federation Components
section:
- title: federation-apiserver
path: /docs/admin/federation-apiserver.md
- title : federation-controller-mananger
path: /docs/admin/federation-controller-manager.md

6335
_includes/v1.4/extensions-v1beta1-definitions.html Executable file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

16848
_includes/v1.4/extensions-v1beta1-operations.html Executable file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

8087
_includes/v1.4/v1-definitions.html Executable file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

32451
_includes/v1.4/v1-operations.html Executable file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

25
docs/admin/addons.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
---
---
## Overview
Add-ons extend the functionality of Kubernetes.
This page lists some of the available add-ons and links to their respective installation instructions.
## Networking and Network Policy
* [Weave Net](https://github.com/weaveworks/weave-kube) provides networking and network policy, will carry on working on both sides of a network partition, and does not require an external database.
* [Calico](https://github.com/projectcalico/calico-containers/tree/master/docs/cni/kubernetes/manifests/kubeadm) is a secure L3 networking and network policy provider.
* [Canal](https://github.com/tigera/canal/tree/master/k8s-install/kubeadm) unites Flannel and Calico, providing networking and network policy.
## Visualization & Control
* [Weave Scope](https://www.weave.works/documentation/scope-latest-installing/#k8s) is a tool for graphically visualizing your containers, pods, services etc. Use it in conjunction with a [Weave Cloud account](https://cloud.weave.works/) or host the UI yourself.
* [Dashboard](https://github.com/kubernetes/dashboard#kubernetes-dashboard) is a dashboard web interface for Kubernetes.
## Legacy Add-ons
There are several other add-ons documented in the deprecated [cluster/addons](https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/tree/master/cluster/addons) directory.
Well-maintained ones should be linked to here. PRs welcome!

133
docs/admin/admission-controllers.md
View File

@ -78,6 +78,118 @@ If your cluster supports containers that run with escalated privileges, and you
restrict the ability of end-users to exec commands in those containers, we strongly encourage
enabling this plug-in.
### ImagePolicyWebhook
The ImagePolicyWebhook plug-in allows a backend webhook to make admission decisions. You enable this plug-in by setting the admission-control option as follows:
```shell
--admission-control=ImagePolicyWebhook
```
#### Configuration File Format
ImagePolicyWebhook uses the admission controller config file (`--admission-controller-config-file`) to set configuration options for the behavior of the backend. This file may be json or yaml and has the following format:
```javascript
{
"imagePolicy": {
"kubeConfigFile": "path/to/kubeconfig/for/backend",
"allowTTL": 50, // time in s to cache approval
"denyTTL": 50, // time in s to cache denial
"retryBackoff": 500, // time in ms to wait between retries
"defaultAllow": true // determines behavior if the webhook backend fails
}
}
```
The config file must reference a [kubeconfig](/docs/user-guide/kubeconfig-file/) formatted file which sets up the connection to the backend. It is required that the backend communicate over TLS.
The kubeconfig file's cluster field must point to the remote service, and the user field must contain the returned authorizer.
```yaml
# clusters refers to the remote service.
clusters:
- name: name-of-remote-imagepolicy-service
cluster:
certificate-authority: /path/to/ca.pem # CA for verifying the remote service.
server: https://images.example.com/policy # URL of remote service to query. Must use 'https'.
# users refers to the API server's webhook configuration.
users:
- name: name-of-api-server
user:
client-certificate: /path/to/cert.pem # cert for the webhook plugin to use
client-key: /path/to/key.pem # key matching the cert
```
For additional HTTP configuration, refer to the [kubeconfig](/docs/user-guide/kubeconfig-file/) documentation.
#### Request Payloads
When faced with an admission decision, the API Server POSTs a JSON serialized api.imagepolicy.v1alpha1.ImageReview object describing the action. This object contains fields describing the containers being admitted, as well as any pod annotations that match `*.image-policy.k8s.io/*`.
Note that webhook API objects are subject to the same versioning compatibility rules as other Kubernetes API objects. Implementers should be aware of looser compatibility promises for alpha objects and check the “apiVersion” field of the request to ensure correct deserialization. Additionally, the API Server must enable the imagepolicy.k8s.io/v1alpha1 API extensions group (`--runtime-config=imagepolicy.k8s.io/v1alpha1=true`).
An example request body:
```
{
"apiVersion":"imagepolicy.k8s.io/v1alpha1",
"kind":"ImageReview",
"spec":{
"containers":[
{
"image":"myrepo/myimage:v1"
},
{
"image":"myrepo/myimage@sha256:beb6bd6a68f114c1dc2ea4b28db81bdf91de202a9014972bec5e4d9171d90ed"
}
],
"annotations":[
"mycluster.image-policy.k8s.io/ticket-1234": "break-glass"
],
"namespace":"mynamespace"
}
}
```
The remote service is expected to fill the ImageReviewStatus field of the request and respond to either allow or disallow access. The response body’s “spec” field is ignored and may be omitted. A permissive response would return:
```
{
"apiVersion": "imagepolicy.k8s.io/v1alpha1",
"kind": "ImageReview",
"status": {
"allowed": true
}
}
```
To disallow access, the service would return:
```
{
"apiVersion": "imagepolicy.k8s.io/v1alpha1",
"kind": "ImageReview",
"status": {
"allowed": false,
"reason": "image currently blacklisted"
}
}
```
For further documentation refer to the `imagepolicy.v1alpha1` API objects and `plugin/pkg/admission/imagepolicy/admission.go`.
#### Extending with Annotations
All annotations on a Pod that match `*.image-policy.k8s.io/*` are sent to the webhook. Sending annotations allows users who are aware of the image policy backend to send extra information to it, and for different backends implementations to accept different information.
Examples of information you might put here are:
* request to "break glass" to override a policy, in case of emergency.
* a ticket number from a ticket system that documents the break-glass request
* provide a hint to the policy server as to the imageID of the image being provided, to save it a lookup
In any case, the annotations are provided by the user and are not validated by Kubernetes in any way. In the future, if an annotation is determined to be widely useful, it may be promoted to a named field of ImageReviewSpec.
### ServiceAccount
This plug-in implements automation for [serviceAccounts](/docs/user-guide/service-accounts).
@ -125,10 +237,31 @@ and ensures that requests in a non-existent `Namespace` are rejected.
A `Namespace` deletion kicks off a sequence of operations that remove all objects (pods, services, etc.) in that
namespace. In order to enforce integrity of that process, we strongly recommend running this plug-in.
### DefaultStorageClass
This plug-in observes creation of `PersistentVolumeClaim` objects that do not request any specific storage class
and automatically adds a default storage class to them.
This way, users that do not request any special storage class do no need to care about them at all and they
will get the default one.
This plug-in does not do anything when no default storage class is configured. When more than one storage
class is marked as default, it rejects any creation of `PersistentVolumeClaim` with an error and administrator
must revisit `StorageClass` objects and mark only one as default.
This plugin ignores any `PersistentVolumeClaim` updates, it acts only on creation.
See [persistent volume](/docs/user-guide/persistent-volumes) documentation about persistent volume claims and
storage classes and how to mark a storage class as default.
## Is there a recommended set of plug-ins to use?
Yes.
For Kubernetes >= 1.4.0, we strongly recommend running the following set of admission control plug-ins (order matters):
```shell
--admission-control=NamespaceLifecycle,LimitRanger,ServiceAccount,DefaultStorageClass,ResourceQuota
```
For Kubernetes >= 1.2.0, we strongly recommend running the following set of admission control plug-ins (order matters):
```shell

10
docs/admin/apparmor/deny-write.profile Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
#include <tunables/global>
profile k8s-apparmor-example-deny-write flags=(attach_disconnected) {
#include <abstractions/base>
file,
# Deny all file writes.
deny /** w,
}

13
docs/admin/apparmor/hello-apparmor-pod.yaml Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
apiVersion: v1
kind: Pod
metadata:
name: hello-apparmor
annotations:
# Tell Kubernetes to apply the AppArmor profile "k8s-apparmor-example-deny-write".
# Note that this is ignored if the Kubernetes node is not running version 1.4 or greater.
container.apparmor.security.beta.kubernetes.io/hello: localhost/k8s-apparmor-example-deny-write
spec:
containers:
- name: hello
image: busybox
command: [ "sh", "-c", "echo 'Hello AppArmor!' && sleep 1h" ]

392
docs/admin/apparmor/index.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,392 @@
---
assignees:
- stclair
---
AppArmor is a Linux kernel enhancement that can reduce the potential attack surface of an
application and provide greater defense in depth for Applications. Beta support for AppArmor was
added in Kubernetes v1.4.
* TOC
{:toc}
## What is AppArmor
AppArmor is a Linux kernel security module that supplements the standard Linux user and group based
permissions to confine programs to a limited set of resources. AppArmor can be configured for any
application to reduce its potential attack surface and provide greater defense in depth. It is
configured through profiles tuned to whitelist the access needed by a specific program or container,
such as Linux capabilities, network access, file permissions, etc. Each profile can be run in either
enforcing mode, which blocks access to disallowed resources, or complain mode, which only reports
violations.
AppArmor can help you to run a more secure deployment by restricting what containers are allowed to
do, and /or providing better auditing through system logs. However, it is important to keep in mind
that AppArmor is not a silver bullet, and can only do so much to protect against exploits in your
application code. It is important to provide good, restrictive profiles, and harden your
applications and cluster from other angles as well.
AppArmor support in Kubernetes is currently in beta.
## Prerequisites
1. **Kubernetes version is at least v1.4**. Kubernetes support for AppArmor was added in
v1.4. Kubernetes components older than v1.4 are not aware of the new AppArmor annotations, and
will **silently ignore** any AppArmor settings that are provided. To ensure that your Pods are
receiving the expected protections, it is important to verify the Kubelet version of your nodes:
$ kubectl get nodes -o=jsonpath=$'{range .items[*]}{@.metadata.name}: {@.status.nodeInfo.kubeletVersion}\n{end}'
gke-test-default-pool-239f5d02-gyn2: v1.4.0
gke-test-default-pool-239f5d02-x1kf: v1.4.0
gke-test-default-pool-239f5d02-xwux: v1.4.0
2. **AppArmor kernel module is enabled**. For the Linux kernel to enforce an AppArmor profile, the
AppArmor kernel module must be installed and enabled. Several distributions enable the module by
default, such as Ubuntu and SUSE, and many others provide optional support. To check whether the
module is enabled, check the `/sys/module/apparmor/parameters/enabled` file:
$ cat /sys/module/apparmor/parameters/enabled
Y
If the Kubelet contains AppArmor support (>= v1.4), it will refuse to run a Pod with AppArmor
options if the kernel module is not enabled.
*Note: Ubuntu carries many AppArmor patches that have not been merged into the upstream Linux
kernel, including patches that add additional hooks and features. Kubernetes has only been
tested with the upstream version, and does not promise support for other features.*
3. **Container runtime is Docker**. Currently the only Kubernetes-supported container runtime that
also supports AppArmor is Docker. As more runtimes add AppArmor support, the options will be
expanded. You can verify that your nodes are running docker with:
$ kubectl get nodes -o=jsonpath=$'{range .items[*]}{@.metadata.name}: {@.status.nodeInfo.containerRuntimeVersion}\n{end}'
gke-test-default-pool-239f5d02-gyn2: docker://1.11.2
gke-test-default-pool-239f5d02-x1kf: docker://1.11.2
gke-test-default-pool-239f5d02-xwux: docker://1.11.2
If the Kubelet contains AppArmor support (>= v1.4), it will refuse to run a Pod with AppArmor
options if the runtime is not Docker.
4. **Profile is loaded**. AppArmor is applied to a Pod by specifying an AppArmor profile that each
container should be run with. If any of the specified profiles is not already loaded in the
kernel, the Kubelet (>= v1.4) will reject the Pod. You can view which profiles are loaded on a
node by checking the `/sys/kernel/security/apparmor/profiles` file. For example:
$ ssh gke-test-default-pool-239f5d02-gyn2 "sudo cat /sys/kernel/security/apparmor/profiles | sort"
apparmor-test-deny-write (enforce)
apparmor-test-audit-write (enforce)
docker-default (enforce)
k8s-nginx (enforce)
For more details on loading profiles on nodes, see
[Setting up nodes with profiles](#setting-up-nodes-with-profiles).
As long as the Kubelet version includes AppArmor support (>= v1.4), the Kubelet will reject a Pod
with AppArmor options if any of the prerequisites are not met. You can also verify AppArmor support
on nodes by checking the node ready condition message (though this is likely to be removed in a
later release):
$ kubectl get nodes -o=jsonpath=$'{range .items[*]}{@.metadata.name}: {.status.conditions[?(@.reason=="KubeletReady")].message}\n{end}'
gke-test-default-pool-239f5d02-gyn2: kubelet is posting ready status. AppArmor enabled
gke-test-default-pool-239f5d02-x1kf: kubelet is posting ready status. AppArmor enabled
gke-test-default-pool-239f5d02-xwux: kubelet is posting ready status. AppArmor enabled
## Securing a Pod
*Note: AppArmor is currently in beta, so options are specified as annotations. Once support graduates to
general availability, the annotations will be replaced with first-class fields (more details in
[Upgrade path to GA](#upgrade-path-to-general-availability)).*
AppArmor profiles are specified *per-container*. To specify the AppArmor profile to run a Pod
container with, add an annotation to the Pod's metadata:
container.apparmor.security.beta.kubernetes.io/<container_name>: <profile_ref>
Where `<container_name>` is the name of the container to apply the profile to, and `<profile_ref>`
specifies the profile to apply. The `profile_ref` can be one of:
- `runtime/default` to apply the runtime's default profile.
- `localhost/<profile_name>` to apply the profile loaded on the host with the name `<profile_name>`
See the [API Reference](#api-reference) for the full details on the annotation and profile name formats.
The Kubernetes AppArmor enforcement works by first checking that all the prerequisites have been
met, and then forwarding the profile selection to the container runtime for enforcement. If the
prerequisites have not been met, the Pod will be rejected, and will not run.
To verify that the profile was applied, you can expect to see the AppArmor security option listed in the container created event:
$ kubectl get events | grep Created
22s 22s 1 hello-apparmor Pod spec.containers{hello} Normal Created {kubelet e2e-test-stclair-minion-group-31nt} Created container with docker id 269a53b202d3; Security:[seccomp=unconfined apparmor=k8s-apparmor-example-deny-write]
You can also verify directly that the container's root process is running with the correct profile by checking its proc attr:
$ kubectl exec <pod_name> cat /proc/1/attr/current
k8s-apparmor-example-deny-write (enforce)
## Example
In this example you'll see:
- One way to load a profile on a node
- How to enforce the profile on a Pod
- How to check that the profile is loaded
- What happens when a profile is violated
- What happens when a profile cannot be loaded
*This example assumes you have already set up a cluster with AppArmor support.*
First, we need to load the profile we want to use onto our nodes. The profile we'll use simply
denies all file writes:
{% include code.html language="text" file="deny-write.profile" ghlink="/docs/admin/apparmor/deny-write.profile" %}
Since we don't know where the Pod will be scheduled, we'll need to load the profile on all our
nodes. For this example we'll just use SSH to install the profiles, but other approaches are
discussed in [Setting up nodes with profiles](#setting-up-nodes-with-profiles).
$ NODES=(
# The SSH-accessible domain names of your nodes
gke-test-default-pool-239f5d02-gyn2.us-central1-a.my-k8s
gke-test-default-pool-239f5d02-x1kf.us-central1-a.my-k8s
gke-test-default-pool-239f5d02-xwux.us-central1-a.my-k8s)
$ for NODE in ${NODES[*]}; do ssh $NODE 'sudo apparmor_parser -q <<EOF
#include <tunables/global>
profile k8s-apparmor-example-deny-write flags=(attach_disconnected) {
#include <abstractions/base>
file,
# Deny all file writes.
deny /** w,
}
EOF'
done
Next, we'll run a simple "Hello AppArmor" pod with the deny-write profile:
{% include code.html language="yaml" file="hello-apparmor-pod.yaml" ghlink="/docs/admin/apparmor/hello-apparmor-pod.yaml" %}
$ kubectl create -f /dev/stdin <<EOF
apiVersion: v1
kind: Pod
metadata:
name: hello-apparmor
annotations:
container.apparmor.security.beta.kubernetes.io/hello: localhost/k8s-apparmor-example-deny-write
spec:
containers:
- name: hello
image: busybox
command: [ "sh", "-c", "echo 'Hello AppArmor!' && sleep 1h" ]
EOF
pod "hello-apparmor" created
If we look at the pod events, we can see that the Pod container was created with the AppArmor
profile "k8s-apparmor-example-deny-write":
$ kubectl get events | grep hello-apparmor
14s 14s 1 hello-apparmor Pod Normal Scheduled {default-scheduler } Successfully assigned hello-apparmor to gke-test-default-pool-239f5d02-gyn2
14s 14s 1 hello-apparmor Pod spec.containers{hello} Normal Pulling {kubelet gke-test-default-pool-239f5d02-gyn2} pulling image "busybox"
13s 13s 1 hello-apparmor Pod spec.containers{hello} Normal Pulled {kubelet gke-test-default-pool-239f5d02-gyn2} Successfully pulled image "busybox"
13s 13s 1 hello-apparmor Pod spec.containers{hello} Normal Created {kubelet gke-test-default-pool-239f5d02-gyn2} Created container with docker id 06b6cd1c0989; Security:[seccomp=unconfined apparmor=k8s-apparmor-example-deny-write]
13s 13s 1 hello-apparmor Pod spec.containers{hello} Normal Started {kubelet gke-test-default-pool-239f5d02-gyn2} Started container with docker id 06b6cd1c0989
We can verify that the container is actually running with that profile by checking its proc attr:
$ kubectl exec hello-apparmor cat /proc/1/attr/current
k8s-apparmor-example-deny-write (enforce)
Finally, we can see what happens if we try to violate the profile by writing to a file:
$ kubectl exec hello-apparmor touch /tmp/test
touch: /tmp/test: Permission denied
error: error executing remote command: command terminated with non-zero exit code: Error executing in Docker Container: 1
To wrap up, let's look at what happens if we try to specify a profile that hasn't been loaded:
$ kubectl create -f /dev/stdin <<EOF
apiVersion: v1
kind: Pod
metadata:
name: hello-apparmor-2
annotations:
container.apparmor.security.beta.kubernetes.io/hello: localhost/k8s-apparmor-example-allow-write
spec:
containers:
- name: hello
image: busybox
command: [ "sh", "-c", "echo 'Hello AppArmor!' && sleep 1h" ]
EOF
pod "hello-apparmor-2" created
$ kubectl describe pod hello-apparmor-2
Name: hello-apparmor-2
Namespace: default
Node: gke-test-default-pool-239f5d02-x1kf/
Start Time: Tue, 30 Aug 2016 17:58:56 -0700
Labels: <none>
Status: Failed
Reason: AppArmor
Message: Pod Cannot enforce AppArmor: profile "k8s-apparmor-example-allow-write" is not loaded
IP:
Controllers: <none>
Containers:
hello:
Image: busybox
Port:
Command:
sh
-c
echo 'Hello AppArmor!' && sleep 1h
Requests:
cpu: 100m
Environment Variables: <none>
Volumes:
default-token-dnz7v:
Type: Secret (a volume populated by a Secret)
SecretName: default-token-dnz7v
QoS Tier: Burstable
Events:
FirstSeen LastSeen Count From SubobjectPath Type Reason Message
--------- -------- ----- ---- ------------- -------- ------ -------
23s 23s 1 {default-scheduler } Normal Scheduled Successfully assigned hello-apparmor-2 to e2e-test-stclair-minion-group-t1f5
23s 23s 1 {kubelet e2e-test-stclair-minion-group-t1f5} Warning AppArmor Cannot enforce AppArmor: profile "k8s-apparmor-example-allow-write" is not loaded
Note the pod status is Failed, with a helpful error message: `Pod Cannot enforce AppArmor: profile
"k8s-apparmor-example-allow-write" is not loaded`. An event was also recorded with the same message.
## Administration
### Setting up nodes with profiles
Kubernetes does not currently provide any native mechanisms for loading AppArmor profiles onto
nodes. There are lots of ways to setup the profiles though, such as:
- Through a [DaemonSet](../daemons/) that runs a Pod on each node to
ensure the correct profiles are loaded. An example implementation can be found
[here](https://github.com/kubernetes/contrib/tree/master/apparmor/loader).
- At node initialization time, using your node initialization scripts (e.g. Salt, Ansible, etc.) or
image.
- By copying the profiles to each node and loading them through SSH, as demonstrated in the
[Example](#example).
The scheduler is not aware of which profiles are loaded onto which node, so the full set of profiles
must be loaded onto every node. An alternative approach is to add a node label for each profile (or
class of profiles) on the node, and use a
[node selector](../../user-guide/node-selection/) to ensure the Pod is run on a
node with the required profile.
### Restricting profiles with the PodSecurityPolicy
If the PodSecurityPolicy extension is enabled, cluster-wide AppArmor restrictions can be applied. To
enable the PodSecurityPolicy, two flags must be set on the `apiserver`:
--admission-control=PodSecurityPolicy[,others...]
--runtime-config=extensions/v1beta1/podsecuritypolicy[,others...]
With the extension enabled, the AppArmor options can be specified as annotations on the PodSecurityPolicy:
apparmor.security.beta.kubernetes.io/defaultProfileName: <profile_ref>
apparmor.security.beta.kubernetes.io/allowedProfileNames: <profile_ref>[,others...]
The default profile name option specifies the profile to apply to containers by default when none is
specified. The allowed profile names option specifies a list of profiles that Pod containers are
allowed to be run with. If both options are provided, the default must be allowed. The profiles are
specified in the same format as on containers. See the [API Reference](#api-reference) for the full
specification.
### Disabling AppArmor
If you do not want AppArmor to be available on your cluster, it can be disabled by a command-line flag:
--feature-gates=AppArmor=false
When disabled, any Pod that includes an AppArmor profile will fail validation with a "Forbidden"
error. Note that by default docker always enables the "docker-default" profile on non-privileged
pods (if the AppArmor kernel module is enabled), and will continue to do so even if the feature-gate
is disabled. The option to disable AppArmor will be removed when AppArmor graduates to general
availability (GA).
### Upgrading to Kubernetes v1.4 with AppArmor
No action is required with respect to AppArmor to upgrade your cluster to v1.4. However, if any
existing pods had an AppArmor annotation, they will not go through validation (or PodSecurityPolicy
admission). If permissive profiles are loaded on the nodes, a malicious user could pre-apply a
permissive profile to escalate the pod privileges above the docker-default. If this is a concern, it
is recommended to scrub the cluster of any pods containing an annotation with
`apparmor.security.beta.kubernetes.io`.
### Upgrade path to General Availability
When AppArmor is ready to be graduated to general availability (GA), the options currently specified
through annotations will be converted to fields. Supporting all the upgrade and downgrade paths
through the transition is very nuanced, and will be explained in detail when the transition
occurs. We will commit to supporting both fields and annotations for at least 2 releases, and will
explicitly reject the annotations for at least 2 releases after that.
## Authoring Profiles
Getting AppArmor profiles specified correctly can be a tricky business. Fortunately there are some
tools to help with that:
- `aa-genprof` and `aa-logprof` generate profile rules by monitoring an application's activity and
logs, and admitting the actions it takes. Further instructions are provided by the
[AppArmor documentation](http://wiki.apparmor.net/index.php/Profiling_with_tools).
- [bane](https://github.com/jfrazelle/bane) is an AppArmor profile generator for Docker that uses a
simplified profile language.
It is recommended to run your application through Docker on a development workstation to generate
the profiles, but there is nothing preventing running the tools on the Kubernetes node where your
Pod is running.
To debug problems with AppArmor, you can check the system logs to see what, specifically, was
denied. AppArmor logs verbose messages to `dmesg`, and errors can usually be found in the system
logs or through `journalctl`. More information is provided in
[AppArmor failures](http://wiki.apparmor.net/index.php/AppArmor_Failures).
Additional resources:
- http://wiki.apparmor.net/index.php/QuickProfileLanguage
- http://wiki.apparmor.net/index.php/ProfileLanguage
## API Reference
**Pod Annotation**:
Specifying the profile a container will run with:
- **key**: `container.apparmor.security.beta.kubernetes.io/<container_name>`
Where `<container_name>` matches the name of a container in the Pod.
A separate profile can be specified for each container in the Pod.
- **value**: a profile reference, described below
**Profile Reference**:
- `runtime/default`: Refers to the default runtime profile.
- Equivalent to not specifying a profile (without a PodSecurityPolicy default), except it still
requires AppArmor to be enabled.
- For Docker, this resolves to the
[`docker-default`](https://docs.docker.com/engine/security/apparmor/) profile for non-privileged
containers, and unconfined (no profile) for privileged containers.
- `localhost/<profile_name>`: Refers to a profile loaded on the node (localhost) by name.
- The possible profile names are detailed in the
[core policy reference](http://wiki.apparmor.net/index.php/AppArmor_Core_Policy_Reference#Profile_names_and_attachment_specifications)
Any other profile reference format is invalid.
**PodSecurityPolicy Annotations**
Specifying the default profile to apply to containers when none is provided:
- **key**: `apparmor.security.beta.kubernetes.io/defaultProfileName`
- **value**: a profile reference, described above
Specifying the list of profiles Pod containers are allowed to specify:
- **key**: `apparmor.security.beta.kubernetes.io/allowedProfileNames`
- **value**: a comma-separated list of profile references (described above)
- Although an escaped comma is a legal character in a profile name, it cannot be explicitly
allowed here

69
docs/admin/audit.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
---
assignees:
- soltysh
- sttts
---
* TOC
{:toc}
## Audit in Kubernetes
Kubernetes Audit provides a security-relevant chronological set of records documenting
the sequence of activities that have affected system by individual users, administrators
or other components of the system. It allows cluster administrator to
answer the following questions:
- what happened?
- when did it happen?
- who initiated it?
- on what did it happen?
- where was it observed?
- from where was it initiated?
- to where was it going?
NOTE: Currently, Kubernetes provides only basic audit capabilities, there is still a lot
of work going on to provide fully featured auditing capabilities (see https://github.com/kubernetes/features/issues/22).
Kubernetes audit is part of [kube-apiserver](/docs/admin/kube-apiserver) logging all requests
coming to the server. Each audit log contains two entries:
1. The request line containing:
- unique id allowing to match the response line (see 2)
- source ip of the request
- HTTP method being invoked
- original user invoking the operation
- impersonated user for the operation
- namespace of the request or <none>
- URI as requested
2. The response line containing:
- the unique id from 1
- response code
Example output for user `admin` asking for a list of pods:
```
2016-09-07T13:03:57.400333046Z AUDIT: id="5c3b8227-4af9-4322-8a71-542231c3887b" ip="127.0.0.1" method="GET" user="admin" as="<self>" namespace="default" uri="/api/v1/namespaces/default/pods"
2016-09-07T13:03:57.400710987Z AUDIT: id="5c3b8227-4af9-4322-8a71-542231c3887b" response="200"
```
NOTE: The audit capabilities are available *only* for the secured endpoint of the API server.
## Configuration
[Kube-apiserver](/docs/admin/kube-apiserver) provides following options which are responsible
for configuring where and how audit logs are handled:
- `audit-log-path` - enables the audit log pointing to a file where the requests are being logged to.
- `audit-log-maxage` - specifies maximum number of days to retain old audit log files based on the timestamp encoded in their filename.
- `audit-log-maxbackup` - specifies maximum number of old audit log files to retain.
- `audit-log-maxsize` - specifies maximum size in megabytes of the audit log file before it gets rotated. Defaults to 100MB
If an audit log file already exists, Kubernetes appends new audit logs to that file.
Otherwise, Kubernetes creates an audit log file at the location you specified in
`audit-log-path`. If the audit log file exceeds the size you specify in `audit-log-maxsize`,
Kubernetes will rename the current log file by appending the current timestamp on
the file name (before the file extension) and create a new audit log file.
Kubernetes may delete old log files when creating a new log file; you can configure
how many files are retained and how old they can be by specifying the `audit-log-maxbackup`
and `audit-log-maxage` options.

39
docs/admin/authorization.md
View File

@ -500,3 +500,42 @@ to a remote authorization service. Authorization modules can implement
their own caching to reduce the cost of repeated authorization calls with the
same or similar arguments. Developers should then consider the interaction
between caching and revocation of permissions.
### Checking API Access
Kubernetes exposes the `subjectaccessreviews.v1beta1.authorization.k8s.io` resource as a
normal resource that allows external access to API authorizer decisions. No matter which authorizer
you choose to use, you can issue a `POST` with a `SubjectAccessReview` just like the webhook
authorizer to the `apis/authorization.k8s.io/v1beta1/subjectaccessreviews` endpoint and
get back a response. For instance:
```bash
kubectl create --v=8 -f - << __EOF__
{
"apiVersion": "authorization.k8s.io/v1beta1",
"kind": "SubjectAccessReview",
"spec": {
"resourceAttributes": {
"namespace": "kittensandponies",
"verb": "GET",
"group": "unicorn.example.org",
"resource": "pods"
},
"user": "jane",
"group": [
"group1",
"group2"
]
}
}
__EOF__
--- snip lots of output ---
I0913 08:12:31.362873 27425 request.go:908] Response Body: {"kind":"SubjectAccessReview","apiVersion":"authorization.k8s.io/v1beta1","metadata":{"creationTimestamp":null},"spec":{"resourceAttributes":{"namespace":"kittensandponies","verb":"GET","group":"*","resource":"pods"},"user":"jane","group":["group1","group2"]},"status":{"allowed":true}}
subjectaccessreview "" created
```
This is useful for debugging access problems, in that you can use this resource
to determine what access an authorizer is granting.

95
docs/admin/disruptions.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
---
assignees:
- mml
---
This guide is for anyone wishing to specify safety constraints on pods or anyone
wishing to write software (typically automation software) that respects those
constraints.
* TOC
{:toc}
## Rationale
Various cluster management operations may voluntarily evict pods. "Voluntary"
means an eviction can be safely delayed for a reasonable period of time. The
principal examples today are draining a node for maintenance or upgrade
(`kubectl drain`), and cluster autoscaling down. In the future the
[rescheduler](https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/docs/proposals/rescheduling.md)
may also perform voluntary evictions. By contrast, something like evicting pods
because a node has become unreachable or reports `NotReady`, is not "voluntary."
For voluntary evictions, it can be useful for applications to be able to limit
the number of pods that are down simultaneously. For example, a quorum-based application would
like to ensure that the number of replicas running is never brought below the
number needed for a quorum, even temporarily. Or a web front end might want to
ensure that the number of replicas serving load never falls below a certain
percentage of the total, even briefly. `PodDisruptionBudget` is an API object
that specifies the minimum number or percentage of replicas of a collection that
must be up at a time. Components that wish to evict a pod subject to disruption
budget use the `/eviction` subresource; unlike a regular pod deletion, this
operation may be rejected by the API server if the eviction would cause a
disruption budget to be violated.
## Specifying a PodDisruptionBudget
A `PodDisruptionBudget` has two components: a label selector `selector` to specify the set of
pods to which it applies, and `minAvailable` which is a description of the number of pods from that
set that must still be available after the eviction, i.e. even in the absence
of the evicted pod. `minAvailable` can be either an absolute number or a percentage.
So for example, 100% means no voluntary evictions from the set are permitted. In
typical usage, a single budget would be used for a collection of pods managed by
a controller—for example, the pods in a single ReplicaSet.
Note that a disruption budget does not truly guarantee that the specified
number/percentage of pods will always be up. For example, a node that hosts a
pod from the collection may fail when the collection is at the minimum size
specified in the budget, thus bringing the number of available pods from the
collection below the specified size. The budget can only protect against
voluntary evictions, not all causes of unavailability.
## Requesting an eviction
If you are writing infrastructure software that wants to produce these voluntary
evictions, you will need to use the eviction API. The eviction subresource of a
pod can be thought of as a kind of policy-controlled DELETE operation on the pod
itself. To attempt an eviction (perhaps more REST-precisely, to attempt to
*create* an eviction), you POST an attempted operation. Here's an example:
```json
{
"apiVersion": "policy/v1alpha1",
"kind": "Eviction",
"name": "quux",
"namespace": "default"
}
```
and here is how you would attempt this with `curl`
```bash
curl -v -X POST -H 'Content-type: application/json'
http://127.0.0.1:8080/api/v1/namespaces/default/pods/quux/eviction -d
eviction.json
```
The API can respond in one of three ways.
1. If the eviction is granted, then the pod is deleted just as if you had sent
a `DELETE` request to the pod's URL and you get back `200 OK`.
2. If the current state of affairs wouldn't allow an eviction by the rules set
forth in the budget, you get back `429 Too Many Requests`. This is
typically used for generic rate limiting of *any* requests, but here we mean
that this request isn't allowed *right now* but it may be allowed later.
Currently, callers do not get any `Retry-After` advice, but they may in
future versions.
3. If there is some kind of misconfiguration, like multiple budgets pointing at
the same pod, you will get `500 Internal Server Error`.
For a given eviction request, there are two cases.
1. There is no budget that matches this pod. In this case, the server always
returns `200 OK`.
2. There is at least one budget. In this case, any of the three above responses may
apply.

123
docs/admin/federation-apiserver.md
View File

@ -20,64 +20,75 @@ federation-apiserver
### Options
```
--admission-control="AlwaysAdmit": Ordered list of plug-ins to do admission control of resources into cluster. Comma-delimited list of: AlwaysAdmit, AlwaysDeny
--admission-control-config-file="": File with admission control configuration.
--advertise-address=<nil>: The IP address on which to advertise the apiserver to members of the cluster. This address must be reachable by the rest of the cluster. If blank, the --bind-address will be used. If --bind-address is unspecified, the host's default interface will be used.
--apiserver-count=1: The number of apiservers running in the cluster
--authorization-mode="AlwaysAllow": Ordered list of plug-ins to do authorization on secure port. Comma-delimited list of: AlwaysAllow,AlwaysDeny,ABAC,Webhook,RBAC
--authorization-policy-file="": File with authorization policy in csv format, used with --authorization-mode=ABAC, on the secure port.
--authorization-rbac-super-user="": If specified, a username which avoids RBAC authorization checks and role binding privilege escalation checks, to be used with --authorization-mode=RBAC.
--authorization-webhook-cache-authorized-ttl=5m0s: The duration to cache 'authorized' responses from the webhook authorizer. Default is 5m.
--authorization-webhook-cache-unauthorized-ttl=30s: The duration to cache 'unauthorized' responses from the webhook authorizer. Default is 30s.
--authorization-webhook-config-file="": File with webhook configuration in kubeconfig format, used with --authorization-mode=Webhook. The API server will query the remote service to determine access on the API server's secure port.
--basic-auth-file="": If set, the file that will be used to admit requests to the secure port of the API server via http basic authentication.
--bind-address=0.0.0.0: The IP address on which to listen for the --secure-port port. The associated interface(s) must be reachable by the rest of the cluster, and by CLI/web clients. If blank, all interfaces will be used (0.0.0.0).
--cert-dir="/var/run/kubernetes": The directory where the TLS certs are located (by default /var/run/kubernetes). If --tls-cert-file and --tls-private-key-file are provided, this flag will be ignored.
--client-ca-file="": If set, any request presenting a client certificate signed by one of the authorities in the client-ca-file is authenticated with an identity corresponding to the CommonName of the client certificate.
--cloud-config="": The path to the cloud provider configuration file. Empty string for no configuration file.
--cloud-provider="": The provider for cloud services. Empty string for no provider.
--cors-allowed-origins=[]: List of allowed origins for CORS, comma separated. An allowed origin can be a regular expression to support subdomain matching. If this list is empty CORS will not be enabled.
--delete-collection-workers=1: Number of workers spawned for DeleteCollection call. These are used to speed up namespace cleanup.
--deserialization-cache-size=50000: Number of deserialized json objects to cache in memory.
--enable-swagger-ui[=false]: Enables swagger ui on the apiserver at /swagger-ui
--etcd-cafile="": SSL Certificate Authority file used to secure etcd communication
--etcd-certfile="": SSL certification file used to secure etcd communication
--etcd-keyfile="": SSL key file used to secure etcd communication
--etcd-prefix="/registry": The prefix for all resource paths in etcd.
--etcd-quorum-read[=false]: If true, enable quorum read
--etcd-servers=[]: List of etcd servers to connect with (http://ip:port), comma separated.
--etcd-servers-overrides=[]: Per-resource etcd servers overrides, comma separated. The individual override format: group/resource#servers, where servers are http://ip:port, semicolon separated.
--experimental-keystone-url="": If passed, activates the keystone authentication plugin
--external-hostname="": The hostname to use when generating externalized URLs for this master (e.g. Swagger API Docs.)
--insecure-bind-address=127.0.0.1: The IP address on which to serve the --insecure-port (set to 0.0.0.0 for all interfaces). Defaults to localhost.
--insecure-port=8080: The port on which to serve unsecured, unauthenticated access. Default 8080. It is assumed that firewall rules are set up such that this port is not reachable from outside of the cluster and that port 443 on the cluster's public address is proxied to this port. This is performed by nginx in the default setup.
--kubernetes-service-node-port=0: If non-zero, the Kubernetes master service (which apiserver creates/maintains) will be of type NodePort, using this as the value of the port. If zero, the Kubernetes master service will be of type ClusterIP.
--log-flush-frequency=5s: Maximum number of seconds between log flushes
--long-running-request-regexp="(/|^)((watch|proxy)(/|$)|(logs?|portforward|exec|attach)/?$)": A regular expression matching long running requests which should be excluded from maximum inflight request handling.
--master-service-namespace="default": The namespace from which the kubernetes master services should be injected into pods
--max-requests-inflight=400: The maximum number of requests in flight at a given time. When the server exceeds this, it rejects requests. Zero for no limit.
--min-request-timeout=1800: An optional field indicating the minimum number of seconds a handler must keep a request open before timing it out. Currently only honored by the watch request handler, which picks a randomized value above this number as the connection timeout, to spread out load.
--oidc-ca-file="": If set, the OpenID server's certificate will be verified by one of the authorities in the oidc-ca-file, otherwise the host's root CA set will be used
--oidc-client-id="": The client ID for the OpenID Connect client, must be set if oidc-issuer-url is set
--oidc-groups-claim="": If provided, the name of a custom OpenID Connect claim for specifying user groups. The claim value is expected to be an array of strings. This flag is experimental, please see the authentication documentation for further details.
--oidc-issuer-url="": The URL of the OpenID issuer, only HTTPS scheme will be accepted. If set, it will be used to verify the OIDC JSON Web Token (JWT)
--oidc-username-claim="sub": The OpenID claim to use as the user name. Note that claims other than the default ('sub') is not guaranteed to be unique and immutable. This flag is experimental, please see the authentication documentation for further details.
--profiling[=true]: Enable profiling via web interface host:port/debug/pprof/
--runtime-config=: A set of key=value pairs that describe runtime configuration that may be passed to apiserver. apis/<groupVersion> key can be used to turn on/off specific api versions. apis/<groupVersion>/<resource> can be used to turn on/off specific resources. api/all and api/legacy are special keys to control all and legacy api versions respectively.
--secure-port=6443: The port on which to serve HTTPS with authentication and authorization. If 0, don't serve HTTPS at all.
--service-cluster-ip-range=<nil>: A CIDR notation IP range from which to assign service cluster IPs. This must not overlap with any IP ranges assigned to nodes for pods.
--service-node-port-range=: A port range to reserve for services with NodePort visibility. Example: '30000-32767'. Inclusive at both ends of the range.
--storage-backend="": The storage backend for persistence. Options: 'etcd2' (default), 'etcd3'.
--storage-media-type="application/json": The media type to use to store objects in storage. Defaults to application/json. Some resources may only support a specific media type and will ignore this setting.
--storage-versions="apps/v1alpha1,authentication.k8s.io/v1beta1,authorization.k8s.io/v1beta1,autoscaling/v1,batch/v1,componentconfig/v1alpha1,extensions/v1beta1,federation/v1beta1,policy/v1alpha1,rbac.authorization.k8s.io/v1alpha1,v1": The per-group version to store resources in. Specified in the format "group1/version1,group2/version2,...". In the case where objects are moved from one group to the other, you may specify the format "group1=group2/v1beta1,group3/v1beta1,...". You only need to pass the groups you wish to change from the defaults. It defaults to a list of preferred versions of all registered groups, which is derived from the KUBE_API_VERSIONS environment variable.
--tls-cert-file="": File containing x509 Certificate for HTTPS. (CA cert, if any, concatenated after server cert). If HTTPS serving is enabled, and --tls-cert-file and --tls-private-key-file are not provided, a self-signed certificate and key are generated for the public address and saved to /var/run/kubernetes.
--tls-private-key-file="": File containing x509 private key matching --tls-cert-file.
--token-auth-file="": If set, the file that will be used to secure the secure port of the API server via token authentication.
--watch-cache[=true]: Enable watch caching in the apiserver
--watch-cache-sizes=[]: List of watch cache sizes for every resource (pods, nodes, etc.), comma separated. The individual override format: resource#size, where size is a number. It takes effect when watch-cache is enabled.
--admission-control string Ordered list of plug-ins to do admission control of resources into cluster. Comma-delimited list of: AlwaysAdmit, AlwaysDeny, NamespaceLifecycle. (default "AlwaysAdmit")
--admission-control-config-file string File with admission control configuration.
--advertise-address value The IP address on which to advertise the apiserver to members of the cluster. This address must be reachable by the rest of the cluster. If blank, the --bind-address will be used. If --bind-address is unspecified, the host's default interface will be used.
--apiserver-count int The number of apiservers running in the cluster. (default 1)
--audit-log-maxage int The maximum number of days to retain old audit log files based on the timestamp encoded in their filename.
--audit-log-maxbackup int The maximum number of old audit log files to retain.
--audit-log-maxsize int The maximum size in megabytes of the audit log file before it gets rotated. Defaults to 100MB.
--audit-log-path string If set, all requests coming to the apiserver will be logged to this file.
--authorization-mode string Ordered list of plug-ins to do authorization on secure port. Comma-delimited list of: AlwaysAllow,AlwaysDeny,ABAC,Webhook,RBAC. (default "AlwaysAllow")
--authorization-policy-file string File with authorization policy in csv format, used with --authorization-mode=ABAC, on the secure port.
--authorization-rbac-super-user string If specified, a username which avoids RBAC authorization checks and role binding privilege escalation checks, to be used with --authorization-mode=RBAC.
--authorization-webhook-cache-authorized-ttl duration The duration to cache 'authorized' responses from the webhook authorizer. Default is 5m. (default 5m0s)
--authorization-webhook-cache-unauthorized-ttl duration The duration to cache 'unauthorized' responses from the webhook authorizer. Default is 30s. (default 30s)
--authorization-webhook-config-file string File with webhook configuration in kubeconfig format, used with --authorization-mode=Webhook. The API server will query the remote service to determine access on the API server's secure port.
--basic-auth-file string If set, the file that will be used to admit requests to the secure port of the API server via http basic authentication.
--bind-address value The IP address on which to listen for the --secure-port port. The associated interface(s) must be reachable by the rest of the cluster, and by CLI/web clients. If blank, all interfaces will be used (0.0.0.0). (default 0.0.0.0)
--cert-dir string The directory where the TLS certs are located (by default /var/run/kubernetes). If --tls-cert-file and --tls-private-key-file are provided, this flag will be ignored. (default "/var/run/kubernetes")
--client-ca-file string If set, any request presenting a client certificate signed by one of the authorities in the client-ca-file is authenticated with an identity corresponding to the CommonName of the client certificate.
--cloud-config string The path to the cloud provider configuration file. Empty string for no configuration file.
--cloud-provider string The provider for cloud services. Empty string for no provider.
--cors-allowed-origins value List of allowed origins for CORS, comma separated. An allowed origin can be a regular expression to support subdomain matching. If this list is empty CORS will not be enabled. (default [])
--delete-collection-workers int Number of workers spawned for DeleteCollection call. These are used to speed up namespace cleanup. (default 1)
--deserialization-cache-size int Number of deserialized json objects to cache in memory. (default 50000)
--enable-swagger-ui Enables swagger ui on the apiserver at /swagger-ui
--etcd-cafile string SSL Certificate Authority file used to secure etcd communication.
--etcd-certfile string SSL certification file used to secure etcd communication.
--etcd-keyfile string SSL key file used to secure etcd communication.
--etcd-prefix string The prefix for all resource paths in etcd. (default "/registry")
--etcd-quorum-read If true, enable quorum read.
--etcd-servers value List of etcd servers to connect with (http://ip:port), comma separated. (default [])
--etcd-servers-overrides value Per-resource etcd servers overrides, comma separated. The individual override format: group/resource#servers, where servers are http://ip:port, semicolon separated. (default [])
--event-ttl duration Amount of time to retain events. Default is 1h. (default 1h0m0s)
--experimental-keystone-url string If passed, activates the keystone authentication plugin.
--external-hostname string The hostname to use when generating externalized URLs for this master (e.g. Swagger API Docs).
--feature-gates value A set of key=value pairs that describe feature gates for alpha/experimental features. Options are:
AllAlpha=true|false (ALPHA - default=false)
AllowExtTrafficLocalEndpoints=true|false (ALPHA - default=false)
AppArmor=true|false (BETA - default=true)
DynamicKubeletConfig=true|false (ALPHA - default=false)
DynamicVolumeProvisioning=true|false (ALPHA - default=true)
--insecure-bind-address value The IP address on which to serve the --insecure-port (set to 0.0.0.0 for all interfaces). Defaults to localhost. (default 127.0.0.1)
--insecure-port int The port on which to serve unsecured, unauthenticated access. Default 8080. It is assumed that firewall rules are set up such that this port is not reachable from outside of the cluster and that port 443 on the cluster's public address is proxied to this port. This is performed by nginx in the default setup. (default 8080)
--kubernetes-service-node-port int If non-zero, the Kubernetes master service (which apiserver creates/maintains) will be of type NodePort, using this as the value of the port. If zero, the Kubernetes master service will be of type ClusterIP.
--long-running-request-regexp string A regular expression matching long running requests which should be excluded from maximum inflight request handling. (default "(/|^)((watch|proxy)(/|$)|(logs?|portforward|exec|attach)/?$)")
--master-service-namespace string The namespace from which the kubernetes master services should be injected into pods. (default "default")
--max-requests-inflight int The maximum number of requests in flight at a given time. When the server exceeds this, it rejects requests. Zero for no limit. (default 400)
--min-request-timeout int An optional field indicating the minimum number of seconds a handler must keep a request open before timing it out. Currently only honored by the watch request handler, which picks a randomized value above this number as the connection timeout, to spread out load. (default 1800)
--oidc-ca-file string If set, the OpenID server's certificate will be verified by one of the authorities in the oidc-ca-file, otherwise the host's root CA set will be used.
--oidc-client-id string The client ID for the OpenID Connect client, must be set if oidc-issuer-url is set.
--oidc-groups-claim string If provided, the name of a custom OpenID Connect claim for specifying user groups. The claim value is expected to be an array of strings. This flag is experimental, please see the authentication documentation for further details.
--oidc-issuer-url string The URL of the OpenID issuer, only HTTPS scheme will be accepted. If set, it will be used to verify the OIDC JSON Web Token (JWT).
--oidc-username-claim string The OpenID claim to use as the user name. Note that claims other than the default ('sub') is not guaranteed to be unique and immutable. This flag is experimental, please see the authentication documentation for further details. (default "sub")
--profiling Enable profiling via web interface host:port/debug/pprof/ (default true)
--runtime-config value A set of key=value pairs that describe runtime configuration that may be passed to apiserver. apis/<groupVersion> key can be used to turn on/off specific api versions. apis/<groupVersion>/<resource> can be used to turn on/off specific resources. api/all and api/legacy are special keys to control all and legacy api versions respectively.
--secure-port int The port on which to serve HTTPS with authentication and authorization. If 0, don't serve HTTPS at all. (default 6443)
--service-cluster-ip-range value A CIDR notation IP range from which to assign service cluster IPs. This must not overlap with any IP ranges assigned to nodes for pods.
--service-node-port-range value A port range to reserve for services with NodePort visibility. Example: '30000-32767'. Inclusive at both ends of the range. (default 30000-32767)
--storage-backend string The storage backend for persistence. Options: 'etcd2' (default), 'etcd3'.
--storage-media-type string The media type to use to store objects in storage. Defaults to application/json. Some resources may only support a specific media type and will ignore this setting. (default "application/json")
--storage-versions string The per-group version to store resources in. Specified in the format "group1/version1,group2/version2,...". In the case where objects are moved from one group to the other, you may specify the format "group1=group2/v1beta1,group3/v1beta1,...". You only need to pass the groups you wish to change from the defaults. It defaults to a list of preferred versions of all registered groups, which is derived from the KUBE_API_VERSIONS environment variable. (default "apps/v1alpha1,authentication.k8s.io/v1beta1,authorization.k8s.io/v1beta1,autoscaling/v1,batch/v1,certificates/v1alpha1,componentconfig/v1alpha1,extensions/v1beta1,federation/v1beta1,policy/v1alpha1,rbac.authorization.k8s.io/v1alpha1,v1")
--target-ram-mb int Memory limit for apiserver in MB (used to configure sizes of caches, etc.)
--tls-cert-file string File containing x509 Certificate for HTTPS. (CA cert, if any, concatenated after server cert). If HTTPS serving is enabled, and --tls-cert-file and --tls-private-key-file are not provided, a self-signed certificate and key are generated for the public address and saved to /var/run/kubernetes.
--tls-private-key-file string File containing x509 private key matching --tls-cert-file.
--token-auth-file string If set, the file that will be used to secure the secure port of the API server via token authentication.
--watch-cache Enable watch caching in the apiserver (default true)
--watch-cache-sizes value List of watch cache sizes for every resource (pods, nodes, etc.), comma separated. The individual override format: resource#size, where size is a number. It takes effect when watch-cache is enabled. (default [])
```
###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 12-Aug-2016
###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 2-Sep-2016

40
docs/admin/federation-controller-manager.md
View File

@ -23,28 +23,28 @@ federation-controller-manager
### Options
```
--address=0.0.0.0: The IP address to serve on (set to 0.0.0.0 for all interfaces)
--cluster-monitor-period=40s: The period for syncing ClusterStatus in ClusterController.
--concurrent-service-syncs=10: The number of service syncing operations that will be done concurrently. Larger number = faster endpoint updating, but more CPU (and network) load
--dns-provider="": DNS provider. Valid values are: ["aws-route53" "google-clouddns"]
--dns-provider-config="": Path to config file for configuring DNS provider.
--federated-api-burst=30: Burst to use while talking with federation apiserver
--federated-api-qps=20: QPS to use while talking with federation apiserver
--federation-name="": Federation name.
--kube-api-content-type="": ContentType of requests sent to apiserver. Passing application/vnd.kubernetes.protobuf is an experimental feature now.
--kubeconfig="": Path to kubeconfig file with authorization and master location information.
--leader-elect[=false]: Start a leader election client and gain leadership before executing the main loop. Enable this when running replicated components for high availability.
--leader-elect-lease-duration=15s: The duration that non-leader candidates will wait after observing a leadership renewal until attempting to acquire leadership of a led but unrenewed leader slot. This is effectively the maximum duration that a leader can be stopped before it is replaced by another candidate. This is only applicable if leader election is enabled.
--leader-elect-renew-deadline=10s: The interval between attempts by the acting master to renew a leadership slot before it stops leading. This must be less than or equal to the lease duration. This is only applicable if leader election is enabled.
--leader-elect-retry-period=2s: The duration the clients should wait between attempting acquisition and renewal of a leadership. This is only applicable if leader election is enabled.
--log-flush-frequency=5s: Maximum number of seconds between log flushes
--master="": The address of the federation API server (overrides any value in kubeconfig)
--port=10253: The port that the controller-manager's http service runs on
--profiling[=true]: Enable profiling via web interface host:port/debug/pprof/
--zone-name="": Zone name, like example.com.
--address value The IP address to serve on (set to 0.0.0.0 for all interfaces) (default 0.0.0.0)
--cluster-monitor-period duration The period for syncing ClusterStatus in ClusterController. (default 40s)
--concurrent-replicaset-syncs int The number of ReplicaSets syncing operations that will be done concurrently. Larger number = faster endpoint updating, but more CPU (and network) load (default 10)
--concurrent-service-syncs int The number of service syncing operations that will be done concurrently. Larger number = faster endpoint updating, but more CPU (and network) load (default 10)
--dns-provider string DNS provider. Valid values are: ["aws-route53" "google-clouddns"]
--dns-provider-config string Path to config file for configuring DNS provider.
--federated-api-burst int Burst to use while talking with federation apiserver (default 30)
--federated-api-qps value QPS to use while talking with federation apiserver (default 20)
--federation-name string Federation name.
--kube-api-content-type string ContentType of requests sent to apiserver. Passing application/vnd.kubernetes.protobuf is an experimental feature now.
--kubeconfig string Path to kubeconfig file with authorization and master location information.
--leader-elect Start a leader election client and gain leadership before executing the main loop. Enable this when running replicated components for high availability.
--leader-elect-lease-duration duration The duration that non-leader candidates will wait after observing a leadership renewal until attempting to acquire leadership of a led but unrenewed leader slot. This is effectively the maximum duration that a leader can be stopped before it is replaced by another candidate. This is only applicable if leader election is enabled. (default 15s)
--leader-elect-renew-deadline duration The interval between attempts by the acting master to renew a leadership slot before it stops leading. This must be less than or equal to the lease duration. This is only applicable if leader election is enabled. (default 10s)
--leader-elect-retry-period duration The duration the clients should wait between attempting acquisition and renewal of a leadership. This is only applicable if leader election is enabled. (default 2s)
--master string The address of the federation API server (overrides any value in kubeconfig)
--port int The port that the controller-manager's http service runs on (default 10253)
--profiling Enable profiling via web interface host:port/debug/pprof/ (default true)
--zone-name string Zone name, like example.com.
```
###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 12-Aug-2016
###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 2-Sep-2016

1
docs/admin/federation/OWNERS
View File

@ -1,4 +1,5 @@
assignees:
- madhusudancs
- mml
- nikhiljindal

279
docs/admin/federation/index.md
View File

@ -1,5 +1,6 @@
---
assignees:
- madhusudancs
- mml
- nikhiljindal
@ -12,72 +13,131 @@ This guide explains how to set up cluster federation that lets us control multip
## Prerequisites
This guide assumes that we have a running Kubernetes cluster.
This guide assumes that you have a running Kubernetes cluster.
If not, then head over to the [getting started guides](/docs/getting-started-guides/) to bring up a cluster.
This guide also assumes that we have the Kubernetes source code that can be
[downloaded from here](/docs/getting-started-guides/binary_release/).
This guide also assumes that you have a Kubernetes release
[downloaded from here](/docs/getting-started-guides/binary_release/),
extracted into a directory and all the commands in this guide are run from
that directory.
```shell
$ curl -L https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/releases/download/v1.4.0/kubernetes.tar.gz | tar xvzf -
$ cd kubernetes
```
This guide also assumes that you have an installation of Docker running
locally, i.e. on the machine where you run the commands described in this
guide.
## Setting up a federation control plane
Setting up federation requires running the federation control plane which
consists of etcd, federation-apiserver and federation-controller-manager.
We can run these binaries as pods on an existing Kubernetes cluster.
consists of etcd, federation-apiserver (via the hyperkube binary) and
federation-controller-manager (also via the hyperkube binary). You can run
these binaries as pods on an existing Kubernetes cluster.
Note: This is a new mechanism to turn up Kubernetes Cluster Federation. If
you want to follow the old mechanism, please refer to the section
[Previous Federation turn up mechanism](#previous-federation-turn-up-mechanism)
at the end of this guide.
### Initial setup
Create a directory to store the configs required to turn up federation
and export that directory path in the environment variable
`FEDERATION_OUTPUT_ROOT`. This can be an existing directory, but it is
highly recommended to create a separate directory so that it is easier
to clean up later.
```shell
$ export FEDERATION_OUTPUT_ROOT="${PWD}/_output/federation"
$ mkdir -p "${FEDERATION_OUTPUT_ROOT}"
```
Initialize the setup.
```shell
$ federation/deploy/deploy.sh init
```
Optionally, you can create/edit `${FEDERATION_OUTPUT_ROOT}/values.yaml` to
customize any value in
[federation/federation/manifests/federation/values.yaml](https://github.com/madhusudancs/kubernetes-anywhere/blob/federation/federation/manifests/federation/values.yaml). Example:
```yaml
apiserverRegistry: "gcr.io/myrepository"
apiserverVersion: "v1.5.0-alpha.0.1010+892a6d7af59c0b"
controllerManagerRegistry: "gcr.io/myrepository"
controllerManagerVersion: "v1.5.0-alpha.0.1010+892a6d7af59c0b"
```
Assuming you have built and pushed the `hyperkube` image to the repository
with the given tag in the example above.
### Getting images
To run these as pods, we first need images for all the components. We can use
official release images or we can build from HEAD.
To run the federation control plane components as pods, you first need the
images for all the components. You can either use the official release
images or you can build them yourself from HEAD.
#### Using official release images
### Using official release images
As part of every release, images are pushed to `gcr.io/google_containers`. To use
these images, we set env var `FEDERATION_PUSH_REPO_BASE=gcr.io/google_containers`
This will always use the latest image.
To use federation-apiserver and federation-controller-manager images from a specific release, we can set `FEDERATION_IMAGE_TAG`.
As part of every Kubernetes release, official release images are pushed to
`gcr.io/google_containers`. To use the images in this repository, you can
set the container image fields in the following configs to point to the
images in this repository. `gcr.io/google_containers/hyperkube` image
includes the federation-apiserver and federation-controller-manager
binaries, so you can point the corresponding configs for those components
to the hyperkube image.
#### Building and pushing images from HEAD
### Building and pushing images from HEAD
To build the binaries, check out the
[Kubernetes repository](https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes) and
run the following commands from the root of the source directory:
To run the code from HEAD, we need to build and push our own images.
We can build the images using the following command:
```shell
$ FEDERATION=true KUBE_RELEASE_RUN_TESTS=n make quick-release
$ federation/develop/develop.sh build_binaries
```
Next, we need to push these images to a registry such as Google Container Registry or Docker Hub, so that our cluster can pull them.
If Kubernetes cluster is running on Google Compute Engine (GCE), then we can push the images to `gcr.io/<gce-project-name>`.
The command to push the images will look like:
To build the image and push it to the repository, run:
```shell
$ FEDERATION=true FEDERATION_PUSH_REPO_BASE=gcr.io/<gce-project-name> ./build/push-federation-images.sh
$ KUBE_REGISTRY="gcr.io/myrepository" federation/develop/develop.sh build_image
$ KUBE_REGISTRY="gcr.io/myrepository" federation/develop/develop.sh push
```
Note: This is going to overwite the values you might have set for
`apiserverRegistry`, `apiserverVersion`, `controllerManagerRegistry` and
`controllerManagerVersion` in your `${FEDERATION_OUTPUT_ROOT}/values.yaml`
file. Hence, it is not recommend to customize these values in
`${FEDERATION_OUTPUT_ROOT}/values.yaml` if you are building the
images from source.
### Running the federation control plane
Once we have the images, we can run these as pods on our existing kubernetes cluster.
The command to run these pods on an existing GCE cluster will look like:
Once you have the images, you can turn up the federation control plane by
running:
```shell
$ KUBERNETES_PROVIDER=gce FEDERATION_DNS_PROVIDER=google-clouddns FEDERATION_NAME=myfederation DNS_ZONE_NAME=myfederation.example FEDERATION_PUSH_REPO_BASE=gcr.io/google_containers ./federation/cluster/federation-up.sh
$ federation/deploy/deploy.sh deploy_federation
```
`KUBERNETES_PROVIDER` is the cloud provider.
This spins up the federation control components as pods managed by
[`Deployments`](http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/deployments/) on your
existing Kubernetes cluster. It also starts a
[`type: LoadBalancer`](http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/services/#type-loadbalancer)
[`Service`](http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/services/) for the
`federation-apiserver` and a
[`PVC`](http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/persistent-volumes/) backed
by a dynamically provisioned
[`PV`](http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/persistent-volumes/) for
`etcd`. All these components are created in the `federation` namespace.
`FEDERATION_DNS_PROVIDER` can be `google-clouddns` or `aws-route53`. It will be
set appropriately if it is missing and `KUBERNETES_PROVIDER` is one of `gce`, `gke` and `aws`.
This is used to resolve DNS requests for federation services. The service
controller keeps DNS records with the provider updated as services/pods are
updated in underlying kubernetes clusters.
`FEDERATION_NAME` is a name we can choose for our federation. This is the name that will appear in DNS routes.
`DNS_ZONE_NAME` is the domain to be used for DNS records. This is a domain that we
need to buy and then configure it such that DNS queries for that domain are
routed to the appropriate provider as per `FEDERATION_DNS_PROVIDER`.
Running that command creates a namespace `federation` and creates 2 deployments: `federation-apiserver` and `federation-controller-manager`.
We can verify that the pods are available by running the following command:
You can verify that the pods are available by running the following
command:
```shell
$ kubectl get deployments --namespace=federation
@ -86,23 +146,21 @@ federation-apiserver 1 1 1 1 1m
federation-controller-manager 1 1 1 1 1m
```
Running `federation-up.sh` also creates a new record in our kubeconfig for us
to be able to talk to federation apiserver. We can view this by running
Running `deploy.sh` also creates a new record in your kubeconfig for us
to be able to talk to federation apiserver. You can view this by running
`kubectl config view`.
Note: `federation-up.sh` creates the federation-apiserver pod with an etcd
container that is backed by a persistent volume, so as to persist data. This
currently works only on AWS, GKE, and GCE. You can edit
`federation/manifests/federation-apiserver-deployment.yaml` to suit your needs,
if required.
Note: Dynamic provisioning for persistent volume currently works only on
AWS, GKE, and GCE. However, you can edit the created `Deployments` to suit
your needs, if required.
## Registering Kubernetes clusters for federation
## Registering Kubernetes clusters with federation
Now that we have the federation control plane up and running, we can start registering Kubernetes clusters.
Now that you have the federation control plane up and running, you can start registering Kubernetes clusters.
First of all, we need to create a secret containing kubeconfig for that Kubernetes cluster, which federation control plane will use to talk to that Kubernetes cluster.
For now, we create this secret in the host Kubernetes cluster (that hosts federation control plane). When we start supporting secrets in federation control plane, we will create this secret there.
Suppose that our kubeconfig for Kubernetes cluster is at `/cluster1/kubeconfig`, we can run the following command to create the secret:
First of all, you need to create a secret containing kubeconfig for that Kubernetes cluster, which federation control plane will use to talk to that Kubernetes cluster.
For now, you can create this secret in the host Kubernetes cluster (that hosts federation control plane). When federation starts supporting secrets, you will be able to create this secret there.
Suppose that your kubeconfig for Kubernetes cluster is at `/cluster1/kubeconfig`, you can run the following command to create the secret:
```shell
$ kubectl create secret generic cluster1 --namespace=federation --from-file=/cluster1/kubeconfig
@ -110,7 +168,7 @@ $ kubectl create secret generic cluster1 --namespace=federation --from-file=/clu
Note that the file name should be `kubeconfig` since file name determines the name of the key in the secret.
Now that the secret is created, we are ready to register the cluster. The YAML file for cluster will look like:
Now that the secret is created, you are ready to register the cluster. The YAML file for cluster will look like:
```yaml
apiVersion: federation/v1beta1
@ -125,16 +183,16 @@ spec:
name: <secret-name>
```
We need to insert the appropriate values for `<client-cidr>`, `<apiserver-address>` and `<secret-name>`.
`<secret-name>` here is name of the secret that we just created.
You need to insert the appropriate values for `<client-cidr>`, `<apiserver-address>` and `<secret-name>`.
`<secret-name>` here is name of the secret that you just created.
serverAddressByClientCIDRs contains the various server addresses that clients
can use as per their CIDR. We can set the server's public IP address with CIDR
`"0.0.0.0/0"` which all clients will match. In addition, if we want internal
clients to use server's clusterIP, we can set that as serverAddress. The client
can use as per their CIDR. You can set the server's public IP address with CIDR
`"0.0.0.0/0"` which all clients will match. In addition, if you want internal
clients to use server's clusterIP, you can set that as serverAddress. The client
CIDR in that case will be a CIDR that only matches IPs of pods running in that
cluster.
Assuming our YAML file is located at `/cluster1/cluster.yaml`, we can run the following command to register this cluster:
Assuming your YAML file is located at `/cluster1/cluster.yaml`, you can run the following command to register this cluster:
<!-- TODO(madhusudancs): Make the kubeconfig context configurable with default set to `federation` -->
```shell
@ -142,8 +200,9 @@ $ kubectl create -f /cluster1/cluster.yaml --context=federation-cluster
```
By specifying `--context=federation-cluster`, we direct the request to federation apiserver.
we can ensure that the cluster registration was successful by running:
By specifying `--context=federation-cluster`, you direct the request to
federation apiserver. You can ensure that the cluster registration was
successful by running:
```shell
$ kubectl get clusters --context=federation-cluster
@ -151,10 +210,10 @@ NAME STATUS VERSION AGE
cluster1 Ready 3m
```
### Updating KubeDNS
## Updating KubeDNS
Once the cluster is registered with the federation, we are all ready to use it.
But for the cluster to be able to route federation service requests, we need to restart
Once the cluster is registered with the federation, you are all set to use it.
But for the cluster to be able to route federation service requests, you need to restart
KubeDNS and pass it a `--federations` flag which tells it about valid federation DNS hostnames.
Format of the flag is like this:
@ -162,7 +221,7 @@ Format of the flag is like this:
--federations=${FEDERATION_NAME}=${DNS_DOMAIN_NAME}
```
To update KubeDNS with federations flag, we can edit the existing kubedns replication controller to
To update KubeDNS with federations flag, you can edit the existing kubedns replication controller to
include that flag in pod template spec and then delete the existing pod. Replication controller will
recreate the pod with updated template.
@ -193,7 +252,99 @@ And then delete it by running:
$ kubectl delete pods <pod-name> --namespace=kube-system
```
We are now all set to start using federation.
You are now all set to start using federation.
## Turn down
In order to turn the federation control plane down run the following
command:
```shell
$ federation/deploy/deploy.sh destroy_federation
```
## Previous Federation turn up mechanism
This describes the previous mechanism we had to turn up Kubernetes Cluster
Federation. It is recommended to use the new turn up mechanism. If you would
like to use this mechanism instead of the new one, please let us know
why the new mechanism doesn't work for your case by filing an issue here -
[https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/issues/new](https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/issues/new)
### Getting images
To run these as pods, you first need images for all the components. You can use
official release images or you can build from HEAD.
#### Using official release images
As part of every release, images are pushed to `gcr.io/google_containers`. To use
these images, set env var `FEDERATION_PUSH_REPO_BASE=gcr.io/google_containers`
This will always use the latest image.
To use the hyperkube image which includes federation-apiserver and
federation-controller-manager from a specific release, set the
`FEDERATION_IMAGE_TAG` environment variable.
#### Building and pushing images from HEAD
To run the code from HEAD, you need to build and push your own images.
You can build the images using the following command:
```shell
$ FEDERATION=true KUBE_RELEASE_RUN_TESTS=n make quick-release
```
Next, you need to push these images to a registry such as Google Container Registry or Docker Hub, so that your cluster can pull them.
If Kubernetes cluster is running on Google Compute Engine (GCE), then you can push the images to `gcr.io/<gce-project-name>`.
The command to push the images will look like:
```shell
$ FEDERATION=true FEDERATION_PUSH_REPO_BASE=gcr.io/<gce-project-name> ./build/push-federation-images.sh
```
### Running the federation control plane
Once you have the images, you can run these as pods on your existing kubernetes cluster.
The command to run these pods on an existing GCE cluster will look like:
```shell
$ KUBERNETES_PROVIDER=gce FEDERATION_DNS_PROVIDER=google-clouddns FEDERATION_NAME=myfederation DNS_ZONE_NAME=myfederation.example FEDERATION_PUSH_REPO_BASE=gcr.io/google_containers ./federation/cluster/federation-up.sh
```
`KUBERNETES_PROVIDER` is the cloud provider.
`FEDERATION_DNS_PROVIDER` can be `google-clouddns` or `aws-route53`. It will be
set appropriately if it is missing and `KUBERNETES_PROVIDER` is one of `gce`, `gke` and `aws`.
This is used to resolve DNS requests for federation services. The service
controller keeps DNS records with the provider updated as services/pods are
updated in underlying kubernetes clusters.
`FEDERATION_NAME` is a name you can choose for your federation. This is the name that will appear in DNS routes.
`DNS_ZONE_NAME` is the domain to be used for DNS records. This is a domain that you
need to buy and then configure it such that DNS queries for that domain are
routed to the appropriate provider as per `FEDERATION_DNS_PROVIDER`.
Running that command creates a namespace `federation` and creates 2 deployments: `federation-apiserver` and `federation-controller-manager`.
You can verify that the pods are available by running the following command:
```shell
$ kubectl get deployments --namespace=federation
NAME DESIRED CURRENT UP-TO-DATE AVAILABLE AGE
federation-apiserver 1 1 1 1 1m
federation-controller-manager 1 1 1 1 1m
```
Running `federation-up.sh` also creates a new record in your kubeconfig for us
to be able to talk to federation apiserver. You can view this by running
`kubectl config view`.
Note: `federation-up.sh` creates the federation-apiserver pod with an etcd
container that is backed by a persistent volume, so as to persist data. This
currently works only on AWS, GKE, and GCE. You can edit
`federation/manifests/federation-apiserver-deployment.yaml` to suit your needs,
if required.
## For more information

6
docs/admin/index.md
View File

@ -79,4 +79,8 @@ project](/docs/admin/salt).
* **Authorization** [authorization](/docs/admin/authorization)
* **Admission Controllers** [admission_controllers](/docs/admin/admission-controllers)
* **Admission Controllers** [admission controllers](/docs/admin/admission-controllers)
* **Sysctls** [sysctls](/docs/admin/sysctls.md)
* **Audit** [audit](/docs/admin/audit)

156
docs/admin/kube-apiserver.md
View File

@ -20,81 +20,91 @@ kube-apiserver
### Options
```
--admission-control="AlwaysAdmit": Ordered list of plug-ins to do admission control of resources into cluster. Comma-delimited list of: AlwaysAdmit, AlwaysDeny, AlwaysPullImages, DenyEscalatingExec, DenyExecOnPrivileged, InitialResources, LimitPodHardAntiAffinityTopology, LimitRanger, NamespaceAutoProvision, NamespaceExists, NamespaceLifecycle, PersistentVolumeLabel, PodSecurityPolicy, ResourceQuota, SecurityContextDeny, ServiceAccount
--admission-control-config-file="": File with admission control configuration.
--advertise-address=<nil>: The IP address on which to advertise the apiserver to members of the cluster. This address must be reachable by the rest of the cluster. If blank, the --bind-address will be used. If --bind-address is unspecified, the host's default interface will be used.
--allow-privileged[=false]: If true, allow privileged containers.
--apiserver-count=1: The number of apiservers running in the cluster
--authentication-token-webhook-cache-ttl=2m0s: The duration to cache responses from the webhook token authenticator. Default is 2m
--authentication-token-webhook-config-file="": File with webhook configuration for token authentication in kubeconfig format. The API server will query the remote service to determine authentication for bearer tokens.
--authorization-mode="AlwaysAllow": Ordered list of plug-ins to do authorization on secure port. Comma-delimited list of: AlwaysAllow,AlwaysDeny,ABAC,Webhook,RBAC
--authorization-policy-file="": File with authorization policy in csv format, used with --authorization-mode=ABAC, on the secure port.
--authorization-rbac-super-user="": If specified, a username which avoids RBAC authorization checks and role binding privilege escalation checks, to be used with --authorization-mode=RBAC.
--authorization-webhook-cache-authorized-ttl=5m0s: The duration to cache 'authorized' responses from the webhook authorizer. Default is 5m.
--authorization-webhook-cache-unauthorized-ttl=30s: The duration to cache 'unauthorized' responses from the webhook authorizer. Default is 30s.
--authorization-webhook-config-file="": File with webhook configuration in kubeconfig format, used with --authorization-mode=Webhook. The API server will query the remote service to determine access on the API server's secure port.
--basic-auth-file="": If set, the file that will be used to admit requests to the secure port of the API server via http basic authentication.
--bind-address=0.0.0.0: The IP address on which to listen for the --secure-port port. The associated interface(s) must be reachable by the rest of the cluster, and by CLI/web clients. If blank, all interfaces will be used (0.0.0.0).
--cert-dir="/var/run/kubernetes": The directory where the TLS certs are located (by default /var/run/kubernetes). If --tls-cert-file and --tls-private-key-file are provided, this flag will be ignored.
--client-ca-file="": If set, any request presenting a client certificate signed by one of the authorities in the client-ca-file is authenticated with an identity corresponding to the CommonName of the client certificate.
--cloud-config="": The path to the cloud provider configuration file. Empty string for no configuration file.
--cloud-provider="": The provider for cloud services. Empty string for no provider.
--cors-allowed-origins=[]: List of allowed origins for CORS, comma separated. An allowed origin can be a regular expression to support subdomain matching. If this list is empty CORS will not be enabled.
--delete-collection-workers=1: Number of workers spawned for DeleteCollection call. These are used to speed up namespace cleanup.
--deserialization-cache-size=50000: Number of deserialized json objects to cache in memory.
--enable-garbage-collector[=false]: Enables the generic garbage collector. MUST be synced with the corresponding flag of the kube-controller-manager.
--enable-swagger-ui[=false]: Enables swagger ui on the apiserver at /swagger-ui
--etcd-cafile="": SSL Certificate Authority file used to secure etcd communication
--etcd-certfile="": SSL certification file used to secure etcd communication
--etcd-keyfile="": SSL key file used to secure etcd communication
--etcd-prefix="/registry": The prefix for all resource paths in etcd.
--etcd-quorum-read[=false]: If true, enable quorum read
--etcd-servers=[]: List of etcd servers to connect with (http://ip:port), comma separated.
--etcd-servers-overrides=[]: Per-resource etcd servers overrides, comma separated. The individual override format: group/resource#servers, where servers are http://ip:port, semicolon separated.
--event-ttl=1h0m0s: Amount of time to retain events. Default 1 hour.
--experimental-keystone-url="": If passed, activates the keystone authentication plugin
--external-hostname="": The hostname to use when generating externalized URLs for this master (e.g. Swagger API Docs.)
--google-json-key="": The Google Cloud Platform Service Account JSON Key to use for authentication.
--insecure-bind-address=127.0.0.1: The IP address on which to serve the --insecure-port (set to 0.0.0.0 for all interfaces). Defaults to localhost.
--insecure-port=8080: The port on which to serve unsecured, unauthenticated access. Default 8080. It is assumed that firewall rules are set up such that this port is not reachable from outside of the cluster and that port 443 on the cluster's public address is proxied to this port. This is performed by nginx in the default setup.
--kubelet-certificate-authority="": Path to a cert. file for the certificate authority.
--kubelet-client-certificate="": Path to a client cert file for TLS.
--kubelet-client-key="": Path to a client key file for TLS.
--kubelet-https[=true]: Use https for kubelet connections
--kubelet-timeout=5s: Timeout for kubelet operations
--kubernetes-service-node-port=0: If non-zero, the Kubernetes master service (which apiserver creates/maintains) will be of type NodePort, using this as the value of the port. If zero, the Kubernetes master service will be of type ClusterIP.
--log-flush-frequency=5s: Maximum number of seconds between log flushes
--long-running-request-regexp="(/|^)((watch|proxy)(/|$)|(logs?|portforward|exec|attach)/?$)": A regular expression matching long running requests which should be excluded from maximum inflight request handling.
--master-service-namespace="default": The namespace from which the kubernetes master services should be injected into pods
--max-connection-bytes-per-sec=0: If non-zero, throttle each user connection to this number of bytes/sec. Currently only applies to long-running requests
--max-requests-inflight=400: The maximum number of requests in flight at a given time. When the server exceeds this, it rejects requests. Zero for no limit.
--min-request-timeout=1800: An optional field indicating the minimum number of seconds a handler must keep a request open before timing it out. Currently only honored by the watch request handler, which picks a randomized value above this number as the connection timeout, to spread out load.
--oidc-ca-file="": If set, the OpenID server's certificate will be verified by one of the authorities in the oidc-ca-file, otherwise the host's root CA set will be used
--oidc-client-id="": The client ID for the OpenID Connect client, must be set if oidc-issuer-url is set
--oidc-groups-claim="": If provided, the name of a custom OpenID Connect claim for specifying user groups. The claim value is expected to be an array of strings. This flag is experimental, please see the authentication documentation for further details.
--oidc-issuer-url="": The URL of the OpenID issuer, only HTTPS scheme will be accepted. If set, it will be used to verify the OIDC JSON Web Token (JWT)
--oidc-username-claim="sub": The OpenID claim to use as the user name. Note that claims other than the default ('sub') is not guaranteed to be unique and immutable. This flag is experimental, please see the authentication documentation for further details.
--profiling[=true]: Enable profiling via web interface host:port/debug/pprof/
--repair-malformed-updates[=true]: If true, server will do its best to fix the update request to pass the validation, e.g., setting empty UID in update request to its existing value. This flag can be turned off after we fix all the clients that send malformed updates.
--runtime-config=: A set of key=value pairs that describe runtime configuration that may be passed to apiserver. apis/<groupVersion> key can be used to turn on/off specific api versions. apis/<groupVersion>/<resource> can be used to turn on/off specific resources. api/all and api/legacy are special keys to control all and legacy api versions respectively.
--secure-port=6443: The port on which to serve HTTPS with authentication and authorization. If 0, don't serve HTTPS at all.
--service-account-key-file="": File containing PEM-encoded x509 RSA private or public key, used to verify ServiceAccount tokens. If unspecified, --tls-private-key-file is used.
--service-account-lookup[=false]: If true, validate ServiceAccount tokens exist in etcd as part of authentication.
--service-cluster-ip-range=<nil>: A CIDR notation IP range from which to assign service cluster IPs. This must not overlap with any IP ranges assigned to nodes for pods.
--service-node-port-range=: A port range to reserve for services with NodePort visibility. Example: '30000-32767'. Inclusive at both ends of the range.
--ssh-keyfile="": If non-empty, use secure SSH proxy to the nodes, using this user keyfile
--ssh-user="": If non-empty, use secure SSH proxy to the nodes, using this user name
--storage-backend="": The storage backend for persistence. Options: 'etcd2' (default), 'etcd3'.
--storage-media-type="application/json": The media type to use to store objects in storage. Defaults to application/json. Some resources may only support a specific media type and will ignore this setting.
--storage-versions="apps/v1alpha1,authentication.k8s.io/v1beta1,authorization.k8s.io/v1beta1,autoscaling/v1,batch/v1,componentconfig/v1alpha1,extensions/v1beta1,policy/v1alpha1,rbac.authorization.k8s.io/v1alpha1,v1": The per-group version to store resources in. Specified in the format "group1/version1,group2/version2,...". In the case where objects are moved from one group to the other, you may specify the format "group1=group2/v1beta1,group3/v1beta1,...". You only need to pass the groups you wish to change from the defaults. It defaults to a list of preferred versions of all registered groups, which is derived from the KUBE_API_VERSIONS environment variable.
--tls-cert-file="": File containing x509 Certificate for HTTPS. (CA cert, if any, concatenated after server cert). If HTTPS serving is enabled, and --tls-cert-file and --tls-private-key-file are not provided, a self-signed certificate and key are generated for the public address and saved to /var/run/kubernetes.
--tls-private-key-file="": File containing x509 private key matching --tls-cert-file.
--token-auth-file="": If set, the file that will be used to secure the secure port of the API server via token authentication.
--watch-cache[=true]: Enable watch caching in the apiserver
--watch-cache-sizes=[]: List of watch cache sizes for every resource (pods, nodes, etc.), comma separated. The individual override format: resource#size, where size is a number. It takes effect when watch-cache is enabled.
--admission-control string Ordered list of plug-ins to do admission control of resources into cluster. Comma-delimited list of: AlwaysAdmit, AlwaysDeny, AlwaysPullImages, DefaultStorageClass, DenyEscalatingExec, DenyExecOnPrivileged, ImagePolicyWebhook, InitialResources, LimitPodHardAntiAffinityTopology, LimitRanger, NamespaceAutoProvision, NamespaceExists, NamespaceLifecycle, PersistentVolumeLabel, PodSecurityPolicy, ResourceQuota, SecurityContextDeny, ServiceAccount. (default "AlwaysAdmit")
--admission-control-config-file string File with admission control configuration.
--advertise-address value The IP address on which to advertise the apiserver to members of the cluster. This address must be reachable by the rest of the cluster. If blank, the --bind-address will be used. If --bind-address is unspecified, the host's default interface will be used.
--allow-privileged If true, allow privileged containers.
--apiserver-count int The number of apiservers running in the cluster. (default 1)
--audit-log-maxage int The maximum number of days to retain old audit log files based on the timestamp encoded in their filename.
--audit-log-maxbackup int The maximum number of old audit log files to retain.
--audit-log-maxsize int The maximum size in megabytes of the audit log file before it gets rotated. Defaults to 100MB.
--audit-log-path string If set, all requests coming to the apiserver will be logged to this file.
--authentication-token-webhook-cache-ttl duration The duration to cache responses from the webhook token authenticator. Default is 2m. (default 2m0s)
--authentication-token-webhook-config-file string File with webhook configuration for token authentication in kubeconfig format. The API server will query the remote service to determine authentication for bearer tokens.
--authorization-mode string Ordered list of plug-ins to do authorization on secure port. Comma-delimited list of: AlwaysAllow,AlwaysDeny,ABAC,Webhook,RBAC. (default "AlwaysAllow")
--authorization-policy-file string File with authorization policy in csv format, used with --authorization-mode=ABAC, on the secure port.
--authorization-rbac-super-user string If specified, a username which avoids RBAC authorization checks and role binding privilege escalation checks, to be used with --authorization-mode=RBAC.
--authorization-webhook-cache-authorized-ttl duration The duration to cache 'authorized' responses from the webhook authorizer. Default is 5m. (default 5m0s)
--authorization-webhook-cache-unauthorized-ttl duration The duration to cache 'unauthorized' responses from the webhook authorizer. Default is 30s. (default 30s)
--authorization-webhook-config-file string File with webhook configuration in kubeconfig format, used with --authorization-mode=Webhook. The API server will query the remote service to determine access on the API server's secure port.
--basic-auth-file string If set, the file that will be used to admit requests to the secure port of the API server via http basic authentication.
--bind-address value The IP address on which to listen for the --secure-port port. The associated interface(s) must be reachable by the rest of the cluster, and by CLI/web clients. If blank, all interfaces will be used (0.0.0.0). (default 0.0.0.0)
--cert-dir string The directory where the TLS certs are located (by default /var/run/kubernetes). If --tls-cert-file and --tls-private-key-file are provided, this flag will be ignored. (default "/var/run/kubernetes")
--client-ca-file string If set, any request presenting a client certificate signed by one of the authorities in the client-ca-file is authenticated with an identity corresponding to the CommonName of the client certificate.
--cloud-config string The path to the cloud provider configuration file. Empty string for no configuration file.
--cloud-provider string The provider for cloud services. Empty string for no provider.
--cors-allowed-origins value List of allowed origins for CORS, comma separated. An allowed origin can be a regular expression to support subdomain matching. If this list is empty CORS will not be enabled. (default [])
--delete-collection-workers int Number of workers spawned for DeleteCollection call. These are used to speed up namespace cleanup. (default 1)
--deserialization-cache-size int Number of deserialized json objects to cache in memory. (default 50000)
--enable-garbage-collector Enables the generic garbage collector. MUST be synced with the corresponding flag of the kube-controller-manager. (default true)
--enable-swagger-ui Enables swagger ui on the apiserver at /swagger-ui
--etcd-cafile string SSL Certificate Authority file used to secure etcd communication.
--etcd-certfile string SSL certification file used to secure etcd communication.
--etcd-keyfile string SSL key file used to secure etcd communication.
--etcd-prefix string The prefix for all resource paths in etcd. (default "/registry")
--etcd-quorum-read If true, enable quorum read.
--etcd-servers value List of etcd servers to connect with (http://ip:port), comma separated. (default [])
--etcd-servers-overrides value Per-resource etcd servers overrides, comma separated. The individual override format: group/resource#servers, where servers are http://ip:port, semicolon separated. (default [])
--event-ttl duration Amount of time to retain events. Default is 1h. (default 1h0m0s)
--experimental-keystone-url string If passed, activates the keystone authentication plugin.
--external-hostname string The hostname to use when generating externalized URLs for this master (e.g. Swagger API Docs).
--feature-gates value A set of key=value pairs that describe feature gates for alpha/experimental features. Options are:
AllAlpha=true|false (ALPHA - default=false)
AllowExtTrafficLocalEndpoints=true|false (ALPHA - default=false)
AppArmor=true|false (BETA - default=true)
DynamicKubeletConfig=true|false (ALPHA - default=false)
DynamicVolumeProvisioning=true|false (ALPHA - default=true)
--google-json-key string The Google Cloud Platform Service Account JSON Key to use for authentication.
--insecure-bind-address value The IP address on which to serve the --insecure-port (set to 0.0.0.0 for all interfaces). Defaults to localhost. (default 127.0.0.1)
--insecure-port int The port on which to serve unsecured, unauthenticated access. Default 8080. It is assumed that firewall rules are set up such that this port is not reachable from outside of the cluster and that port 443 on the cluster's public address is proxied to this port. This is performed by nginx in the default setup. (default 8080)
--kubelet-certificate-authority string Path to a cert file for the certificate authority.
--kubelet-client-certificate string Path to a client cert file for TLS.
--kubelet-client-key string Path to a client key file for TLS.
--kubelet-https Use https for kubelet connections. (default true)
--kubelet-timeout duration Timeout for kubelet operations. (default 5s)
--kubernetes-service-node-port int If non-zero, the Kubernetes master service (which apiserver creates/maintains) will be of type NodePort, using this as the value of the port. If zero, the Kubernetes master service will be of type ClusterIP.
--long-running-request-regexp string A regular expression matching long running requests which should be excluded from maximum inflight request handling. (default "(/|^)((watch|proxy)(/|$)|(logs?|portforward|exec|attach)/?$)")
--master-service-namespace string The namespace from which the kubernetes master services should be injected into pods. (default "default")
--max-connection-bytes-per-sec int If non-zero, throttle each user connection to this number of bytes/sec. Currently only applies to long-running requests.
--max-requests-inflight int The maximum number of requests in flight at a given time. When the server exceeds this, it rejects requests. Zero for no limit. (default 400)
--min-request-timeout int An optional field indicating the minimum number of seconds a handler must keep a request open before timing it out. Currently only honored by the watch request handler, which picks a randomized value above this number as the connection timeout, to spread out load. (default 1800)
--oidc-ca-file string If set, the OpenID server's certificate will be verified by one of the authorities in the oidc-ca-file, otherwise the host's root CA set will be used.
--oidc-client-id string The client ID for the OpenID Connect client, must be set if oidc-issuer-url is set.
--oidc-groups-claim string If provided, the name of a custom OpenID Connect claim for specifying user groups. The claim value is expected to be an array of strings. This flag is experimental, please see the authentication documentation for further details.
--oidc-issuer-url string The URL of the OpenID issuer, only HTTPS scheme will be accepted. If set, it will be used to verify the OIDC JSON Web Token (JWT).
--oidc-username-claim string The OpenID claim to use as the user name. Note that claims other than the default ('sub') is not guaranteed to be unique and immutable. This flag is experimental, please see the authentication documentation for further details. (default "sub")
--profiling Enable profiling via web interface host:port/debug/pprof/ (default true)
--repair-malformed-updates If true, server will do its best to fix the update request to pass the validation, e.g., setting empty UID in update request to its existing value. This flag can be turned off after we fix all the clients that send malformed updates. (default true)
--runtime-config value A set of key=value pairs that describe runtime configuration that may be passed to apiserver. apis/<groupVersion> key can be used to turn on/off specific api versions. apis/<groupVersion>/<resource> can be used to turn on/off specific resources. api/all and api/legacy are special keys to control all and legacy api versions respectively.
--secure-port int The port on which to serve HTTPS with authentication and authorization. If 0, don't serve HTTPS at all. (default 6443)
--service-account-key-file string File containing PEM-encoded x509 RSA private or public key, used to verify ServiceAccount tokens. If unspecified, --tls-private-key-file is used.
--service-account-lookup If true, validate ServiceAccount tokens exist in etcd as part of authentication.
--service-cluster-ip-range value A CIDR notation IP range from which to assign service cluster IPs. This must not overlap with any IP ranges assigned to nodes for pods.
--service-node-port-range value A port range to reserve for services with NodePort visibility. Example: '30000-32767'. Inclusive at both ends of the range. (default 30000-32767)
--ssh-keyfile string If non-empty, use secure SSH proxy to the nodes, using this user keyfile
--ssh-user string If non-empty, use secure SSH proxy to the nodes, using this user name
--storage-backend string The storage backend for persistence. Options: 'etcd2' (default), 'etcd3'.
--storage-media-type string The media type to use to store objects in storage. Defaults to application/json. Some resources may only support a specific media type and will ignore this setting. (default "application/json")
--storage-versions string The per-group version to store resources in. Specified in the format "group1/version1,group2/version2,...". In the case where objects are moved from one group to the other, you may specify the format "group1=group2/v1beta1,group3/v1beta1,...". You only need to pass the groups you wish to change from the defaults. It defaults to a list of preferred versions of all registered groups, which is derived from the KUBE_API_VERSIONS environment variable. (default "apps/v1alpha1,authentication.k8s.io/v1beta1,authorization.k8s.io/v1beta1,autoscaling/v1,batch/v1,certificates/v1alpha1,componentconfig/v1alpha1,extensions/v1beta1,imagepolicy.k8s.io/v1alpha1,policy/v1alpha1,rbac.authorization.k8s.io/v1alpha1,v1")
--target-ram-mb int Memory limit for apiserver in MB (used to configure sizes of caches, etc.)
--tls-cert-file string File containing x509 Certificate for HTTPS. (CA cert, if any, concatenated after server cert). If HTTPS serving is enabled, and --tls-cert-file and --tls-private-key-file are not provided, a self-signed certificate and key are generated for the public address and saved to /var/run/kubernetes.
--tls-private-key-file string File containing x509 private key matching --tls-cert-file.
--token-auth-file string If set, the file that will be used to secure the secure port of the API server via token authentication.
--watch-cache Enable watch caching in the apiserver (default true)
--watch-cache-sizes value List of watch cache sizes for every resource (pods, nodes, etc.), comma separated. The individual override format: resource#size, where size is a number. It takes effect when watch-cache is enabled. (default [])
```
###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 12-Aug-2016
###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 2-Sep-2016

133
docs/admin/kube-controller-manager.md
View File

@ -24,68 +24,81 @@ kube-controller-manager
### Options
```
--address=0.0.0.0: The IP address to serve on (set to 0.0.0.0 for all interfaces)
--allocate-node-cidrs[=false]: Should CIDRs for Pods be allocated and set on the cloud provider.
--cloud-config="": The path to the cloud provider configuration file. Empty string for no configuration file.
--cloud-provider="": The provider for cloud services. Empty string for no provider.
--cluster-cidr="": CIDR Range for Pods in cluster.
--cluster-name="kubernetes": The instance prefix for the cluster
--concurrent-deployment-syncs=5: The number of deployment objects that are allowed to sync concurrently. Larger number = more responsive deployments, but more CPU (and network) load
--concurrent-endpoint-syncs=5: The number of endpoint syncing operations that will be done concurrently. Larger number = faster endpoint updating, but more CPU (and network) load
--concurrent-namespace-syncs=2: The number of namespace objects that are allowed to sync concurrently. Larger number = more responsive namespace termination, but more CPU (and network) load
--concurrent-replicaset-syncs=5: The number of replica sets that are allowed to sync concurrently. Larger number = more responsive replica management, but more CPU (and network) load
--concurrent-resource-quota-syncs=5: The number of resource quotas that are allowed to sync concurrently. Larger number = more responsive quota management, but more CPU (and network) load
--concurrent_rc_syncs=5: The number of replication controllers that are allowed to sync concurrently. Larger number = more responsive replica management, but more CPU (and network) load
--configure-cloud-routes[=true]: Should CIDRs allocated by allocate-node-cidrs be configured on the cloud provider.
--controller-start-interval=0: Interval between starting controller managers.
--daemonset-lookup-cache-size=1024: The the size of lookup cache for daemonsets. Larger number = more responsive daemonsets, but more MEM load.
--deleting-pods-burst=1: Number of nodes on which pods are bursty deleted in case of node failure. For more details look into RateLimiter.
--deleting-pods-qps=0.1: Number of nodes per second on which pods are deleted in case of node failure.
--deployment-controller-sync-period=30s: Period for syncing the deployments.
--enable-dynamic-provisioning[=true]: Enable dynamic provisioning for environments that support it.
--enable-garbage-collector[=false]: Enables the generic garbage collector. MUST be synced with the corresponding flag of the kube-apiserver. WARNING: the generic garbage collector is an alpha feature.
--enable-hostpath-provisioner[=false]: Enable HostPath PV provisioning when running without a cloud provider. This allows testing and development of provisioning features. HostPath provisioning is not supported in any way, won't work in a multi-node cluster, and should not be used for anything other than testing or development.
--flex-volume-plugin-dir="/usr/libexec/kubernetes/kubelet-plugins/volume/exec/": Full path of the directory in which the flex volume plugin should search for additional third party volume plugins.
--google-json-key="": The Google Cloud Platform Service Account JSON Key to use for authentication.
--horizontal-pod-autoscaler-sync-period=30s: The period for syncing the number of pods in horizontal pod autoscaler.
--kube-api-burst=30: Burst to use while talking with kubernetes apiserver
--kube-api-content-type="application/vnd.kubernetes.protobuf": Content type of requests sent to apiserver.
--kube-api-qps=20: QPS to use while talking with kubernetes apiserver
--kubeconfig="": Path to kubeconfig file with authorization and master location information.
--leader-elect[=false]: Start a leader election client and gain leadership before executing the main loop. Enable this when running replicated components for high availability.
--leader-elect-lease-duration=15s: The duration that non-leader candidates will wait after observing a leadership renewal until attempting to acquire leadership of a led but unrenewed leader slot. This is effectively the maximum duration that a leader can be stopped before it is replaced by another candidate. This is only applicable if leader election is enabled.
--leader-elect-renew-deadline=10s: The interval between attempts by the acting master to renew a leadership slot before it stops leading. This must be less than or equal to the lease duration. This is only applicable if leader election is enabled.
--leader-elect-retry-period=2s: The duration the clients should wait between attempting acquisition and renewal of a leadership. This is only applicable if leader election is enabled.
--log-flush-frequency=5s: Maximum number of seconds between log flushes
--master="": The address of the Kubernetes API server (overrides any value in kubeconfig)
--min-resync-period=12h0m0s: The resync period in reflectors will be random between MinResyncPeriod and 2*MinResyncPeriod
--namespace-sync-period=5m0s: The period for syncing namespace life-cycle updates
--node-cidr-mask-size=24: Mask size for node cidr in cluster.
--node-monitor-grace-period=40s: Amount of time which we allow running Node to be unresponsive before marking it unhealty. Must be N times more than kubelet's nodeStatusUpdateFrequency, where N means number of retries allowed for kubelet to post node status.
--node-monitor-period=5s: The period for syncing NodeStatus in NodeController.
--node-startup-grace-period=1m0s: Amount of time which we allow starting Node to be unresponsive before marking it unhealty.
--node-sync-period=10s: The period for syncing nodes from cloudprovider. Longer periods will result in fewer calls to cloud provider, but may delay addition of new nodes to cluster.
--pod-eviction-timeout=5m0s: The grace period for deleting pods on failed nodes.
--port=10252: The port that the controller-manager's http service runs on
--profiling[=true]: Enable profiling via web interface host:port/debug/pprof/
--pv-recycler-increment-timeout-nfs=30: the increment of time added per Gi to ActiveDeadlineSeconds for an NFS scrubber pod
--pv-recycler-minimum-timeout-hostpath=60: The minimum ActiveDeadlineSeconds to use for a HostPath Recycler pod. This is for development and testing only and will not work in a multi-node cluster.
--pv-recycler-minimum-timeout-nfs=300: The minimum ActiveDeadlineSeconds to use for an NFS Recycler pod
--pv-recycler-pod-template-filepath-hostpath="": The file path to a pod definition used as a template for HostPath persistent volume recycling. This is for development and testing only and will not work in a multi-node cluster.
--pv-recycler-pod-template-filepath-nfs="": The file path to a pod definition used as a template for NFS persistent volume recycling
--pv-recycler-timeout-increment-hostpath=30: the increment of time added per Gi to ActiveDeadlineSeconds for a HostPath scrubber pod. This is for development and testing only and will not work in a multi-node cluster.
--pvclaimbinder-sync-period=15s: The period for syncing persistent volumes and persistent volume claims
--replicaset-lookup-cache-size=4096: The the size of lookup cache for replicatsets. Larger number = more responsive replica management, but more MEM load.
--replication-controller-lookup-cache-size=4096: The the size of lookup cache for replication controllers. Larger number = more responsive replica management, but more MEM load.
--resource-quota-sync-period=5m0s: The period for syncing quota usage status in the system
--root-ca-file="": If set, this root certificate authority will be included in service account's token secret. This must be a valid PEM-encoded CA bundle.
--service-account-private-key-file="": Filename containing a PEM-encoded private RSA key used to sign service account tokens.
--service-cluster-ip-range="": CIDR Range for Services in cluster.
--service-sync-period=5m0s: The period for syncing services with their external load balancers
--terminated-pod-gc-threshold=12500: Number of terminated pods that can exist before the terminated pod garbage collector starts deleting terminated pods. If <= 0, the terminated pod garbage collector is disabled.
--address value The IP address to serve on (set to 0.0.0.0 for all interfaces) (default 0.0.0.0)
--allocate-node-cidrs Should CIDRs for Pods be allocated and set on the cloud provider.
--cloud-config string The path to the cloud provider configuration file. Empty string for no configuration file.
--cloud-provider string The provider for cloud services. Empty string for no provider.
--cluster-cidr string CIDR Range for Pods in cluster.
--cluster-name string The instance prefix for the cluster (default "kubernetes")
--cluster-signing-cert-file string Filename containing a PEM-encoded X509 CA certificate used to issue cluster-scoped certificates (default "/etc/kubernetes/ca/ca.pem")
--cluster-signing-key-file string Filename containing a PEM-encoded RSA or ECDSA private key used to sign cluster-scoped certificates (default "/etc/kubernetes/ca/ca.key")
--concurrent-deployment-syncs value The number of deployment objects that are allowed to sync concurrently. Larger number = more responsive deployments, but more CPU (and network) load (default 5)
--concurrent-endpoint-syncs value The number of endpoint syncing operations that will be done concurrently. Larger number = faster endpoint updating, but more CPU (and network) load (default 5)
--concurrent-gc-syncs value The number of garbage collector workers that are allowed to sync concurrently. (default 20)
--concurrent-namespace-syncs value The number of namespace objects that are allowed to sync concurrently. Larger number = more responsive namespace termination, but more CPU (and network) load (default 2)
--concurrent-replicaset-syncs value The number of replica sets that are allowed to sync concurrently. Larger number = more responsive replica management, but more CPU (and network) load (default 5)
--concurrent-resource-quota-syncs value The number of resource quotas that are allowed to sync concurrently. Larger number = more responsive quota management, but more CPU (and network) load (default 5)
--concurrent-service-syncs value The number of services that are allowed to sync concurrently. Larger number = more responsive service management, but more CPU (and network) load (default 1)
--concurrent-serviceaccount-token-syncs value The number of service account token objects that are allowed to sync concurrently. Larger number = more responsive token generation, but more CPU (and network) load (default 5)
--concurrent_rc_syncs value The number of replication controllers that are allowed to sync concurrently. Larger number = more responsive replica management, but more CPU (and network) load (default 5)
--configure-cloud-routes Should CIDRs allocated by allocate-node-cidrs be configured on the cloud provider. (default true)
--controller-start-interval duration Interval between starting controller managers.
--daemonset-lookup-cache-size value The the size of lookup cache for daemonsets. Larger number = more responsive daemonsets, but more MEM load. (default 1024)
--deployment-controller-sync-period duration Period for syncing the deployments. (default 30s)
--enable-dynamic-provisioning Enable dynamic provisioning for environments that support it. (default true)
--enable-garbage-collector Enables the generic garbage collector. MUST be synced with the corresponding flag of the kube-apiserver. (default true)
--enable-hostpath-provisioner Enable HostPath PV provisioning when running without a cloud provider. This allows testing and development of provisioning features. HostPath provisioning is not supported in any way, won't work in a multi-node cluster, and should not be used for anything other than testing or development.
--feature-gates value A set of key=value pairs that describe feature gates for alpha/experimental features. Options are:
AllAlpha=true|false (ALPHA - default=false)
AllowExtTrafficLocalEndpoints=true|false (ALPHA - default=false)
AppArmor=true|false (BETA - default=true)
DynamicKubeletConfig=true|false (ALPHA - default=false)
DynamicVolumeProvisioning=true|false (ALPHA - default=true)
--flex-volume-plugin-dir string Full path of the directory in which the flex volume plugin should search for additional third party volume plugins. (default "/usr/libexec/kubernetes/kubelet-plugins/volume/exec/")
--google-json-key string The Google Cloud Platform Service Account JSON Key to use for authentication.
--horizontal-pod-autoscaler-sync-period duration The period for syncing the number of pods in horizontal pod autoscaler. (default 30s)
--insecure-experimental-approve-all-kubelet-csrs-for-group string The group for which the controller-manager will auto approve all CSRs for kubelet client certificates.
--kube-api-burst value Burst to use while talking with kubernetes apiserver (default 30)
--kube-api-content-type string Content type of requests sent to apiserver. (default "application/vnd.kubernetes.protobuf")
--kube-api-qps value QPS to use while talking with kubernetes apiserver (default 20)
--kubeconfig string Path to kubeconfig file with authorization and master location information.
--large-cluster-size-threshold value Number of nodes from which NodeController treats the cluster as large for the eviction logic purposes. --secondary-node-eviction-rate is implicitly overridden to 0 for clusters this size or smaller. (default 50)
--leader-elect Start a leader election client and gain leadership before executing the main loop. Enable this when running replicated components for high availability. (default true)
--leader-elect-lease-duration duration The duration that non-leader candidates will wait after observing a leadership renewal until attempting to acquire leadership of a led but unrenewed leader slot. This is effectively the maximum duration that a leader can be stopped before it is replaced by another candidate. This is only applicable if leader election is enabled. (default 15s)
--leader-elect-renew-deadline duration The interval between attempts by the acting master to renew a leadership slot before it stops leading. This must be less than or equal to the lease duration. This is only applicable if leader election is enabled. (default 10s)
--leader-elect-retry-period duration The duration the clients should wait between attempting acquisition and renewal of a leadership. This is only applicable if leader election is enabled. (default 2s)
--master string The address of the Kubernetes API server (overrides any value in kubeconfig)
--min-resync-period duration The resync period in reflectors will be random between MinResyncPeriod and 2*MinResyncPeriod (default 12h0m0s)
--namespace-sync-period duration The period for syncing namespace life-cycle updates (default 5m0s)
--node-cidr-mask-size value Mask size for node cidr in cluster. (default 24)
--node-eviction-rate value Number of nodes per second on which pods are deleted in case of node failure when a zone is healthy (see --unhealthy-zone-threshold for definition of healthy/unhealthy). Zone refers to entire cluster in non-multizone clusters. (default 0.1)
--node-monitor-grace-period duration Amount of time which we allow running Node to be unresponsive before marking it unhealthy. Must be N times more than kubelet's nodeStatusUpdateFrequency, where N means number of retries allowed for kubelet to post node status. (default 40s)
--node-monitor-period duration The period for syncing NodeStatus in NodeController. (default 5s)
--node-startup-grace-period duration Amount of time which we allow starting Node to be unresponsive before marking it unhealthy. (default 1m0s)
--node-sync-period duration The period for syncing nodes from cloudprovider. Longer periods will result in fewer calls to cloud provider, but may delay addition of new nodes to cluster. (default 10s)
--pod-eviction-timeout duration The grace period for deleting pods on failed nodes. (default 5m0s)
--port value The port that the controller-manager's http service runs on (default 10252)
--profiling Enable profiling via web interface host:port/debug/pprof/ (default true)
--pv-recycler-increment-timeout-nfs value the increment of time added per Gi to ActiveDeadlineSeconds for an NFS scrubber pod (default 30)
--pv-recycler-minimum-timeout-hostpath value The minimum ActiveDeadlineSeconds to use for a HostPath Recycler pod. This is for development and testing only and will not work in a multi-node cluster. (default 60)
--pv-recycler-minimum-timeout-nfs value The minimum ActiveDeadlineSeconds to use for an NFS Recycler pod (default 300)
--pv-recycler-pod-template-filepath-hostpath string The file path to a pod definition used as a template for HostPath persistent volume recycling. This is for development and testing only and will not work in a multi-node cluster.
--pv-recycler-pod-template-filepath-nfs string The file path to a pod definition used as a template for NFS persistent volume recycling
--pv-recycler-timeout-increment-hostpath value the increment of time added per Gi to ActiveDeadlineSeconds for a HostPath scrubber pod. This is for development and testing only and will not work in a multi-node cluster. (default 30)
--pvclaimbinder-sync-period duration The period for syncing persistent volumes and persistent volume claims (default 15s)
--replicaset-lookup-cache-size value The the size of lookup cache for replicatsets. Larger number = more responsive replica management, but more MEM load. (default 4096)
--replication-controller-lookup-cache-size value The the size of lookup cache for replication controllers. Larger number = more responsive replica management, but more MEM load. (default 4096)
--resource-quota-sync-period duration The period for syncing quota usage status in the system (default 5m0s)
--root-ca-file string If set, this root certificate authority will be included in service account's token secret. This must be a valid PEM-encoded CA bundle.
--secondary-node-eviction-rate value Number of nodes per second on which pods are deleted in case of node failure when a zone is unhealthy (see --unhealthy-zone-threshold for definition of healthy/unhealthy). Zone refers to entire cluster in non-multizone clusters. This value is implicitly overridden to 0 if the cluster size is smaller than --large-cluster-size-threshold. (default 0.01)
--service-account-private-key-file string Filename containing a PEM-encoded private RSA key used to sign service account tokens.
--service-cluster-ip-range string CIDR Range for Services in cluster.
--service-sync-period duration The period for syncing services with their external load balancers (default 5m0s)
--terminated-pod-gc-threshold value Number of terminated pods that can exist before the terminated pod garbage collector starts deleting terminated pods. If <= 0, the terminated pod garbage collector is disabled. (default 12500)
--unhealthy-zone-threshold value Fraction of Nodes in a zone which needs to be not Ready (minimum 3) for zone to be treated as unhealthy. (default 0.55)
```
###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 12-Aug-2016
###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 2-Sep-2016

55
docs/admin/kube-proxy.md
View File

@ -23,33 +23,38 @@ kube-proxy
### Options
```
--bind-address=0.0.0.0: The IP address for the proxy server to serve on (set to 0.0.0.0 for all interfaces)
--cleanup-iptables[=false]: If true cleanup iptables rules and exit.
--cluster-cidr="": The CIDR range of pods in the cluster. It is used to bridge traffic coming from outside of the cluster. If not provided, no off-cluster bridging will be performed.
--config-sync-period=15m0s: How often configuration from the apiserver is refreshed. Must be greater than 0.
--conntrack-max=0: Maximum number of NAT connections to track (0 to leave as-is).
--conntrack-max-per-core=32768: Maximum number of NAT connections to track per CPU core (0 to leave as-is). This is only considered if conntrack-max is 0.
--conntrack-tcp-timeout-established=24h0m0s: Idle timeout for established TCP connections (0 to leave as-is)
--google-json-key="": The Google Cloud Platform Service Account JSON Key to use for authentication.
--healthz-bind-address=127.0.0.1: The IP address for the health check server to serve on, defaulting to 127.0.0.1 (set to 0.0.0.0 for all interfaces)
--healthz-port=10249: The port to bind the health check server. Use 0 to disable.
--hostname-override="": If non-empty, will use this string as identification instead of the actual hostname.
--iptables-masquerade-bit=14: If using the pure iptables proxy, the bit of the fwmark space to mark packets requiring SNAT with. Must be within the range [0, 31].
--iptables-sync-period=30s: How often iptables rules are refreshed (e.g. '5s', '1m', '2h22m'). Must be greater than 0.
--kube-api-burst=10: Burst to use while talking with kubernetes apiserver
--kube-api-content-type="application/vnd.kubernetes.protobuf": Content type of requests sent to apiserver.
--kube-api-qps=5: QPS to use while talking with kubernetes apiserver
--kubeconfig="": Path to kubeconfig file with authorization information (the master location is set by the master flag).
--log-flush-frequency=5s: Maximum number of seconds between log flushes
--masquerade-all[=false]: If using the pure iptables proxy, SNAT everything
--master="": The address of the Kubernetes API server (overrides any value in kubeconfig)
--oom-score-adj=-999: The oom-score-adj value for kube-proxy process. Values must be within the range [-1000, 1000]
--proxy-mode=: Which proxy mode to use: 'userspace' (older) or 'iptables' (faster). If blank, look at the Node object on the Kubernetes API and respect the 'net.experimental.kubernetes.io/proxy-mode' annotation if provided. Otherwise use the best-available proxy (currently iptables). If the iptables proxy is selected, regardless of how, but the system's kernel or iptables versions are insufficient, this always falls back to the userspace proxy.
--proxy-port-range=: Range of host ports (beginPort-endPort, inclusive) that may be consumed in order to proxy service traffic. If unspecified (0-0) then ports will be randomly chosen.
--udp-timeout=250ms: How long an idle UDP connection will be kept open (e.g. '250ms', '2s'). Must be greater than 0. Only applicable for proxy-mode=userspace
--bind-address value The IP address for the proxy server to serve on (set to 0.0.0.0 for all interfaces) (default 0.0.0.0)
--cleanup-iptables If true cleanup iptables rules and exit.
--cluster-cidr string The CIDR range of pods in the cluster. It is used to bridge traffic coming from outside of the cluster. If not provided, no off-cluster bridging will be performed.
--config-sync-period duration How often configuration from the apiserver is refreshed. Must be greater than 0. (default 15m0s)
--conntrack-max value Maximum number of NAT connections to track (0 to leave as-is).
--conntrack-max-per-core value Maximum number of NAT connections to track per CPU core (0 to leave as-is). This is only considered if conntrack-max is 0. (default 32768)
--conntrack-tcp-timeout-established duration Idle timeout for established TCP connections (0 to leave as-is) (default 24h0m0s)
--feature-gates value A set of key=value pairs that describe feature gates for alpha/experimental features. Options are:
AllAlpha=true|false (ALPHA - default=false)
AllowExtTrafficLocalEndpoints=true|false (ALPHA - default=false)
AppArmor=true|false (BETA - default=true)
DynamicKubeletConfig=true|false (ALPHA - default=false)
DynamicVolumeProvisioning=true|false (ALPHA - default=true)
--google-json-key string The Google Cloud Platform Service Account JSON Key to use for authentication.
--healthz-bind-address value The IP address for the health check server to serve on, defaulting to 127.0.0.1 (set to 0.0.0.0 for all interfaces) (default 127.0.0.1)
--healthz-port value The port to bind the health check server. Use 0 to disable. (default 10249)
--hostname-override string If non-empty, will use this string as identification instead of the actual hostname.
--iptables-masquerade-bit value If using the pure iptables proxy, the bit of the fwmark space to mark packets requiring SNAT with. Must be within the range [0, 31]. (default 14)
--iptables-sync-period duration How often iptables rules are refreshed (e.g. '5s', '1m', '2h22m'). Must be greater than 0. (default 30s)
--kube-api-burst value Burst to use while talking with kubernetes apiserver (default 10)
--kube-api-content-type string Content type of requests sent to apiserver. (default "application/vnd.kubernetes.protobuf")
--kube-api-qps value QPS to use while talking with kubernetes apiserver (default 5)
--kubeconfig string Path to kubeconfig file with authorization information (the master location is set by the master flag).
--masquerade-all If using the pure iptables proxy, SNAT everything
--master string The address of the Kubernetes API server (overrides any value in kubeconfig)
--oom-score-adj value The oom-score-adj value for kube-proxy process. Values must be within the range [-1000, 1000] (default -999)
--proxy-mode value Which proxy mode to use: 'userspace' (older) or 'iptables' (faster). If blank, look at the Node object on the Kubernetes API and respect the 'net.experimental.kubernetes.io/proxy-mode' annotation if provided. Otherwise use the best-available proxy (currently iptables). If the iptables proxy is selected, regardless of how, but the system's kernel or iptables versions are insufficient, this always falls back to the userspace proxy.
--proxy-port-range value Range of host ports (beginPort-endPort, inclusive) that may be consumed in order to proxy service traffic. If unspecified (0-0) then ports will be randomly chosen.
--udp-timeout duration How long an idle UDP connection will be kept open (e.g. '250ms', '2s'). Must be greater than 0. Only applicable for proxy-mode=userspace (default 250ms)
```
###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 12-Aug-2016
###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 2-Sep-2016

45
docs/admin/kube-scheduler.md
View File

@ -23,28 +23,33 @@ kube-scheduler
### Options
```
--address="0.0.0.0": The IP address to serve on (set to 0.0.0.0 for all interfaces)
--algorithm-provider="DefaultProvider": The scheduling algorithm provider to use, one of: DefaultProvider
--failure-domains="kubernetes.io/hostname,failure-domain.beta.kubernetes.io/zone,failure-domain.beta.kubernetes.io/region": Indicate the "all topologies" set for an empty topologyKey when it's used for PreferredDuringScheduling pod anti-affinity.
--google-json-key="": The Google Cloud Platform Service Account JSON Key to use for authentication.
--hard-pod-affinity-symmetric-weight=1: RequiredDuringScheduling affinity is not symmetric, but there is an implicit PreferredDuringScheduling affinity rule corresponding to every RequiredDuringScheduling affinity rule. --hard-pod-affinity-symmetric-weight represents the weight of implicit PreferredDuringScheduling affinity rule.
--kube-api-burst=100: Burst to use while talking with kubernetes apiserver
--kube-api-content-type="application/vnd.kubernetes.protobuf": Content type of requests sent to apiserver.
--kube-api-qps=50: QPS to use while talking with kubernetes apiserver
--kubeconfig="": Path to kubeconfig file with authorization and master location information.
--leader-elect[=false]: Start a leader election client and gain leadership before executing the main loop. Enable this when running replicated components for high availability.
--leader-elect-lease-duration=15s: The duration that non-leader candidates will wait after observing a leadership renewal until attempting to acquire leadership of a led but unrenewed leader slot. This is effectively the maximum duration that a leader can be stopped before it is replaced by another candidate. This is only applicable if leader election is enabled.
--leader-elect-renew-deadline=10s: The interval between attempts by the acting master to renew a leadership slot before it stops leading. This must be less than or equal to the lease duration. This is only applicable if leader election is enabled.
--leader-elect-retry-period=2s: The duration the clients should wait between attempting acquisition and renewal of a leadership. This is only applicable if leader election is enabled.
--log-flush-frequency=5s: Maximum number of seconds between log flushes
--master="": The address of the Kubernetes API server (overrides any value in kubeconfig)
--policy-config-file="": File with scheduler policy configuration
--port=10251: The port that the scheduler's http service runs on
--profiling[=true]: Enable profiling via web interface host:port/debug/pprof/
--scheduler-name="default-scheduler": Name of the scheduler, used to select which pods will be processed by this scheduler, based on pod's annotation with key 'scheduler.alpha.kubernetes.io/name'
--address string The IP address to serve on (set to 0.0.0.0 for all interfaces) (default "0.0.0.0")
--algorithm-provider string The scheduling algorithm provider to use, one of: DefaultProvider | ClusterAutoscalerProvider (default "DefaultProvider")
--failure-domains string Indicate the "all topologies" set for an empty topologyKey when it's used for PreferredDuringScheduling pod anti-affinity. (default "kubernetes.io/hostname,failure-domain.beta.kubernetes.io/zone,failure-domain.beta.kubernetes.io/region")
--feature-gates value A set of key=value pairs that describe feature gates for alpha/experimental features. Options are:
DynamicKubeletConfig=true|false (ALPHA - default=false)
DynamicVolumeProvisioning=true|false (ALPHA - default=true)
AllAlpha=true|false (ALPHA - default=false)
AllowExtTrafficLocalEndpoints=true|false (ALPHA - default=false)
AppArmor=true|false (BETA - default=true)
--google-json-key string The Google Cloud Platform Service Account JSON Key to use for authentication.
--hard-pod-affinity-symmetric-weight int RequiredDuringScheduling affinity is not symmetric, but there is an implicit PreferredDuringScheduling affinity rule corresponding to every RequiredDuringScheduling affinity rule. --hard-pod-affinity-symmetric-weight represents the weight of implicit PreferredDuringScheduling affinity rule. (default 1)
--kube-api-burst value Burst to use while talking with kubernetes apiserver (default 100)
--kube-api-content-type string Content type of requests sent to apiserver. (default "application/vnd.kubernetes.protobuf")
--kube-api-qps value QPS to use while talking with kubernetes apiserver (default 50)
--kubeconfig string Path to kubeconfig file with authorization and master location information.
--leader-elect Start a leader election client and gain leadership before executing the main loop. Enable this when running replicated components for high availability. (default true)
--leader-elect-lease-duration duration The duration that non-leader candidates will wait after observing a leadership renewal until attempting to acquire leadership of a led but unrenewed leader slot. This is effectively the maximum duration that a leader can be stopped before it is replaced by another candidate. This is only applicable if leader election is enabled. (default 15s)
--leader-elect-renew-deadline duration The interval between attempts by the acting master to renew a leadership slot before it stops leading. This must be less than or equal to the lease duration. This is only applicable if leader election is enabled. (default 10s)
--leader-elect-retry-period duration The duration the clients should wait between attempting acquisition and renewal of a leadership. This is only applicable if leader election is enabled. (default 2s)
--master string The address of the Kubernetes API server (overrides any value in kubeconfig)
--policy-config-file string File with scheduler policy configuration
--port value The port that the scheduler's http service runs on (default 10251)
--profiling Enable profiling via web interface host:port/debug/pprof/ (default true)
--scheduler-name string Name of the scheduler, used to select which pods will be processed by this scheduler, based on pod's annotation with key 'scheduler.alpha.kubernetes.io/name' (default "default-scheduler")
```
###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 12-Aug-2016
###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 2-Sep-2016

213
docs/admin/kubelet.md
View File

@ -12,7 +12,8 @@ The kubelet is the primary "node agent" that runs on each
node. The kubelet works in terms of a PodSpec. A PodSpec is a YAML or JSON object
that describes a pod. The kubelet takes a set of PodSpecs that are provided through
various mechanisms (primarily through the apiserver) and ensures that the containers
described in those PodSpecs are running and healthy.
described in those PodSpecs are running and healthy. The kubelet doesn't manage
containers which were not created by Kubernetes.
Other than from an PodSpec from the apiserver, there are three ways that a container
manifest can be provided to the Kubelet.
@ -33,107 +34,119 @@ kubelet
### Options
```
--address=0.0.0.0: The IP address for the Kubelet to serve on (set to 0.0.0.0 for all interfaces)
--allow-privileged[=false]: If true, allow containers to request privileged mode. [default=false]
--api-servers=[]: List of Kubernetes API servers for publishing events, and reading pods and services. (ip:port), comma separated.
--cadvisor-port=4194: The port of the localhost cAdvisor endpoint
--cert-dir="/var/run/kubernetes": The directory where the TLS certs are located (by default /var/run/kubernetes). If --tls-cert-file and --tls-private-key-file are provided, this flag will be ignored.
--cgroup-root="": Optional root cgroup to use for pods. This is handled by the container runtime on a best effort basis. Default: '', which means use the container runtime default.
--chaos-chance=0: If > 0.0, introduce random client errors and latency. Intended for testing. [default=0.0]
--cloud-config="": The path to the cloud provider configuration file. Empty string for no configuration file.
--cloud-provider="auto-detect": The provider for cloud services. By default, kubelet will attempt to auto-detect the cloud provider. Specify empty string for running with no cloud provider. [default=auto-detect]
--cluster-dns="": IP address for a cluster DNS server. This value is used for containers' DNS server in case of Pods with "dnsPolicy=ClusterFirst"
--cluster-domain="": Domain for this cluster. If set, kubelet will configure all containers to search this domain in addition to the host's search domains
--config="": Path to the config file or directory of files
--configure-cbr0[=false]: If true, kubelet will configure cbr0 based on Node.Spec.PodCIDR.
--container-runtime="docker": The container runtime to use. Possible values: 'docker', 'rkt'. Default: 'docker'.
--containerized[=false]: Experimental support for running kubelet in a container. Intended for testing. [default=false]
--cpu-cfs-quota[=true]: Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits
--docker-endpoint="": If non-empty, use this for the docker endpoint to communicate with
--docker-exec-handler="native": Handler to use when executing a command in a container. Valid values are 'native' and 'nsenter'. Defaults to 'native'.
--enable-controller-attach-detach[=true]: Enables the Attach/Detach controller to manage attachment/detachment of volumes scheduled to this node, and disables kubelet from executing any attach/detach operations
--enable-custom-metrics[=false]: Support for gathering custom metrics.
--enable-debugging-handlers[=true]: Enables server endpoints for log collection and local running of containers and commands
--enable-server[=true]: Enable the Kubelet's server
--event-burst=10: Maximum size of a bursty event records, temporarily allows event records to burst to this number, while still not exceeding event-qps. Only used if --event-qps > 0
--event-qps=5: If > 0, limit event creations per second to this value. If 0, unlimited.
--eviction-hard="": A set of eviction thresholds (e.g. memory.available<1Gi) that if met would trigger a pod eviction.
--eviction-max-pod-grace-period=0: Maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. If negative, defer to pod specified value.
--eviction-pressure-transition-period=5m0s: Duration for which the kubelet has to wait before transitioning out of an eviction pressure condition.
--eviction-soft="": A set of eviction thresholds (e.g. memory.available<1.5Gi) that if met over a corresponding grace period would trigger a pod eviction.
--eviction-soft-grace-period="": A set of eviction grace periods (e.g. memory.available=1m30s) that correspond to how long a soft eviction threshold must hold before triggering a pod eviction.
--exit-on-lock-contention[=false]: Whether kubelet should exit upon lock-file contention.
--experimental-flannel-overlay[=false]: Experimental support for starting the kubelet with the default overlay network (flannel). Assumes flanneld is already running in client mode. [default=false]
--experimental-nvidia-gpus=0: Number of NVIDIA GPU devices on this node. Only 0 (default) and 1 are currently supported.
--file-check-frequency=20s: Duration between checking config files for new data
--google-json-key="": The Google Cloud Platform Service Account JSON Key to use for authentication.
--hairpin-mode="promiscuous-bridge": How should the kubelet setup hairpin NAT. This allows endpoints of a Service to loadbalance back to themselves if they should try to access their own Service. Valid values are "promiscuous-bridge", "hairpin-veth" and "none".
--healthz-bind-address=127.0.0.1: The IP address for the healthz server to serve on, defaulting to 127.0.0.1 (set to 0.0.0.0 for all interfaces)
--healthz-port=10248: The port of the localhost healthz endpoint
--host-ipc-sources="*": Comma-separated list of sources from which the Kubelet allows pods to use the host ipc namespace. [default="*"]
--host-network-sources="*": Comma-separated list of sources from which the Kubelet allows pods to use of host network. [default="*"]
--host-pid-sources="*": Comma-separated list of sources from which the Kubelet allows pods to use the host pid namespace. [default="*"]
--hostname-override="": If non-empty, will use this string as identification instead of the actual hostname.
--http-check-frequency=20s: Duration between checking http for new data
--image-gc-high-threshold=90: The percent of disk usage after which image garbage collection is always run. Default: 90%
--image-gc-low-threshold=80: The percent of disk usage before which image garbage collection is never run. Lowest disk usage to garbage collect to. Default: 80%
--kube-api-burst=10: Burst to use while talking with kubernetes apiserver
--kube-api-content-type="application/vnd.kubernetes.protobuf": Content type of requests sent to apiserver.
--kube-api-qps=5: QPS to use while talking with kubernetes apiserver
--kube-reserved=: A set of ResourceName=ResourceQuantity (e.g. cpu=200m,memory=150G) pairs that describe resources reserved for kubernetes system components. Currently only cpu and memory are supported. See http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.3/docs/user-guide/compute-resources.md for more detail. [default=none]
--kubeconfig="/var/lib/kubelet/kubeconfig": Path to a kubeconfig file, specifying how to authenticate to API server (the master location is set by the api-servers flag).
--kubelet-cgroups="": Optional absolute name of cgroups to create and run the Kubelet in.
--lock-file="": <Warning: Alpha feature> The path to file for kubelet to use as a lock file.
--log-flush-frequency=5s: Maximum number of seconds between log flushes
--low-diskspace-threshold-mb=256: The absolute free disk space, in MB, to maintain. When disk space falls below this threshold, new pods would be rejected. Default: 256
--manifest-url="": URL for accessing the container manifest
--manifest-url-header="": HTTP header to use when accessing the manifest URL, with the key separated from the value with a ':', as in 'key:value'
--master-service-namespace="default": The namespace from which the kubernetes master services should be injected into pods
--max-open-files=1000000: Number of files that can be opened by Kubelet process. [default=1000000]
--max-pods=110: Number of Pods that can run on this Kubelet.
--maximum-dead-containers=240: Maximum number of old instances of containers to retain globally. Each container takes up some disk space. Default: 100.
--maximum-dead-containers-per-container=2: Maximum number of old instances to retain per container. Each container takes up some disk space. Default: 2.
--minimum-container-ttl-duration=1m0s: Minimum age for a finished container before it is garbage collected. Examples: '300ms', '10s' or '2h45m'
--minimum-image-ttl-duration=2m0s: Minimum age for a unused image before it is garbage collected. Examples: '300ms', '10s' or '2h45m'. Default: '2m'
--network-plugin="": <Warning: Alpha feature> The name of the network plugin to be invoked for various events in kubelet/pod lifecycle
--network-plugin-dir="/usr/libexec/kubernetes/kubelet-plugins/net/exec/": <Warning: Alpha feature> The full path of the directory in which to search for network plugins
--node-ip="": IP address of the node. If set, kubelet will use this IP address for the node
--node-labels=: <Warning: Alpha feature> Labels to add when registering the node in the cluster. Labels must be key=value pairs separated by ','.
--node-status-update-frequency=10s: Specifies how often kubelet posts node status to master. Note: be cautious when changing the constant, it must work with nodeMonitorGracePeriod in nodecontroller. Default: 10s
--non-masquerade-cidr="10.0.0.0/8": Traffic to IPs outside this range will use IP masquerade.
--oom-score-adj=-999: The oom-score-adj value for kubelet process. Values must be within the range [-1000, 1000]
--outofdisk-transition-frequency=5m0s: Duration for which the kubelet has to wait before transitioning out of out-of-disk node condition status. Default: 5m0s
--pod-cidr="": The CIDR to use for pod IP addresses, only used in standalone mode. In cluster mode, this is obtained from the master.
--pod-infra-container-image="gcr.io/google_containers/pause-amd64:3.0": The image whose network/ipc namespaces containers in each pod will use.
--pods-per-core=0: Number of Pods per core that can run on this Kubelet. The total number of Pods on this Kubelet cannot exceed max-pods, so max-pods will be used if this calculation results in a larger number of Pods allowed on the Kubelet. A value of 0 disables this limit.
--port=10250: The port for the Kubelet to serve on.
--read-only-port=10255: The read-only port for the Kubelet to serve on with no authentication/authorization (set to 0 to disable)
--really-crash-for-testing[=false]: If true, when panics occur crash. Intended for testing.
--reconcile-cidr[=true]: Reconcile node CIDR with the CIDR specified by the API server. No-op if register-node or configure-cbr0 is false. [default=true]
--register-node[=true]: Register the node with the apiserver (defaults to true if --api-servers is set)
--register-schedulable[=true]: Register the node as schedulable. No-op if register-node is false. [default=true]
--registry-burst=10: Maximum size of a bursty pulls, temporarily allows pulls to burst to this number, while still not exceeding registry-qps. Only used if --registry-qps > 0
--registry-qps=5: If > 0, limit registry pull QPS to this value. If 0, unlimited. [default=5.0]
--resolv-conf="/etc/resolv.conf": Resolver configuration file used as the basis for the container DNS resolution configuration.
--rkt-api-endpoint="localhost:15441": The endpoint of the rkt API service to communicate with. Only used if --container-runtime='rkt'.
--rkt-path="": Path of rkt binary. Leave empty to use the first rkt in $PATH. Only used if --container-runtime='rkt'.
--root-dir="/var/lib/kubelet": Directory path for managing kubelet files (volume mounts,etc).
--runonce[=false]: If true, exit after spawning pods from local manifests or remote urls. Exclusive with --api-servers, and --enable-server
--runtime-cgroups="": Optional absolute name of cgroups to create and run the runtime in.
--runtime-request-timeout=2m0s: Timeout of all runtime requests except long running request - pull, logs, exec and attach. When timeout exceeded, kubelet will cancel the request, throw out an error and retry later. Default: 2m0s
--seccomp-profile-root="/var/lib/kubelet/seccomp": Directory path for seccomp profiles.
--serialize-image-pulls[=true]: Pull images one at a time. We recommend *not* changing the default value on nodes that run docker daemon with version < 1.9 or an Aufs storage backend. Issue #10959 has more details. [default=true]
--streaming-connection-idle-timeout=4h0m0s: Maximum time a streaming connection can be idle before the connection is automatically closed. 0 indicates no timeout. Example: '5m'
--sync-frequency=1m0s: Max period between synchronizing running containers and config
--system-cgroups="": Optional absolute name of cgroups in which to place all non-kernel processes that are not already inside a cgroup under `/`. Empty for no container. Rolling back the flag requires a reboot. (Default: "").
--system-reserved=: A set of ResourceName=ResourceQuantity (e.g. cpu=200m,memory=150G) pairs that describe resources reserved for non-kubernetes components. Currently only cpu and memory are supported. See http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.3/docs/user-guide/compute-resources.md for more detail. [default=none]
--tls-cert-file="": File containing x509 Certificate for HTTPS. (CA cert, if any, concatenated after server cert). If --tls-cert-file and --tls-private-key-file are not provided, a self-signed certificate and key are generated for the public address and saved to the directory passed to --cert-dir.
--tls-private-key-file="": File containing x509 private key matching --tls-cert-file.
--volume-plugin-dir="/usr/libexec/kubernetes/kubelet-plugins/volume/exec/": <Warning: Alpha feature> The full path of the directory in which to search for additional third party volume plugins
--volume-stats-agg-period=1m0s: Specifies interval for kubelet to calculate and cache the volume disk usage for all pods and volumes. To disable volume calculations, set to 0. Default: '1m'
--address value The IP address for the Kubelet to serve on (set to 0.0.0.0 for all interfaces) (default 0.0.0.0)
--allow-privileged If true, allow containers to request privileged mode. [default=false]
--cadvisor-port value The port of the localhost cAdvisor endpoint (default 4194)
--cert-dir string The directory where the TLS certs are located (by default /var/run/kubernetes). If --tls-cert-file and --tls-private-key-file are provided, this flag will be ignored. (default "/var/run/kubernetes")
--cgroup-root string Optional root cgroup to use for pods. This is handled by the container runtime on a best effort basis. Default: '', which means use the container runtime default.
--chaos-chance float If > 0.0, introduce random client errors and latency. Intended for testing. [default=0.0]
--cloud-config string The path to the cloud provider configuration file. Empty string for no configuration file.
--cloud-provider string The provider for cloud services. By default, kubelet will attempt to auto-detect the cloud provider. Specify empty string for running with no cloud provider. [default=auto-detect] (default "auto-detect")
--cluster-dns string IP address for a cluster DNS server. This value is used for containers' DNS server in case of Pods with "dnsPolicy=ClusterFirst"
--cluster-domain string Domain for this cluster. If set, kubelet will configure all containers to search this domain in addition to the host's search domains
--configure-cbr0 If true, kubelet will configure cbr0 based on Node.Spec.PodCIDR.
--container-runtime string The container runtime to use. Possible values: 'docker', 'rkt'. Default: 'docker'. (default "docker")
--container-runtime-endpoint string The unix socket endpoint of remote runtime service. If not empty, this option will override --container-runtime. This is an experimental feature. Intended for testing only.
--containerized Experimental support for running kubelet in a container. Intended for testing. [default=false]
--cpu-cfs-quota Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits (default true)
--docker-endpoint string Use this for the docker endpoint to communicate with (default "unix:///var/run/docker.sock")
--docker-exec-handler string Handler to use when executing a command in a container. Valid values are 'native' and 'nsenter'. Defaults to 'native'. (default "native")
--enable-controller-attach-detach Enables the Attach/Detach controller to manage attachment/detachment of volumes scheduled to this node, and disables kubelet from executing any attach/detach operations (default true)
--enable-custom-metrics Support for gathering custom metrics.
--enable-debugging-handlers Enables server endpoints for log collection and local running of containers and commands (default true)
--enable-server Enable the Kubelet's server (default true)
--event-burst value Maximum size of a bursty event records, temporarily allows event records to burst to this number, while still not exceeding event-qps. Only used if --event-qps > 0 (default 10)
--event-qps value If > 0, limit event creations per second to this value. If 0, unlimited. (default 5)
--eviction-hard string A set of eviction thresholds (e.g. memory.available<1Gi) that if met would trigger a pod eviction. (default "memory.available<100Mi")
--eviction-max-pod-grace-period value Maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. If negative, defer to pod specified value.
--eviction-minimum-reclaim string A set of minimum reclaims (e.g. imagefs.available=2Gi) that describes the minimum amount of resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction if that resource is under pressure.
--eviction-pressure-transition-period duration Duration for which the kubelet has to wait before transitioning out of an eviction pressure condition. (default 5m0s)
--eviction-soft string A set of eviction thresholds (e.g. memory.available<1.5Gi) that if met over a corresponding grace period would trigger a pod eviction.
--eviction-soft-grace-period string A set of eviction grace periods (e.g. memory.available=1m30s) that correspond to how long a soft eviction threshold must hold before triggering a pod eviction.
--exit-on-lock-contention Whether kubelet should exit upon lock-file contention.
--experimental-allowed-unsafe-sysctls value Comma-separated whitelist of unsafe sysctls or unsafe sysctl patterns (ending in *). Use these at your own risk. (default [])
--experimental-bootstrap-kubeconfig string <Warning: Experimental feature> Path to a kubeconfig file that will be used to get client certificate for kubelet. If the file specified by --kubeconfig does not exist, the bootstrap kubeconfig is used to request a client certificate from the API server. On success, a kubeconfig file referencing the generated key and obtained certificate is written to the path specified by --kubeconfig. The certificate and key file will be stored in the directory pointed by --cert-dir.
--experimental-flannel-overlay Experimental support for starting the kubelet with the default overlay network (flannel). Assumes flanneld is already running in client mode. [default=false]
--experimental-nvidia-gpus value Number of NVIDIA GPU devices on this node. Only 0 (default) and 1 are currently supported.
--feature-gates value A set of key=value pairs that describe feature gates for alpha/experimental features. Options are:
AllAlpha=true|false (ALPHA - default=false)
AllowExtTrafficLocalEndpoints=true|false (ALPHA - default=false)
AppArmor=true|false (BETA - default=true)
DynamicKubeletConfig=true|false (ALPHA - default=false)
DynamicVolumeProvisioning=true|false (ALPHA - default=true)
--file-check-frequency duration Duration between checking config files for new data (default 20s)
--google-json-key string The Google Cloud Platform Service Account JSON Key to use for authentication.
--hairpin-mode string How should the kubelet setup hairpin NAT. This allows endpoints of a Service to loadbalance back to themselves if they should try to access their own Service. Valid values are "promiscuous-bridge", "hairpin-veth" and "none". (default "promiscuous-bridge")
--healthz-bind-address value The IP address for the healthz server to serve on, defaulting to 127.0.0.1 (set to 0.0.0.0 for all interfaces) (default 127.0.0.1)
--healthz-port value The port of the localhost healthz endpoint (default 10248)
--host-ipc-sources value Comma-separated list of sources from which the Kubelet allows pods to use the host ipc namespace. [default="*"] (default [*])
--host-network-sources value Comma-separated list of sources from which the Kubelet allows pods to use of host network. [default="*"] (default [*])
--host-pid-sources value Comma-separated list of sources from which the Kubelet allows pods to use the host pid namespace. [default="*"] (default [*])
--hostname-override string If non-empty, will use this string as identification instead of the actual hostname.
--http-check-frequency duration Duration between checking http for new data (default 20s)
--image-gc-high-threshold value The percent of disk usage after which image garbage collection is always run. Default: 90% (default 90)
--image-gc-low-threshold value The percent of disk usage before which image garbage collection is never run. Lowest disk usage to garbage collect to. Default: 80% (default 80)
--image-service-endpoint string The unix socket endpoint of remote image service. If not specified, it will be the same with container-runtime-endpoint by default. This is an experimental feature. Intended for testing only.
--iptables-drop-bit value The bit of the fwmark space to mark packets for dropping. Must be within the range [0, 31]. (default 15)
--iptables-masquerade-bit value The bit of the fwmark space to mark packets for SNAT. Must be within the range [0, 31]. Please match this parameter with corresponding parameter in kube-proxy. (default 14)
--kube-api-burst value Burst to use while talking with kubernetes apiserver (default 10)
--kube-api-content-type string Content type of requests sent to apiserver. (default "application/vnd.kubernetes.protobuf")
--kube-api-qps value QPS to use while talking with kubernetes apiserver (default 5)
--kube-reserved value A set of ResourceName=ResourceQuantity (e.g. cpu=200m,memory=150G) pairs that describe resources reserved for kubernetes system components. Currently only cpu and memory are supported. See http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.4/docs/user-guide/compute-resources.md for more detail. [default=none]
--kubeconfig value Path to a kubeconfig file, specifying how to connect to the API server. --api-servers will be used for the location unless --require-kubeconfig is set. (default "/var/lib/kubelet/kubeconfig")
--kubelet-cgroups string Optional absolute name of cgroups to create and run the Kubelet in.
--lock-file string <Warning: Alpha feature> The path to file for kubelet to use as a lock file.
--low-diskspace-threshold-mb value The absolute free disk space, in MB, to maintain. When disk space falls below this threshold, new pods would be rejected. Default: 256 (default 256)
--make-iptables-util-chains If true, kubelet will ensure iptables utility rules are present on host. (default true)
--manifest-url string URL for accessing the container manifest
--manifest-url-header string HTTP header to use when accessing the manifest URL, with the key separated from the value with a ':', as in 'key:value'
--master-service-namespace string The namespace from which the kubernetes master services should be injected into pods (default "default")
--max-open-files int Number of files that can be opened by Kubelet process. [default=1000000] (default 1000000)
--max-pods value Number of Pods that can run on this Kubelet. (default 110)
--minimum-image-ttl-duration duration Minimum age for an unused image before it is garbage collected. Examples: '300ms', '10s' or '2h45m'. Default: '2m' (default 2m0s)
--network-plugin string <Warning: Alpha feature> The name of the network plugin to be invoked for various events in kubelet/pod lifecycle
--network-plugin-dir string <Warning: Alpha feature> The full path of the directory in which to search for network plugins (default "/usr/libexec/kubernetes/kubelet-plugins/net/exec/")
--network-plugin-mtu value <Warning: Alpha feature> The MTU to be passed to the network plugin, to override the default. Set to 0 to use the default 1460 MTU.
--node-ip string IP address of the node. If set, kubelet will use this IP address for the node
--node-labels value <Warning: Alpha feature> Labels to add when registering the node in the cluster. Labels must be key=value pairs separated by ','.
--node-status-update-frequency duration Specifies how often kubelet posts node status to master. Note: be cautious when changing the constant, it must work with nodeMonitorGracePeriod in nodecontroller. Default: 10s (default 10s)
--non-masquerade-cidr string Traffic to IPs outside this range will use IP masquerade. (default "10.0.0.0/8")
--oom-score-adj value The oom-score-adj value for kubelet process. Values must be within the range [-1000, 1000] (default -999)
--outofdisk-transition-frequency duration Duration for which the kubelet has to wait before transitioning out of out-of-disk node condition status. Default: 5m0s (default 5m0s)
--pod-cidr string The CIDR to use for pod IP addresses, only used in standalone mode. In cluster mode, this is obtained from the master.
--pod-infra-container-image string The image whose network/ipc namespaces containers in each pod will use. (default "gcr.io/google_containers/pause-amd64:3.0")
--pod-manifest-path string Path to to the directory containing pod manifest files to run, or the path to a single pod manifest file.
--pods-per-core value Number of Pods per core that can run on this Kubelet. The total number of Pods on this Kubelet cannot exceed max-pods, so max-pods will be used if this calculation results in a larger number of Pods allowed on the Kubelet. A value of 0 disables this limit.
--port value The port for the Kubelet to serve on. (default 10250)
--protect-kernel-defaults Default kubelet behaviour for kernel tuning. If set, kubelet errors if any of kernel tunables is different than kubelet defaults.
--read-only-port value The read-only port for the Kubelet to serve on with no authentication/authorization (set to 0 to disable) (default 10255)
--really-crash-for-testing If true, when panics occur crash. Intended for testing.
--reconcile-cidr Reconcile node CIDR with the CIDR specified by the API server. No-op if register-node or configure-cbr0 is false. [default=true] (default true)
--register-node Register the node with the apiserver (defaults to true if --api-servers is set) (default true)
--register-schedulable Register the node as schedulable. No-op if register-node is false. [default=true] (default true)
--registry-burst value Maximum size of a bursty pulls, temporarily allows pulls to burst to this number, while still not exceeding registry-qps. Only used if --registry-qps > 0 (default 10)
--registry-qps value If > 0, limit registry pull QPS to this value. If 0, unlimited. [default=5.0] (default 5)
--require-kubeconfig If true the Kubelet will exit if there are configuration errors, and will ignore the value of --api-servers in favor of the server defined in the kubeconfig file.
--resolv-conf string Resolver configuration file used as the basis for the container DNS resolution configuration. (default "/etc/resolv.conf")
--rkt-api-endpoint string The endpoint of the rkt API service to communicate with. Only used if --container-runtime='rkt'. (default "localhost:15441")
--rkt-path string Path of rkt binary. Leave empty to use the first rkt in $PATH. Only used if --container-runtime='rkt'.
--root-dir string Directory path for managing kubelet files (volume mounts,etc). (default "/var/lib/kubelet")
--runonce If true, exit after spawning pods from local manifests or remote urls. Exclusive with --api-servers, and --enable-server
--runtime-cgroups string Optional absolute name of cgroups to create and run the runtime in.
--runtime-request-timeout duration Timeout of all runtime requests except long running request - pull, logs, exec and attach. When timeout exceeded, kubelet will cancel the request, throw out an error and retry later. Default: 2m0s (default 2m0s)
--seccomp-profile-root string Directory path for seccomp profiles.
--serialize-image-pulls Pull images one at a time. We recommend *not* changing the default value on nodes that run docker daemon with version < 1.9 or an Aufs storage backend. Issue #10959 has more details. [default=true] (default true)
--streaming-connection-idle-timeout duration Maximum time a streaming connection can be idle before the connection is automatically closed. 0 indicates no timeout. Example: '5m' (default 4h0m0s)
--sync-frequency duration Max period between synchronizing running containers and config (default 1m0s)
--system-cgroups / Optional absolute name of cgroups in which to place all non-kernel processes that are not already inside a cgroup under /. Empty for no container. Rolling back the flag requires a reboot. (Default: "").
--system-reserved value A set of ResourceName=ResourceQuantity (e.g. cpu=200m,memory=150G) pairs that describe resources reserved for non-kubernetes components. Currently only cpu and memory are supported. See http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.4/docs/user-guide/compute-resources.md for more detail. [default=none]
--tls-cert-file string File containing x509 Certificate for HTTPS. (CA cert, if any, concatenated after server cert). If --tls-cert-file and --tls-private-key-file are not provided, a self-signed certificate and key are generated for the public address and saved to the directory passed to --cert-dir.
--tls-private-key-file string File containing x509 private key matching --tls-cert-file.
--volume-plugin-dir string <Warning: Alpha feature> The full path of the directory in which to search for additional third party volume plugins (default "/usr/libexec/kubernetes/kubelet-plugins/volume/exec/")
--volume-stats-agg-period duration Specifies interval for kubelet to calculate and cache the volume disk usage for all pods and volumes. To disable volume calculations, set to 0. Default: '1m' (default 1m0s)
```
###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 12-Aug-2016
###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 2-Sep-2016

80
docs/admin/master-node-communication.md
View File

@ -83,3 +83,83 @@ cluster (connecting to the ssh server listening on port 22) and passes all
traffic destined for a kubelet, node, pod, or service through the tunnel.
This tunnel ensures that the traffic is not exposed outside of the private
GCE network in which the cluster is running.
### Kubelet TLS Bootstrap
Kubernetes 1.4 introduces an experimental API for requesting certificates from a cluster-level
Certificate Authority (CA). The first supported use of this API is the provisioning of TLS client
certificates for kubelets. The proposal can be found [here](https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/pull/20439)
and progress on the feature is being tracked as [feature #43](https://github.com/kubernetes/features/issues/43).
##### apiserver configuration
You must provide a token file which specifies at least one "bootstrap token" assigned to a kubelet boostrap-specific group.
This group will later be used in the controller-manager configuration to scope approvals in the default approval
controller. As this feature matures, you should ensure tokens are bound to an RBAC policy which limits requests
using the bootstrap token to only be able to make requests related to certificate provisioning. When RBAC policy
is in place, scoping the tokens to a group will allow great flexibility (e.g. you could disable a particular
bootstrap group's access when you are done provisioning the nodes).
##### Token auth file
Tokens are arbitrary but should represent at least 128 bits of entropy derived from a secure random number
generator (such as /dev/urandom on most modern systems). There are multiple ways you can generate a token. For example:
`head -c 16 /dev/urandom | od -An -t x | tr -d ' '`
will generate tokens that look like `02b50b05283e98dd0fd71db496ef01e8`
The token file will look like the following example, where the first three values can be anything and the quoted group
name should be as depicted:
```
02b50b05283e98dd0fd71db496ef01e8,kubelet-bootstrap,10001,"system:kubelet-bootstrap"
```
Add the `--token-auth-file=FILENAME` flag to the apiserver command to enable the token file.
See docs at http://kubernetes.io/docs/admin/authentication/#static-token-file for further details.
#### controller-manager configuration
The API for requesting certificates adds a certificate-issuing control loop to the KCM. This takes the form of a
[cfssl](https://blog.cloudflare.com/introducing-cfssl/) local signer using assets on disk.
Currently, all certificates issued have one year validity and a default set of key usages.
##### Signing assets
You must provide a Certificate Authority in order to provide the cryptographic materials necessary to issue certificates.
This CA should be trusted by the apiserver for authentication with the `--client-ca-file=SOMEFILE` flag. The management
of the CA is beyond the scope of this document but it is recommended that you generate a dedicated CA for Kubernetes.
Both certificate and key are assumed to be PEM-encoded.
The new controller-manager flags are:
```
--cluster-signing-cert-file="/etc/path/to/kubernetes/ca/ca.crt" --cluster-signing-key-file="/etc/path/to/kubernetes/ca/ca.key"
```
##### Auto-approval
To ease deployment and testing, the alpha version of the certificate request API includes a flag to approve all certificate
requests made by users in a certain group. The intended use of this is to whitelist only the group corresponding to the bootstrap
token in the token file above. Use of this flag circumvents makes the "approval" process described below and is not recommended
for production use.
The flag is:
```
--insecure-experimental-approve-all-kubelet-csrs-for-group="system:kubelet-bootstrap"
```
#### kubelet configuration
To use request a client cert from the certificate request API, the kubelet needs a path to a kubeconfig file that contains the
bootstrap auth token. If the file specified by `--kubeconfig` does not exist, the bootstrap kubeconfig is used to request a
client certificate from the API server. On success, a kubeconfig file referencing the generated key and obtained certificate
is written to the path specified by `--kubeconfig`. The certificate and key file will be stored in the directory pointed
by `--cert-dir`. The new flag is:
```
--experimental-bootstrap-kubeconfig="/path/to/bootstrap/kubeconfig"
```
#### kubectl approval
The signing controller does not immediately sign all certificate requests. Instead, it waits until they have been flagged with an
"Approved" status by an appropriately-privileged user. This is intended to eventually be an automated process handled by an external
approval controller, but for the alpha version of the API it can be done manually by a cluster administrator using kubectl.
An administrator can list CSRs with `kubectl get csr`, describe one in detail with `kubectl describe <name>`. There are
[currently no direct approve/deny commands](https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/issues/30163) so an approver will need to update
the Status field directly. A rough example of how to do this in bash which should only be used until the porcelain merges is available
at https://github.com/gtank/csrctl.

114
docs/admin/node-conformance.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
---
assignees:
- Random-Liu
---
* TOC
{:toc}
## Node Conformance Test
*Node conformance test* is a test framework validating whether a node meets the
minimum requirement of Kubernetes with a set of system verification and
functionality test. A node which passes the tests is qualified to join a
Kubernetes cluster.
## Limitations
There are following limitations in the current implementation of node
conformance test. They'll be improved in future version.
* Node conformance test only supports Docker as the container runtime.
* Node conformance test doesn't validate network related system configurations
and functionalities.
## Prerequisite
Node conformance test is used to test whether a node is ready to join a
Kubernetes cluster, so the prerequisite is the same with a standard Kubernetes
node. At least, the node should have properly installed:
* Container Runtime (Docker)
* Kubelet
Node conformance test validates kernel configurations. If the kenrel module
`configs` is built as module in your environment, it must be loaded before the
test. (See [Caveats #3](#caveats) for more information)
## Usage
### Run Node Conformance Test
* **Step 1:** Point your Kubelet to localhost `--api-servers="http://localhost:8080"`,
because the test framework starts a local master to test Kubelet.
* **Step 2:** Run the node conformance test with command:
```shell
# $CONFIG_DIR is the pod manifest path of your kubelet.
# $LOG_DIR is the test output path.
sudo docker run -it --rm --privileged --net=host \
-v /:/rootfs:ro -v /var/run:/var/run \
-v $CONFIG_DIR:/etc/manifest -v $LOG_DIR:/var/result \
gcr.io/google_containers/node-test-amd64:v0.1
```
### Run Node Conformance Test for Other Architectures
We also build node conformance test docker images for other architectures:
Arch | Image |
--------|:-----------------:|
amd64 | node-test-amd64 |
arm | node-test-arm |
arm64 | node-test-arm64 |
### Run Selected Test
In fact, Node conformance test is a containerized version of [node e2e
test](https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/release-1.4/docs/devel/e2e-node-tests.md).
By default, it runs all conformance test.
Theoretically, you can run any node e2e test if you configure the container and
mount required volumes properly. But **it is strongly recommended to only run conformance
test**, because the non-conformance test needs much more complex framework configuration.
To run specific tests, overwrite the environment variable `FOCUS` with the
regular expression of tests you want to run.
```shell
sudo docker run -it --rm --privileged --net=host \
-v /:/rootfs:ro -v /var/run:/var/run \
-v $CONFIG_DIR:/etc/manifest -v $LOG_DIR:/var/result \
-e FOCUS=MirrorPod \ # Only run MirrorPod test
gcr.io/google_containers/node-test-amd64:v0.1
```
To skip specific tests, overwrite the environment variable `SKIP` with the
regular expression of tests you want to skip.
```shell
sudo docker run -it --rm --privileged --net=host \
-v /:/rootfs:ro -v /var/run:/var/run \
-v $CONFIG_DIR:/etc/manifest -v $LOG_DIR:/var/result \
-e SKIP=MirrorPod \ # Run all conformance test and skip MirrorPod test
gcr.io/google_containers/node-test-amd64:v0.1
```
### Caveats
* The test will leave some docker images on the node, including the node
conformance test image and images of containers used in the functionality
test.
* The test will leave dead containers on the node, these containers are created
during the functionality test.
* Node conformance test validates kernel configuration. However, in some os
distro the kernel module `configs` may not be loaded by default, and you will get
the error `no config path in [POSSIBLE KERNEL CONFIG FILE PATHS] is
available`. In that case please do either of the followings:
* Manually load/unload `configs` kernel module: run `sudo modprobe configs` to
load the kernel module, and `sudo modprobe -r configs` to unload it after the test.
* Mount `modprobe` into the container: Add option `-v /bin/kmod:/bin/kmod
-v /sbin/modprobe:/sbin/modprobe -v /lib/modules:/lib/modules` when starting
the test container.

2
docs/admin/node-problem.md
View File

@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ it to [support other log format](/docs/admin/node-problem/#support-other-log-for
## Enable/Disable in GCE cluster
Node problem detector is [running as a cluster addon](cluster-large.md/#Addon-Resources) enabled by default in the
Node problem detector is [running as a cluster addon](cluster-large.md/#addon-resources) enabled by default in the
gce cluster.
You can enable/disable it by setting the environment variable

57
docs/admin/node.md
View File

@ -120,25 +120,48 @@ Currently, there are three components that interact with the Kubernetes node int
### Node Controller
Node controller is a component in Kubernetes master which manages Node
objects. It performs two major functions: cluster-wide node synchronization
and single node life-cycle management.
objects.
Node controller has a sync loop that deletes Nodes from Kubernetes
based on all matching VM instances listed from the cloud provider. The sync period
can be controlled via flag `--node-sync-period`. If a new VM instance
gets created, Node Controller creates a representation for it. If an existing
instance gets deleted, Node Controller deletes the representation. Note however,
that Node Controller is unable to provision the node for you, i.e. it won't install
any binary; therefore, to
join a node to a Kubernetes cluster, you as an admin need to make sure proper services are
running in the node. In the future, we plan to automatically provision some node
services.
Node controller has mutliple roles in Node's life. First is assigning a CIDR block to
the Node when it is registered (if CIDR assignment is turned on). Second is keeping the
node controller's list of nodes up to date with the cloud provider's list of available
machines. When running in cloud environment whenever a node is unhealthy node controller
asks cloud provider if the VM for that node is still available. If not, the node
controller deletes the node from its list of nodes.
In general, node controller is responsible for updating the NodeReady condition of node
status to ConditionUnknown when a node becomes unreachable (e.g. due to the node being down),
and then later evicting all the pods from the node (using graceful termination) if the node
continues to be unreachable. (The current timeouts for those are 40s and 5m, respectively.)
It also allocates CIDR blocks to the new nodes.
Third responsibiliy is monitoring Node's health. Node controller is responsible for updating
the NodeReady condition of NodeStatus to ConditionUnknown when a node becomes unreachable
(i.e. node controller stops receiving heartbeats e.g. due to the node being down), and then
later evicting all the pods from the node (using graceful termination) if the node continues
to be unreachable (the current timeouts are 40s to start reporting ConditionUnknown and 5m
after that to start evicting pods). Node controller checks the state of each node every
`--node-monitor-period` seconds.
In 1.4 release we updated the logic of node controller to better handle cases when a
big number of Nodes have problems with reaching the master machine (e.g. because
master machine has networking problem). Starting with 1.4 node controller will look at the
state of all Nodes in the cluster when making a decision about pod eviction.
In most cases, node controller limits the eviction rate to `--node-eviction-rate` (default 0.1)
per second, meaning it won't evict pods from more than 1 node per 10 seconds.
The node eviction behavior changes when a node in a given availability zone becomes unhealthy,
node controller checks what percentage of nodes in the zone are unhealthy (NodeReady condition
is ConditionUnknown or ConditionFalse) at the same time. If the fraction of unhealthy nodes is
at least `--unhealthy-zone-threshold` (default 0.55) then the eviction rate is reduced: if
the cluster is small (i.e. has less than or equal to `--large-cluster-size-threshold`
nodes - default 50) then evictions are stopped, otherwise the eviction rate is reduced to
`--secondary-node-eviction-rate` (default 0.01) per second. The reason these policies are
implemented per availability zone is because one availability zone might become partitioned
from the master while the others remain connected. If your cluster does not span multiple cloud
provider availability zones, then there is only one availability zone, namely the whole cluster.
A key reason for spreading your nodes across availability zones is so that workload can be
shifted to healthy zones when one entire zone goes down. To enable this behavior, if all
nodes in a zone are unhealthy then node controller evicts at the normal rate `--node-eviction-rate`.
The corner case for that is when all zones are completely unhealthy (i.e. there's no healthy node in
the cluster). In such case node controller assumes that there's some problem with master machine
connectivity and stops all evictions until any connectivity is restored.
### Self-Registration of Nodes

162
docs/admin/out-of-resource.md
View File

@ -31,10 +31,25 @@ summary API.
| Eviction Signal | Description |
|------------------|---------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| `memory.available` | `memory.available` := `node.status.capacity[memory]` - `node.stats.memory.workingSet` |
| `nodefs.available` | `nodefs.available` := `node.stats.fs.available` |
| `nodefs.inodesFree` | `nodefs.inodesFree` := `node.stats.fs.inodesFree` |
| `imagefs.available` | `imagefs.available` := `node.stats.runtime.imagefs.available` |
| `imagefs.inodesFree` | `imagefs.inodesFree` := `node.stats.runtime.imagefs.inodesFree` |
In future releases, the `kubelet` will support the ability to trigger eviction decisions based on disk pressure.
Each of the above signals support either a literal or percentage based value. The percentage based value
is calculated relative to the total capacity associated with each signal.
Until that time, it is recommended users take advantage of [garbage collection](/docs/admin/garbage-collection/).
`kubelet` supports only two filesystem partitions.
1. The `nodefs` filesystem that kubelet uses for volumes, daemon logs, etc.
1. The `imagefs` filesystem that container runtimes uses for storing images and container writable layers.
`imagefs` is optional. `kubelet` auto-discovers these filesystems using cAdvisor. `kubelet` does not care about any
other filesystems. Any other types of configurations are not currently supported by the kubelet. For example, it is
*not OK* to store volumes and logs in a dedicated `filesystem`.
In future releases, the `kubelet` will deprecate the existing [garbage collection](/docs/admin/garbage-collection/)
support in favor of eviction in response to disk pressure.
### Eviction Thresholds
@ -47,6 +62,14 @@ Each threshold is of the following form:
* valid `eviction-signal` tokens as defined above.
* valid `operator` tokens are `<`
* valid `quantity` tokens must match the quantity representation used by Kubernetes
* an eviction threshold can be expressed as a percentage if ends with `%` token.
For example, if a node has `10Gi` of memory, and the desire is to induce eviction
if available memory falls below `1Gi`, an eviction threshold can be specified as either
of the following (but not both).
* `memory.available<10%`
* `memory.available<1Gi`
#### Soft Eviction Thresholds
@ -84,6 +107,10 @@ To configure hard eviction thresholds, the following flag is supported:
* `eviction-hard` describes a set of eviction thresholds (e.g. `memory.available<1Gi`) that if met
would trigger a pod eviction.
The `kubelet` has the following default hard eviction thresholds:
* `--eviction-hard=memory.available<100Mi`
### Eviction Monitoring Interval
The `kubelet` evaluates eviction thresholds per its configured housekeeping interval.
@ -103,6 +130,7 @@ The following node conditions are defined that correspond to the specified evict
| Node Condition | Eviction Signal | Description |
|----------------|------------------|------------------------------------------------------------------|
| `MemoryPressure` | `memory.available` | Available memory on the node has satisfied an eviction threshold |
| `DiskPressure` | `nodefs.available`, `nodefs.inodesFree`, `imagefs.available`, or `imagefs.inodesFree` | Available disk space and inodes on either the node's root filesytem or image filesystem has satisfied an eviction threshold |
The `kubelet` will continue to report node status updates at the frequency specified by
`--node-status-update-frequency` which defaults to `10s`.
@ -124,15 +152,44 @@ The `kubelet` would ensure that it has not observed an eviction threshold being
for the specified pressure condition for the period specified before toggling the
condition back to `false`.
### Eviction of Pods
### Reclaiming node level resources
If an eviction threshold has been met and the grace period has passed,
the `kubelet` will initiate the process of evicting pods until it has observed
the signal has gone below its defined threshold.
the `kubelet` will initiate the process of reclaiming the pressured resource
until it has observed the signal has gone below its defined threshold.
The `kubelet` ranks pods for eviction 1) by their quality of service,
2) and among those with the same quality of service by the consumption of the
starved compute resource relative to the pods scheduling request.
The `kubelet` attempts to reclaim node level resources prior to evicting end-user pods. If
disk pressure is observed, the `kubelet` reclaims node level resources differently if the
machine has a dedicated `imagefs` configured for the container runtime.
#### With Imagefs
If `nodefs` filesystem has met eviction thresholds, `kubelet` will free up disk space in the following order:
1. Delete dead pods/containers
If `imagefs` filesystem has met eviction thresholds, `kubelet` will free up disk space in the following order:
1. Delete all unused images
#### Without Imagefs
If `nodefs` filesystem has met eviction thresholds, `kubelet` will free up disk space in the following order:
1. Delete dead pods/containers
1. Delete all unused images
### Evicting end-user pods
If the `kubelet` is unable to reclaim sufficient resource on the node,
it will begin evicting pods.
The `kubelet` ranks pods for eviction as follows:
* by their quality of service
* by the consumption of the starved compute resource relative to the pods scheduling request.
As a result, pod eviction occurs in the following order:
* `BestEffort` pods that consume the most of the starved resource are failed
first.
@ -151,6 +208,49 @@ and the node only has `Guaranteed` pod(s) remaining, then the node must choose t
`Guaranteed` pod in order to preserve node stability, and to limit the impact
of the unexpected consumption to other `Guaranteed` pod(s).
Local disk is a `BestEffort` resource. If necessary, `kubelet` will evict pods one at a time to reclaim
disk when `DiskPressure` is encountered. The `kubelet` will rank pods by quality of service. If the `kubelet`
is responding to `inode` starvation, it will reclaim `inodes` by evicting pods with the lowest quality of service
first. If the `kubelet` is responding to lack of available disk, it will rank pods within a quality of service
that consumes the largest amount of disk and kill those first.
#### With Imagefs
If `nodefs` is triggering evictions, `kubelet` will sort pods based on the usage on `nodefs`
- local volumes + logs of all its containers.
If `imagefs` is triggering evictions, `kubelet` will sort pods based on the writable layer usage of all its containers.
#### Without Imagefs
If `nodefs` is triggering evictions, `kubelet` will sort pods based on their total disk usage
- local volumes + logs & writable layer of all its containers.
### Minimum eviction reclaim
In certain scenarios, eviction of pods could result in reclamation of small amount of resources. This can result in
`kubelet` hitting eviction thresholds in repeated successions. In addition to that, eviction of resources like `disk`,
is time consuming.
To mitigate these issues, `kubelet` can have a per-resource `minimum-reclaim`. Whenever `kubelet` observes
resource pressure, `kubelet` will attempt to reclaim at least `minimum-reclaim` amount of resource below
the configured eviction threshold.
For example, with the following configuration:
```
--eviction-hard=memory.available<500Mi,nodefs.available<1Gi,imagefs.available<100Gi
--eviction-minimum-reclaim="memory.available=0Mi,nodefs.available=500Mi,imagefs.available=2Gi"`
```
If an eviction threshold is triggered for `memory.available`, the `kubelet` will work to ensure
that `memory.available` is at least `500Mi`. For `nodefs.available`, the `kubelet` will work
to ensure that `nodefs.available` is at least `1.5Gi`, and for `imagefs.available` it will
work to ensure that `imagefs.available` is at least `102Gi` before no longer reporting pressure
on their associated resources.
The default `eviction-minimum-reclaim` is `0` for all resources.
### Scheduler
The node will report a condition when a compute resource is under pressure. The
@ -159,7 +259,8 @@ pods on the node.
| Node Condition | Scheduler Behavior |
| ---------------- | ------------------------------------------------ |
| `MemoryPressure` | `BestEffort` pods are not scheduled to the node. |
| `MemoryPressure` | No new `BestEffort` pods are scheduled to the node. |
| `DiskPressure` | No new pods are scheduled to the node. |
## Node OOM Behavior
@ -223,3 +324,46 @@ candidate set of pods provided to the eviction strategy.
In general, it is strongly recommended that `DaemonSet` not
create `BestEffort` pods to avoid being identified as a candidate pod
for eviction. Instead `DaemonSet` should ideally launch `Guaranteed` pods.
## Deprecation of existing feature flags to reclaim disk
`kubelet` has been freeing up disk space on demand to keep the node stable.
As disk based eviction matures, the following `kubelet` flags will be marked for deprecation
in favor of the simpler configuation supported around eviction.
| Existing Flag | New Flag |
| ------------- | -------- |
| `--image-gc-high-threshold` | `--eviction-hard` or `eviction-soft` |
| `--image-gc-low-threshold` | `--eviction-minimum-reclaim` |
| `--maximum-dead-containers` | deprecated |
| `--maximum-dead-containers-per-container` | deprecated |
| `--minimum-container-ttl-duration` | deprecated |
| `--low-diskspace-threshold-mb` | `--eviction-hard` or `eviction-soft` |
| `--outofdisk-transition-frequency` | `--eviction-pressure-transition-period` |
## Known issues
### kubelet may not observe memory pressure right away
The `kubelet` currently polls `cAdvisor` to collect memory usage stats at a regular interval. If memory usage
increases within that window rapidly, the `kubelet` may not observe `MemoryPressure` fast enough, and the `OOMKiller`
will still be invoked. We intend to integrate with the `memcg` notification API in a future release to reduce this
latency, and instead have the kernel tell us when a threshold has been crossed immmediately.
If you are not trying to achieve extreme utilization, but a sensible measure of overcommit, a viable workaround for
this issue is to set eviction thresholds at approximately 75% capacity. This increases the ability of this feature
to prevent system OOMs, and promote eviction of workloads so cluster state can rebalance.
### kubelet may evict more pods than needed
The pod eviction may evict more pods than needed due to stats collection timing gap. This can be mitigated by adding
the ability to get root container stats on an on-demand basis (https://github.com/google/cadvisor/issues/1247) in the future.
### How kubelet ranks pods for eviction in response to inode exhaustion
At this time, it is not possible to know how many inodes were consumed by a particular container. If the `kubelet` observes
inode exhaustion, it will evict pods by ranking them by quality of service. The following issue has been opened in cadvisor
to track per container inode consumption (https://github.com/google/cadvisor/issues/1422) which would allow us to rank pods
by inode consumption. For example, this would let us identify a container that created large numbers of 0 byte files, and evict
that pod over others.

58
docs/admin/rescheduler.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
---
assignees:
- davidopp
- filipg
- piosz
---
* TOC
{:toc}
# "Guaranteed" scheduling of critical add-on pods
## Critical add-ons
In addition to Kubernetes core components like api-server, scheduler, controller-manager running on a master machine
there are a number of add-ons which, for various reasons, must run on a regular cluster node (rather than the Kubernetes master).
Some of these add-ons are critical to a fully functional cluster, such as Heapster, DNS, and UI.
A cluster may stop working properly if a critical add-on is evicted (either manually or as a side effect of another operation like upgrade)
and becomes pending (for example when the cluster is highly utilized and either there are other pending pods that schedule into the space
vacated by the evicted critical add-on pod or the amount of resources available on the node changed for some other reason).
## Rescheduler: guaranteed scheduling of critical add-ons
Rescheduler ensures that critical add-ons are always scheduled
(assuming the cluster has enough resources to run the critical add-on pods in the absence of regular pods).
If the scheduler determines that no node has enough free resources to run the critical add-on pod
given the pods that are already running in the cluster
(indicated by critical add-on pod's pod condition PodScheduled set to false, the reason set to Unschedulable)
the rescheduler tries to free up space for the add-on by evicting some pods; then the scheduler will schedule the add-on pod.
To avoid situation when another pod is scheduled into the space prepared for the critical add-on,
the chosen node gets a temporary taint “CriticalAddonsOnly” before the eviction(s)
(see [more details](https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/docs/design/taint-toleration-dedicated.md)).
Each critical add-on has to tolerate it,
the other pods shouldn't tolerate the taint. The tain is removed once the add-on is successfully scheduled.
*Warning:* currently there is no guarantee which node is chosen and which pods are being killed
in order to schedule crical pod, so if rescheduler is enabled you pods might be occasionally
killed for this purpose.
## Config
Rescheduler doesn't have any user facing configuration (component config) or API.
It's enabled by default. It can be disabled:
* during cluster setup by setting `ENABLE_RESCHEDULER` flag to `false`
* on running cluster by deleting its manifest from master node
(default path `/etc/kubernetes/manifests/rescheduler.manifest`)
### Marking add-on as critical
To be critical an add-on has to run in `kube-system` namespace (cofigurable via flag)
and have the following annotations specified:
* `scheduler.alpha.kubernetes.io/critical-pod` set to empty string
* `scheduler.alpha.kubernetes.io/tolerations` set to `[{"key":"CriticalAddonsOnly", "operator":"Exists"}]`
The first one marks a pod a critical. The second one is required by Rescheduler algorithm.

7
docs/admin/resourcequota/index.md
View File

@ -52,8 +52,10 @@ Resource Quota is enforced in a particular namespace when there is a
## Compute Resource Quota
The total sum of [compute resources](/docs/user-guide/compute-resources) requested by pods
in a namespace can be limited. The following compute resource types are supported:
You can limit the total sum of [compute resources](/docs/user-guide/compute-resources) and [storage resources](/docs/user-guide/persistent-volumes)
that can be requested in a given namespace.
The following resource types are supported:
| Resource Name | Description |
| ------------ | ----------- |
@ -63,6 +65,7 @@ in a namespace can be limited. The following compute resource types are support
| `memory` | Across all pods in a non-terminal state, the sum of memory requests cannot exceed this value. |
| `requests.cpu` | Across all pods in a non-terminal state, the sum of CPU requests cannot exceed this value. |
| `requests.memory` | Across all pods in a non-terminal state, the sum of memory requests cannot exceed this value. |
| `requests.storage` | Across all persistent volume claims, the sum of storage requests cannot exceed this value. |
## Object Count Quota

122
docs/admin/sysctls.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,122 @@
---
assignees:
- sttts
---
* TOC
{:toc}
This document describes how sysctls are used within a Kubernetes cluster.
## What is a _Sysctl_?
In Linux, the sysctl interface allows an administrator to modify kernel
parameters at runtime. Parameters are available via the `/proc/sys/` virtual
process file system. The parameters cover various subsystems such as:
- kernel (common prefix: `kernel.`)
- networking (common prefix: `net.`)
- virtual memory (common prefix: `vm.`)
- MDADM (common prefix: `dev.`)
- More subsystems are described in [Kernel docs](https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/sysctl/README).
To get a list of all parameters, you can run
```
$ sudo sysctl -a
```
## Namespaced vs. Node-Level Sysctls
A number of sysctls are _namespaced_ in today's Linux kernels. This means that
they can be set independently for each pod on a node. Being namespaced is a
requirement for sysctls to be accessible in a pod context within Kubernetes.
The following sysctls are known to be _namespaced_:
- `kernel.shm*`,
- `kernel.msg*`,
- `kernel.sem`,
- `fs.mqueue.*`,
- `net.*`.
Sysctls which are not namespaced are called _node-level_ and must be set
manually by the cluster admin, either by means of the underlying Linux
distribution of the nodes (e.g. via `/etc/sysctls.conf`) or using a DaemonSet
with privileged containers.
**Note**: it is good practice to consider nodes with special sysctl settings as
_tainted_ within a cluster, and only schedule pods onto them which need those
sysctl settings. It is suggested to use the Kubernetes [_taints and toleration_
feature](/docs/user-guide/kubectl/kubectl_taint.md) to implement this.
## Safe vs. Unsafe Sysctls
Sysctls are grouped into _safe_ and _unsafe_ sysctls. In addition to proper
namespacing a _safe_ sysctl must be properly _isolated_ between pods on the same
node. This means that setting a _safe_ sysctl for one pod
- must not have any influence on any other pod on the node
- must not allow to harm the node's health
- must not allow to gain CPU or memory resources outside of the resource limits
of a pod.
By far, most of the _namespaced_ sysctls are not necessarily considered _safe_.
For Kubernetes 1.4, the following sysctls are supported in the _safe_ set:
- `kernel.shm_rmid_forced`,
- `net.ipv4.ip_local_port_range`,
- `net.ipv4.tcp_syncookies`.
This list will be extended in future Kubernetes versions when the kubelet
supports better isolation mechanisms.
All _safe_ sysctls are enabled by default.
All _unsafe_ sysctls are disabled by default and must be allowed manually by the
cluster admin on a per-node basis. Pods with disabled unsafe sysctls will be
scheduled, but will fail to launch.
**Warning**: Due to their nature of being _unsafe_, the use of _unsafe_ sysctls
is at-your-own-risk and can lead to severe problems like wrong behavior of
containers, resource shortage or complete breakage of a node.
## Enabling Unsafe Sysctls
With the warning above in mind, the cluster admin can allow certain _unsafe_
sysctls for very special situations like e.g. high-performance or real-time
application tuning. _Unsafe_ sysctls are enabled on a node-by-node basis with a
flag of the kubelet, e.g.:
```shell
$ kubelet --experimental-allowed-unsafe-sysctls 'kernel.msg*,net.ipv4.route.min_pmtu' ...
```
Only _namespaced_ sysctls can be enabled this way.
## Setting Sysctls for a Pod
The sysctl feature is an alpha API in Kubernetes 1.4. Therefore, sysctls are set
using annotations on pods. They apply to all containers in the same pod.
Here is an example, with different annotations for _safe_ and _unsafe_ sysctls:
```yaml
apiVersion: v1
kind: Pod
metadata:
name: sysctl-example
annotations:
security.alpha.kubernetes.io/sysctls: kernel.shm_rmid_forced=1
security.alpha.kubernetes.io/unsafe-sysctls: net.ipv4.route.min_pmtu=1000,kernel.msgmax=1 2 3
spec:
...
```
**Note**: a pod with the _unsafe_ sysctls specified above will fail to launch on
any node which has not enabled those two _unsafe_ sysctls explicitly. As with
_node-level_ sysctls it is recommended to use [_taints and toleration_
feature](/docs/user-guide/kubectl/kubectl_taint.md) or [labels on nodes](/docs
/user-guide/labels.md) to schedule those pods onto the right nodes.

8
docs/api-reference/README.md
View File

@ -5,10 +5,10 @@
Use the following reference docs to understand the kubernetes REST API for various API group versions:
* v1: [operations](https://htmlpreview.github.io/?https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/v1.3.0-beta.0/docs/api-reference/v1/operations.html), [model definitions](https://htmlpreview.github.io/?https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/v1.3.0-beta.0/docs/api-reference/v1/definitions.html)
* extensions/v1beta1: [operations](https://htmlpreview.github.io/?https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/v1.3.0-beta.0/docs/api-reference/extensions/v1beta1/operations.html), [model definitions](https://htmlpreview.github.io/?https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/v1.3.0-beta.0/docs/api-reference/extensions/v1beta1/definitions.html)
* batch/v1: [operations](https://htmlpreview.github.io/?https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/v1.3.0-beta.0/docs/api-reference/batch/v1/operations.html), [model definitions](https://htmlpreview.github.io/?https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/v1.3.0-beta.0/docs/api-reference/batch/v1/definitions.html)
* autoscaling/v1: [operations](https://htmlpreview.github.io/?https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/v1.3.0-beta.0/docs/api-reference/autoscaling/v1/operations.html), [model definitions](https://htmlpreview.github.io/?https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/v1.3.0-beta.0/docs/api-reference/autoscaling/v1/definitions.html)
* v1: [operations](/docs/api-reference/v1/operations.html), [model definitions](/docs/api-reference/v1/definitions.html)
* extensions/v1beta1: [operations](/docs/api-reference/extensions/v1beta1/operations.html), [model definitions](/docs/api-reference/extensions/v1beta1/definitions.html)
* batch/v1: [operations](/docs/api-reference/batch/v1/operations.html), [model definitions](/docs/api-reference/batch/v1/definitions.html)
* autoscaling/v1: [operations](/docs/api-reference/autoscaling/v1/operations.html), [model definitions](/docs/api-reference/autoscaling/v1/definitions.html)

75
docs/api-reference/autoscaling/v1/definitions.html
View File

@ -61,14 +61,14 @@
<tbody>
<tr>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">kind</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: <a href="http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.3/docs/devel/api-conventions.md#types-kinds">http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.3/docs/devel/api-conventions.md#types-kinds</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: <a href="http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.4/docs/devel/api-conventions.md#types-kinds">http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.4/docs/devel/api-conventions.md#types-kinds</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">false</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">string</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">apiVersion</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: <a href="http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.3/docs/devel/api-conventions.md#resources">http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.3/docs/devel/api-conventions.md#resources</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: <a href="http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.4/docs/devel/api-conventions.md#resources">http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.4/docs/devel/api-conventions.md#resources</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">false</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">string</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"></td>
@ -123,14 +123,14 @@
<tbody>
<tr>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">kind</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: <a href="http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.3/docs/devel/api-conventions.md#types-kinds">http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.3/docs/devel/api-conventions.md#types-kinds</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: <a href="http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.4/docs/devel/api-conventions.md#types-kinds">http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.4/docs/devel/api-conventions.md#types-kinds</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">false</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">string</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">apiVersion</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: <a href="http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.3/docs/devel/api-conventions.md#resources">http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.3/docs/devel/api-conventions.md#resources</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: <a href="http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.4/docs/devel/api-conventions.md#resources">http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.4/docs/devel/api-conventions.md#resources</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">false</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">string</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"></td>
@ -192,7 +192,7 @@
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">kind</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">The kind attribute of the resource associated with the status StatusReason. On some operations may differ from the requested resource Kind. More info: <a href="http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.3/docs/devel/api-conventions.md#types-kinds">http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.3/docs/devel/api-conventions.md#types-kinds</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">The kind attribute of the resource associated with the status StatusReason. On some operations may differ from the requested resource Kind. More info: <a href="http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.4/docs/devel/api-conventions.md#types-kinds">http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.4/docs/devel/api-conventions.md#types-kinds</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">false</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">string</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"></td>
@ -251,7 +251,7 @@
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">resourceVersion</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">String that identifies the server&#8217;s internal version of this object that can be used by clients to determine when objects have changed. Value must be treated as opaque by clients and passed unmodified back to the server. Populated by the system. Read-only. More info: <a href="http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.3/docs/devel/api-conventions.md#concurrency-control-and-consistency">http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.3/docs/devel/api-conventions.md#concurrency-control-and-consistency</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">String that identifies the server&#8217;s internal version of this object that can be used by clients to determine when objects have changed. Value must be treated as opaque by clients and passed unmodified back to the server. Populated by the system. Read-only. More info: <a href="http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.4/docs/devel/api-conventions.md#concurrency-control-and-consistency">http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.4/docs/devel/api-conventions.md#concurrency-control-and-consistency</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">false</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">string</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"></td>
@ -319,14 +319,14 @@
<tbody>
<tr>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">kind</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">Kind of the referent; More info: <a href="http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.3/docs/devel/api-conventions.md#types-kinds"">http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.3/docs/devel/api-conventions.md#types-kinds"</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">Kind of the referent; More info: <a href="http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.4/docs/devel/api-conventions.md#types-kinds"">http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.4/docs/devel/api-conventions.md#types-kinds"</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">true</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">string</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">name</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">Name of the referent; More info: <a href="http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.3/docs/user-guide/identifiers.md#names">http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.3/docs/user-guide/identifiers.md#names</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">Name of the referent; More info: <a href="http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.4/docs/user-guide/identifiers.md#names">http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.4/docs/user-guide/identifiers.md#names</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">true</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">string</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"></td>
@ -367,14 +367,14 @@
<tbody>
<tr>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">kind</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: <a href="http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.3/docs/devel/api-conventions.md#types-kinds">http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.3/docs/devel/api-conventions.md#types-kinds</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: <a href="http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.4/docs/devel/api-conventions.md#types-kinds">http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.4/docs/devel/api-conventions.md#types-kinds</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">false</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">string</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">apiVersion</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: <a href="http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.3/docs/devel/api-conventions.md#resources">http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.3/docs/devel/api-conventions.md#resources</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: <a href="http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.4/docs/devel/api-conventions.md#resources">http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.4/docs/devel/api-conventions.md#resources</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">false</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">string</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"></td>
@ -422,28 +422,28 @@
<tbody>
<tr>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">kind</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: <a href="http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.3/docs/devel/api-conventions.md#types-kinds">http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.3/docs/devel/api-conventions.md#types-kinds</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: <a href="http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.4/docs/devel/api-conventions.md#types-kinds">http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.4/docs/devel/api-conventions.md#types-kinds</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">false</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">string</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">apiVersion</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: <a href="http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.3/docs/devel/api-conventions.md#resources">http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.3/docs/devel/api-conventions.md#resources</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: <a href="http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.4/docs/devel/api-conventions.md#resources">http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.4/docs/devel/api-conventions.md#resources</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">false</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">string</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">metadata</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">Standard object metadata. More info: <a href="http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.3/docs/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata">http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.3/docs/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">Standard object metadata. More info: <a href="http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.4/docs/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata">http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.4/docs/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">false</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock"><a href="#_v1_objectmeta">v1.ObjectMeta</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">spec</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">behaviour of autoscaler. More info: <a href="http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.3/docs/devel/api-conventions.md#spec-and-status">http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.3/docs/devel/api-conventions.md#spec-and-status</a>.</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">behaviour of autoscaler. More info: <a href="http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.4/docs/devel/api-conventions.md#spec-and-status">http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.4/docs/devel/api-conventions.md#spec-and-status</a>.</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">false</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock"><a href="#_v1_horizontalpodautoscalerspec">v1.HorizontalPodAutoscalerSpec</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"></td>
@ -484,28 +484,28 @@
<tbody>
<tr>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">kind</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: <a href="http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.3/docs/devel/api-conventions.md#types-kinds">http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.3/docs/devel/api-conventions.md#types-kinds</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: <a href="http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.4/docs/devel/api-conventions.md#types-kinds">http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.4/docs/devel/api-conventions.md#types-kinds</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">false</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">string</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">apiVersion</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: <a href="http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.3/docs/devel/api-conventions.md#resources">http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.3/docs/devel/api-conventions.md#resources</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: <a href="http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.4/docs/devel/api-conventions.md#resources">http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.4/docs/devel/api-conventions.md#resources</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">false</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">string</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">metadata</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">Standard list metadata. More info: <a href="http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.3/docs/devel/api-conventions.md#types-kinds">http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.3/docs/devel/api-conventions.md#types-kinds</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">Standard list metadata. More info: <a href="http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.4/docs/devel/api-conventions.md#types-kinds">http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.4/docs/devel/api-conventions.md#types-kinds</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">false</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock"><a href="#_unversioned_listmeta">unversioned.ListMeta</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">status</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">Status of the operation. One of: "Success" or "Failure". More info: <a href="http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.3/docs/devel/api-conventions.md#spec-and-status">http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.3/docs/devel/api-conventions.md#spec-and-status</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">Status of the operation. One of: "Success" or "Failure". More info: <a href="http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.4/docs/devel/api-conventions.md#spec-and-status">http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.4/docs/devel/api-conventions.md#spec-and-status</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">false</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">string</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"></td>
@ -624,7 +624,7 @@
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">lastScaleTime</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">last time the HorizontalPodAutoscaler scaled the number of pods; used by the autoscaler to control how often the number of pods is changed.</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">false</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">string</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">string (date-time)</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
@ -732,7 +732,7 @@
<tbody>
<tr>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">name</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">Name must be unique within a namespace. Is required when creating resources, although some resources may allow a client to request the generation of an appropriate name automatically. Name is primarily intended for creation idempotence and configuration definition. Cannot be updated. More info: <a href="http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.3/docs/user-guide/identifiers.md#names">http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.3/docs/user-guide/identifiers.md#names</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">Name must be unique within a namespace. Is required when creating resources, although some resources may allow a client to request the generation of an appropriate name automatically. Name is primarily intended for creation idempotence and configuration definition. Cannot be updated. More info: <a href="http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.4/docs/user-guide/identifiers.md#names">http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.4/docs/user-guide/identifiers.md#names</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">false</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">string</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"></td>
@ -743,7 +743,7 @@
<br>
If this field is specified and the generated name exists, the server will NOT return a 409 - instead, it will either return 201 Created or 500 with Reason ServerTimeout indicating a unique name could not be found in the time allotted, and the client should retry (optionally after the time indicated in the Retry-After header).<br>
<br>
Applied only if Name is not specified. More info: <a href="http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.3/docs/devel/api-conventions.md#idempotency">http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.3/docs/devel/api-conventions.md#idempotency</a></p></td>
Applied only if Name is not specified. More info: <a href="http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.4/docs/devel/api-conventions.md#idempotency">http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.4/docs/devel/api-conventions.md#idempotency</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">false</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">string</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"></td>
@ -752,7 +752,7 @@ Applied only if Name is not specified. More info: <a href="http://releases.k8s.i
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">namespace</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">Namespace defines the space within each name must be unique. An empty namespace is equivalent to the "default" namespace, but "default" is the canonical representation. Not all objects are required to be scoped to a namespace - the value of this field for those objects will be empty.<br>
<br>
Must be a DNS_LABEL. Cannot be updated. More info: <a href="http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.3/docs/user-guide/namespaces.md">http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.3/docs/user-guide/namespaces.md</a></p></td>
Must be a DNS_LABEL. Cannot be updated. More info: <a href="http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.4/docs/user-guide/namespaces.md">http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.4/docs/user-guide/namespaces.md</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">false</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">string</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"></td>
@ -768,7 +768,7 @@ Must be a DNS_LABEL. Cannot be updated. More info: <a href="http://releases.k8s.
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">uid</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">UID is the unique in time and space value for this object. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and is not allowed to change on PUT operations.<br>
<br>
Populated by the system. Read-only. More info: <a href="http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.3/docs/user-guide/identifiers.md#uids">http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.3/docs/user-guide/identifiers.md#uids</a></p></td>
Populated by the system. Read-only. More info: <a href="http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.4/docs/user-guide/identifiers.md#uids">http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.4/docs/user-guide/identifiers.md#uids</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">false</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">string</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"></td>
@ -777,7 +777,7 @@ Populated by the system. Read-only. More info: <a href="http://releases.k8s.io/r
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">resourceVersion</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">An opaque value that represents the internal version of this object that can be used by clients to determine when objects have changed. May be used for optimistic concurrency, change detection, and the watch operation on a resource or set of resources. Clients must treat these values as opaque and passed unmodified back to the server. They may only be valid for a particular resource or set of resources.<br>
<br>
Populated by the system. Read-only. Value must be treated as opaque by clients and . More info: <a href="http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.3/docs/devel/api-conventions.md#concurrency-control-and-consistency">http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.3/docs/devel/api-conventions.md#concurrency-control-and-consistency</a></p></td>
Populated by the system. Read-only. Value must be treated as opaque by clients and . More info: <a href="http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.4/docs/devel/api-conventions.md#concurrency-control-and-consistency">http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.4/docs/devel/api-conventions.md#concurrency-control-and-consistency</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">false</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">string</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"></td>
@ -793,18 +793,18 @@ Populated by the system. Read-only. Value must be treated as opaque by clients a
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">creationTimestamp</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">CreationTimestamp is a timestamp representing the server time when this object was created. It is not guaranteed to be set in happens-before order across separate operations. Clients may not set this value. It is represented in RFC3339 form and is in UTC.<br>
<br>
Populated by the system. Read-only. Null for lists. More info: <a href="http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.3/docs/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata">http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.3/docs/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata</a></p></td>
Populated by the system. Read-only. Null for lists. More info: <a href="http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.4/docs/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata">http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.4/docs/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">false</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">string</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">string (date-time)</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">deletionTimestamp</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">DeletionTimestamp is RFC 3339 date and time at which this resource will be deleted. This field is set by the server when a graceful deletion is requested by the user, and is not directly settable by a client. The resource will be deleted (no longer visible from resource lists, and not reachable by name) after the time in this field. Once set, this value may not be unset or be set further into the future, although it may be shortened or the resource may be deleted prior to this time. For example, a user may request that a pod is deleted in 30 seconds. The Kubelet will react by sending a graceful termination signal to the containers in the pod. Once the resource is deleted in the API, the Kubelet will send a hard termination signal to the container. If not set, graceful deletion of the object has not been requested.<br>
<br>
Populated by the system when a graceful deletion is requested. Read-only. More info: <a href="http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.3/docs/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata">http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.3/docs/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata</a></p></td>
Populated by the system when a graceful deletion is requested. Read-only. More info: <a href="http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.4/docs/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata">http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.4/docs/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">false</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">string</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">string (date-time)</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
@ -816,14 +816,14 @@ Populated by the system when a graceful deletion is requested. Read-only. More i
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">labels</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">Map of string keys and values that can be used to organize and categorize (scope and select) objects. May match selectors of replication controllers and services. More info: <a href="http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.3/docs/user-guide/labels.md">http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.3/docs/user-guide/labels.md</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">Map of string keys and values that can be used to organize and categorize (scope and select) objects. May match selectors of replication controllers and services. More info: <a href="http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.4/docs/user-guide/labels.md">http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.4/docs/user-guide/labels.md</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">false</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">object</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">annotations</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">Annotations is an unstructured key value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: <a href="http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.3/docs/user-guide/annotations.md">http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.3/docs/user-guide/annotations.md</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">Annotations is an unstructured key value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: <a href="http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.4/docs/user-guide/annotations.md">http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.4/docs/user-guide/annotations.md</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">false</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">object</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"></td>
@ -842,6 +842,13 @@ Populated by the system when a graceful deletion is requested. Read-only. More i
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">string array</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">clusterName</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">The name of the cluster which the object belongs to. This is used to distinguish resources with same name and namespace in different clusters. This field is not set anywhere right now and apiserver is going to ignore it if set in create or update request.</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">false</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">string</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
@ -878,21 +885,21 @@ Populated by the system when a graceful deletion is requested. Read-only. More i
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">kind</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">Kind of the referent. More info: <a href="http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.3/docs/devel/api-conventions.md#types-kinds">http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.3/docs/devel/api-conventions.md#types-kinds</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">Kind of the referent. More info: <a href="http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.4/docs/devel/api-conventions.md#types-kinds">http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.4/docs/devel/api-conventions.md#types-kinds</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">true</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">string</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">name</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">Name of the referent. More info: <a href="http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.3/docs/user-guide/identifiers.md#names">http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.3/docs/user-guide/identifiers.md#names</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">Name of the referent. More info: <a href="http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.4/docs/user-guide/identifiers.md#names">http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.4/docs/user-guide/identifiers.md#names</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">true</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">string</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">uid</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">UID of the referent. More info: <a href="http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.3/docs/user-guide/identifiers.md#uids">http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.3/docs/user-guide/identifiers.md#uids</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">UID of the referent. More info: <a href="http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.4/docs/user-guide/identifiers.md#uids">http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.4/docs/user-guide/identifiers.md#uids</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">true</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">string</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"></td>
@ -975,7 +982,7 @@ Examples:<br>
</div>
<div id="footer">
<div id="footer-text">
Last updated 2016-06-16 01:05:59 UTC
Last updated 2016-09-01 21:16:20 UTC
</div>
</div>
</body>

44
docs/api-reference/autoscaling/v1/operations.html
View File

@ -41,7 +41,7 @@
<tr>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">default</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">success</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock"><a href="definitions.html#_unversioned_apiresourcelist">unversioned.APIResourceList</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock"><a href="../definitions#_unversioned_apiresourcelist">unversioned.APIResourceList</a></p></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
@ -190,7 +190,7 @@
<tr>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">200</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">success</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock"><a href="definitions.html#_v1_horizontalpodautoscalerlist">v1.HorizontalPodAutoscalerList</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock"><a href="../definitions#_v1_horizontalpodautoscalerlist">v1.HorizontalPodAutoscalerList</a></p></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
@ -341,7 +341,7 @@
<tr>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">200</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">success</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock"><a href="definitions.html#_v1_horizontalpodautoscalerlist">v1.HorizontalPodAutoscalerList</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock"><a href="../definitions#_v1_horizontalpodautoscalerlist">v1.HorizontalPodAutoscalerList</a></p></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
@ -492,7 +492,7 @@
<tr>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">200</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">success</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock"><a href="definitions.html#_unversioned_status">unversioned.Status</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock"><a href="../definitions#_unversioned_status">unversioned.Status</a></p></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
@ -577,7 +577,7 @@
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">body</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">true</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock"><a href="definitions.html#_v1_horizontalpodautoscaler">v1.HorizontalPodAutoscaler</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock"><a href="../definitions#_v1_horizontalpodautoscaler">v1.HorizontalPodAutoscaler</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
@ -611,7 +611,7 @@
<tr>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">200</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">success</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock"><a href="definitions.html#_v1_horizontalpodautoscaler">v1.HorizontalPodAutoscaler</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock"><a href="../definitions#_v1_horizontalpodautoscaler">v1.HorizontalPodAutoscaler</a></p></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
@ -746,7 +746,7 @@
<tr>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">200</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">success</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock"><a href="definitions.html#_v1_horizontalpodautoscaler">v1.HorizontalPodAutoscaler</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock"><a href="../definitions#_v1_horizontalpodautoscaler">v1.HorizontalPodAutoscaler</a></p></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
@ -831,7 +831,7 @@
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">body</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">true</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock"><a href="definitions.html#_v1_horizontalpodautoscaler">v1.HorizontalPodAutoscaler</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock"><a href="../definitions#_v1_horizontalpodautoscaler">v1.HorizontalPodAutoscaler</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
@ -873,7 +873,7 @@
<tr>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">200</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">success</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock"><a href="definitions.html#_v1_horizontalpodautoscaler">v1.HorizontalPodAutoscaler</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock"><a href="../definitions#_v1_horizontalpodautoscaler">v1.HorizontalPodAutoscaler</a></p></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
@ -958,7 +958,7 @@
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">body</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">true</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock"><a href="definitions.html#_v1_deleteoptions">v1.DeleteOptions</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock"><a href="../definitions#_v1_deleteoptions">v1.DeleteOptions</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
@ -1000,7 +1000,7 @@
<tr>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">200</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">success</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock"><a href="definitions.html#_unversioned_status">unversioned.Status</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock"><a href="../definitions#_unversioned_status">unversioned.Status</a></p></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
@ -1085,7 +1085,7 @@
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">body</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">true</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock"><a href="definitions.html#_unversioned_patch">unversioned.Patch</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock"><a href="../definitions#_unversioned_patch">unversioned.Patch</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
@ -1127,7 +1127,7 @@
<tr>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">200</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">success</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock"><a href="definitions.html#_v1_horizontalpodautoscaler">v1.HorizontalPodAutoscaler</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock"><a href="../definitions#_v1_horizontalpodautoscaler">v1.HorizontalPodAutoscaler</a></p></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
@ -1252,7 +1252,7 @@
<tr>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">200</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">success</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock"><a href="definitions.html#_v1_horizontalpodautoscaler">v1.HorizontalPodAutoscaler</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock"><a href="../definitions#_v1_horizontalpodautoscaler">v1.HorizontalPodAutoscaler</a></p></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
@ -1337,7 +1337,7 @@
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">body</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">true</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock"><a href="definitions.html#_v1_horizontalpodautoscaler">v1.HorizontalPodAutoscaler</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock"><a href="../definitions#_v1_horizontalpodautoscaler">v1.HorizontalPodAutoscaler</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
@ -1379,7 +1379,7 @@
<tr>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">200</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">success</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock"><a href="definitions.html#_v1_horizontalpodautoscaler">v1.HorizontalPodAutoscaler</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock"><a href="../definitions#_v1_horizontalpodautoscaler">v1.HorizontalPodAutoscaler</a></p></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
@ -1464,7 +1464,7 @@
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">body</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">true</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock"><a href="definitions.html#_unversioned_patch">unversioned.Patch</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock"><a href="../definitions#_unversioned_patch">unversioned.Patch</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
@ -1506,7 +1506,7 @@
<tr>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">200</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">success</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock"><a href="definitions.html#_v1_horizontalpodautoscaler">v1.HorizontalPodAutoscaler</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock"><a href="../definitions#_v1_horizontalpodautoscaler">v1.HorizontalPodAutoscaler</a></p></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
@ -1655,7 +1655,7 @@
<tr>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">200</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">success</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock"><a href="definitions.html#_*versioned_event">*versioned.Event</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock"><a href="../definitions#_*versioned_event">*versioned.Event</a></p></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
@ -1809,7 +1809,7 @@
<tr>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">200</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">success</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock"><a href="definitions.html#_*versioned_event">*versioned.Event</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock"><a href="../definitions#_*versioned_event">*versioned.Event</a></p></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
@ -1971,7 +1971,7 @@
<tr>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">200</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">success</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock"><a href="definitions.html#_*versioned_event">*versioned.Event</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock"><a href="../definitions#_*versioned_event">*versioned.Event</a></p></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
@ -2022,7 +2022,7 @@
</div>
<div id="footer">
<div id="footer-text">
Last updated 2016-05-26 21:24:45 UTC
Last updated 2016-07-29 20:29:06 UTC
</div>
</div>
</body>

422
docs/api-reference/batch/v1/definitions.html
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

44
docs/api-reference/batch/v1/operations.html
View File

@ -41,7 +41,7 @@
<tr>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">default</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">success</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock"><a href="definitions.html#_unversioned_apiresourcelist">unversioned.APIResourceList</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock"><a href="../definitions#_unversioned_apiresourcelist">unversioned.APIResourceList</a></p></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
@ -190,7 +190,7 @@
<tr>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">200</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">success</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock"><a href="definitions.html#_v1_joblist">v1.JobList</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock"><a href="../definitions#_v1_joblist">v1.JobList</a></p></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
@ -341,7 +341,7 @@
<tr>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">200</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">success</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock"><a href="definitions.html#_v1_joblist">v1.JobList</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock"><a href="../definitions#_v1_joblist">v1.JobList</a></p></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
@ -492,7 +492,7 @@
<tr>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">200</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">success</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock"><a href="definitions.html#_unversioned_status">unversioned.Status</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock"><a href="../definitions#_unversioned_status">unversioned.Status</a></p></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
@ -577,7 +577,7 @@
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">body</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">true</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock"><a href="definitions.html#_v1_job">v1.Job</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock"><a href="../definitions#_v1_job">v1.Job</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
@ -611,7 +611,7 @@
<tr>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">200</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">success</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock"><a href="definitions.html#_v1_job">v1.Job</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock"><a href="../definitions#_v1_job">v1.Job</a></p></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
@ -746,7 +746,7 @@
<tr>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">200</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">success</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock"><a href="definitions.html#_v1_job">v1.Job</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock"><a href="../definitions#_v1_job">v1.Job</a></p></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
@ -831,7 +831,7 @@
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">body</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">true</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock"><a href="definitions.html#_v1_job">v1.Job</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock"><a href="../definitions#_v1_job">v1.Job</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
@ -873,7 +873,7 @@
<tr>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">200</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">success</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock"><a href="definitions.html#_v1_job">v1.Job</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock"><a href="../definitions#_v1_job">v1.Job</a></p></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
@ -958,7 +958,7 @@
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">body</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">true</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock"><a href="definitions.html#_v1_deleteoptions">v1.DeleteOptions</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock"><a href="../definitions#_v1_deleteoptions">v1.DeleteOptions</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
@ -1000,7 +1000,7 @@
<tr>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">200</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">success</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock"><a href="definitions.html#_unversioned_status">unversioned.Status</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock"><a href="../definitions#_unversioned_status">unversioned.Status</a></p></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
@ -1085,7 +1085,7 @@
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">body</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">true</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock"><a href="definitions.html#_unversioned_patch">unversioned.Patch</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock"><a href="../definitions#_unversioned_patch">unversioned.Patch</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
@ -1127,7 +1127,7 @@
<tr>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">200</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">success</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock"><a href="definitions.html#_v1_job">v1.Job</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock"><a href="../definitions#_v1_job">v1.Job</a></p></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
@ -1252,7 +1252,7 @@
<tr>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">200</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">success</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock"><a href="definitions.html#_v1_job">v1.Job</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock"><a href="../definitions#_v1_job">v1.Job</a></p></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
@ -1337,7 +1337,7 @@
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">body</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">true</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock"><a href="definitions.html#_v1_job">v1.Job</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock"><a href="../definitions#_v1_job">v1.Job</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
@ -1379,7 +1379,7 @@
<tr>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">200</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">success</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock"><a href="definitions.html#_v1_job">v1.Job</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock"><a href="../definitions#_v1_job">v1.Job</a></p></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
@ -1464,7 +1464,7 @@
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">body</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">true</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock"><a href="definitions.html#_unversioned_patch">unversioned.Patch</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock"><a href="../definitions#_unversioned_patch">unversioned.Patch</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
@ -1506,7 +1506,7 @@
<tr>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">200</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">success</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock"><a href="definitions.html#_v1_job">v1.Job</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock"><a href="../definitions#_v1_job">v1.Job</a></p></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
@ -1655,7 +1655,7 @@
<tr>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">200</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">success</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock"><a href="definitions.html#_*versioned_event">*versioned.Event</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock"><a href="../definitions#_*versioned_event">*versioned.Event</a></p></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
@ -1809,7 +1809,7 @@
<tr>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">200</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">success</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock"><a href="definitions.html#_*versioned_event">*versioned.Event</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock"><a href="../definitions#_*versioned_event">*versioned.Event</a></p></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
@ -1971,7 +1971,7 @@
<tr>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">200</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">success</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock"><a href="definitions.html#_*versioned_event">*versioned.Event</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock"><a href="../definitions#_*versioned_event">*versioned.Event</a></p></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
@ -2022,7 +2022,7 @@
</div>
<div id="footer">
<div id="footer-text">
Last updated 2016-05-26 21:24:40 UTC
Last updated 2016-07-29 20:29:01 UTC
</div>
</div>
</body>

966
docs/api-reference/certificates/v1alpha1/definitions.html Executable file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,966 @@
---
---
<!DOCTYPE html>
<html lang="en">
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
<meta name="generator" content="Asciidoctor 0.1.4">
<meta name="viewport" content="width=device-width, initial-scale=1.0">
<title>Top Level API Objects</title>
</head>
<body class="article">
<div id="header">
</div>
<div id="content">
<div class="sect1">
<h2 id="_top_level_api_objects">Top Level API Objects</h2>
<div class="sectionbody">
<div class="ulist">
<ul>
<li>
<p><a href="#_v1alpha1_certificatesigningrequest">v1alpha1.CertificateSigningRequest</a></p>
</li>
<li>
<p><a href="#_v1alpha1_certificatesigningrequestlist">v1alpha1.CertificateSigningRequestList</a></p>
</li>
</ul>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<h2 id="_definitions">Definitions</h2>
<div class="sectionbody">
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_unversioned_patch">unversioned.Patch</h3>
<div class="paragraph">
<p>Patch is provided to give a concrete name and type to the Kubernetes PATCH request body.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_v1alpha1_certificatesigningrequestlist">v1alpha1.CertificateSigningRequestList</h3>
<table class="tableblock frame-all grid-all" style="width:100%; ">
<colgroup>
<col style="width:20%;">
<col style="width:20%;">
<col style="width:20%;">
<col style="width:20%;">
<col style="width:20%;">
</colgroup>
<thead>
<tr>
<th class="tableblock halign-left valign-top">Name</th>
<th class="tableblock halign-left valign-top">Description</th>
<th class="tableblock halign-left valign-top">Required</th>
<th class="tableblock halign-left valign-top">Schema</th>
<th class="tableblock halign-left valign-top">Default</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">kind</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: <a href="http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.4/docs/devel/api-conventions.md#types-kinds">http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.4/docs/devel/api-conventions.md#types-kinds</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">false</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">string</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">apiVersion</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: <a href="http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.4/docs/devel/api-conventions.md#resources">http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.4/docs/devel/api-conventions.md#resources</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">false</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">string</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">metadata</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">false</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock"><a href="#_unversioned_listmeta">unversioned.ListMeta</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">items</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">true</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock"><a href="#_v1alpha1_certificatesigningrequest">v1alpha1.CertificateSigningRequest</a> array</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_v1_deleteoptions">v1.DeleteOptions</h3>
<div class="paragraph">
<p>DeleteOptions may be provided when deleting an API object</p>
</div>
<table class="tableblock frame-all grid-all" style="width:100%; ">
<colgroup>
<col style="width:20%;">
<col style="width:20%;">
<col style="width:20%;">
<col style="width:20%;">
<col style="width:20%;">
</colgroup>
<thead>
<tr>
<th class="tableblock halign-left valign-top">Name</th>
<th class="tableblock halign-left valign-top">Description</th>
<th class="tableblock halign-left valign-top">Required</th>
<th class="tableblock halign-left valign-top">Schema</th>
<th class="tableblock halign-left valign-top">Default</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">kind</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: <a href="http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.4/docs/devel/api-conventions.md#types-kinds">http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.4/docs/devel/api-conventions.md#types-kinds</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">false</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">string</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">apiVersion</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: <a href="http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.4/docs/devel/api-conventions.md#resources">http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.4/docs/devel/api-conventions.md#resources</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">false</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">string</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">gracePeriodSeconds</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">The duration in seconds before the object should be deleted. Value must be non-negative integer. The value zero indicates delete immediately. If this value is nil, the default grace period for the specified type will be used. Defaults to a per object value if not specified. zero means delete immediately.</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">false</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">integer (int64)</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">preconditions</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">Must be fulfilled before a deletion is carried out. If not possible, a 409 Conflict status will be returned.</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">false</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock"><a href="#_v1_preconditions">v1.Preconditions</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">orphanDependents</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">Should the dependent objects be orphaned. If true/false, the "orphan" finalizer will be added to/removed from the object&#8217;s finalizers list.</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">false</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">boolean</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">false</p></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_v1alpha1_certificatesigningrequestspec">v1alpha1.CertificateSigningRequestSpec</h3>
<div class="paragraph">
<p>This information is immutable after the request is created. Only the Request and ExtraInfo fields can be set on creation, other fields are derived by Kubernetes and cannot be modified by users.</p>
</div>
<table class="tableblock frame-all grid-all" style="width:100%; ">
<colgroup>
<col style="width:20%;">
<col style="width:20%;">
<col style="width:20%;">
<col style="width:20%;">
<col style="width:20%;">
</colgroup>
<thead>
<tr>
<th class="tableblock halign-left valign-top">Name</th>
<th class="tableblock halign-left valign-top">Description</th>
<th class="tableblock halign-left valign-top">Required</th>
<th class="tableblock halign-left valign-top">Schema</th>
<th class="tableblock halign-left valign-top">Default</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">request</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">Base64-encoded PKCS#10 CSR data</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">true</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">string</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">username</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">Information about the requesting user (if relevant) See user.Info interface for details</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">false</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">string</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">uid</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">false</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">string</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">groups</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">false</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">string array</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_unversioned_statusdetails">unversioned.StatusDetails</h3>
<div class="paragraph">
<p>StatusDetails is a set of additional properties that MAY be set by the server to provide additional information about a response. The Reason field of a Status object defines what attributes will be set. Clients must ignore fields that do not match the defined type of each attribute, and should assume that any attribute may be empty, invalid, or under defined.</p>
</div>
<table class="tableblock frame-all grid-all" style="width:100%; ">
<colgroup>
<col style="width:20%;">
<col style="width:20%;">
<col style="width:20%;">
<col style="width:20%;">
<col style="width:20%;">
</colgroup>
<thead>
<tr>
<th class="tableblock halign-left valign-top">Name</th>
<th class="tableblock halign-left valign-top">Description</th>
<th class="tableblock halign-left valign-top">Required</th>
<th class="tableblock halign-left valign-top">Schema</th>
<th class="tableblock halign-left valign-top">Default</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">name</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">The name attribute of the resource associated with the status StatusReason (when there is a single name which can be described).</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">false</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">string</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">group</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">The group attribute of the resource associated with the status StatusReason.</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">false</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">string</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">kind</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">The kind attribute of the resource associated with the status StatusReason. On some operations may differ from the requested resource Kind. More info: <a href="http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.4/docs/devel/api-conventions.md#types-kinds">http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.4/docs/devel/api-conventions.md#types-kinds</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">false</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">string</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">causes</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">The Causes array includes more details associated with the StatusReason failure. Not all StatusReasons may provide detailed causes.</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">false</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock"><a href="#_unversioned_statuscause">unversioned.StatusCause</a> array</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">retryAfterSeconds</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">If specified, the time in seconds before the operation should be retried.</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">false</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">integer (int32)</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="__versioned_event">*versioned.Event</h3>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_unversioned_listmeta">unversioned.ListMeta</h3>
<div class="paragraph">
<p>ListMeta describes metadata that synthetic resources must have, including lists and various status objects. A resource may have only one of {ObjectMeta, ListMeta}.</p>
</div>
<table class="tableblock frame-all grid-all" style="width:100%; ">
<colgroup>
<col style="width:20%;">
<col style="width:20%;">
<col style="width:20%;">
<col style="width:20%;">
<col style="width:20%;">
</colgroup>
<thead>
<tr>
<th class="tableblock halign-left valign-top">Name</th>
<th class="tableblock halign-left valign-top">Description</th>
<th class="tableblock halign-left valign-top">Required</th>
<th class="tableblock halign-left valign-top">Schema</th>
<th class="tableblock halign-left valign-top">Default</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">selfLink</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">SelfLink is a URL representing this object. Populated by the system. Read-only.</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">false</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">string</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">resourceVersion</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">String that identifies the server&#8217;s internal version of this object that can be used by clients to determine when objects have changed. Value must be treated as opaque by clients and passed unmodified back to the server. Populated by the system. Read-only. More info: <a href="http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.4/docs/devel/api-conventions.md#concurrency-control-and-consistency">http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.4/docs/devel/api-conventions.md#concurrency-control-and-consistency</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">false</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">string</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_v1alpha1_certificatesigningrequeststatus">v1alpha1.CertificateSigningRequestStatus</h3>
<table class="tableblock frame-all grid-all" style="width:100%; ">
<colgroup>
<col style="width:20%;">
<col style="width:20%;">
<col style="width:20%;">
<col style="width:20%;">
<col style="width:20%;">
</colgroup>
<thead>
<tr>
<th class="tableblock halign-left valign-top">Name</th>
<th class="tableblock halign-left valign-top">Description</th>
<th class="tableblock halign-left valign-top">Required</th>
<th class="tableblock halign-left valign-top">Schema</th>
<th class="tableblock halign-left valign-top">Default</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">conditions</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">Conditions applied to the request, such as approval or denial.</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">false</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock"><a href="#_v1alpha1_certificatesigningrequestcondition">v1alpha1.CertificateSigningRequestCondition</a> array</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">certificate</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">If request was approved, the controller will place the issued certificate here.</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">false</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">string</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_v1alpha1_certificatesigningrequestcondition">v1alpha1.CertificateSigningRequestCondition</h3>
<table class="tableblock frame-all grid-all" style="width:100%; ">
<colgroup>
<col style="width:20%;">
<col style="width:20%;">
<col style="width:20%;">
<col style="width:20%;">
<col style="width:20%;">
</colgroup>
<thead>
<tr>
<th class="tableblock halign-left valign-top">Name</th>
<th class="tableblock halign-left valign-top">Description</th>
<th class="tableblock halign-left valign-top">Required</th>
<th class="tableblock halign-left valign-top">Schema</th>
<th class="tableblock halign-left valign-top">Default</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">type</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">request approval state, currently Approved or Denied.</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">true</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">string</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">reason</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">brief reason for the request state</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">false</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">string</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">message</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">human readable message with details about the request state</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">false</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">string</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">lastUpdateTime</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">timestamp for the last update to this condition</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">false</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">string (date-time)</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_v1_preconditions">v1.Preconditions</h3>
<div class="paragraph">
<p>Preconditions must be fulfilled before an operation (update, delete, etc.) is carried out.</p>
</div>
<table class="tableblock frame-all grid-all" style="width:100%; ">
<colgroup>
<col style="width:20%;">
<col style="width:20%;">
<col style="width:20%;">
<col style="width:20%;">
<col style="width:20%;">
</colgroup>
<thead>
<tr>
<th class="tableblock halign-left valign-top">Name</th>
<th class="tableblock halign-left valign-top">Description</th>
<th class="tableblock halign-left valign-top">Required</th>
<th class="tableblock halign-left valign-top">Schema</th>
<th class="tableblock halign-left valign-top">Default</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">uid</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">Specifies the target UID.</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">false</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock"><a href="#_types_uid">types.UID</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_v1alpha1_certificatesigningrequest">v1alpha1.CertificateSigningRequest</h3>
<div class="paragraph">
<p>Describes a certificate signing request</p>
</div>
<table class="tableblock frame-all grid-all" style="width:100%; ">
<colgroup>
<col style="width:20%;">
<col style="width:20%;">
<col style="width:20%;">
<col style="width:20%;">
<col style="width:20%;">
</colgroup>
<thead>
<tr>
<th class="tableblock halign-left valign-top">Name</th>
<th class="tableblock halign-left valign-top">Description</th>
<th class="tableblock halign-left valign-top">Required</th>
<th class="tableblock halign-left valign-top">Schema</th>
<th class="tableblock halign-left valign-top">Default</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">kind</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: <a href="http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.4/docs/devel/api-conventions.md#types-kinds">http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.4/docs/devel/api-conventions.md#types-kinds</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">false</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">string</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">apiVersion</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: <a href="http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.4/docs/devel/api-conventions.md#resources">http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.4/docs/devel/api-conventions.md#resources</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">false</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">string</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">metadata</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">false</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock"><a href="#_v1_objectmeta">v1.ObjectMeta</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">spec</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">The certificate request itself and any additional information.</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">false</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock"><a href="#_v1alpha1_certificatesigningrequestspec">v1alpha1.CertificateSigningRequestSpec</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">status</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">Derived information about the request.</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">false</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock"><a href="#_v1alpha1_certificatesigningrequeststatus">v1alpha1.CertificateSigningRequestStatus</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_unversioned_apiresourcelist">unversioned.APIResourceList</h3>
<div class="paragraph">
<p>APIResourceList is a list of APIResource, it is used to expose the name of the resources supported in a specific group and version, and if the resource is namespaced.</p>
</div>
<table class="tableblock frame-all grid-all" style="width:100%; ">
<colgroup>
<col style="width:20%;">
<col style="width:20%;">
<col style="width:20%;">
<col style="width:20%;">
<col style="width:20%;">
</colgroup>
<thead>
<tr>
<th class="tableblock halign-left valign-top">Name</th>
<th class="tableblock halign-left valign-top">Description</th>
<th class="tableblock halign-left valign-top">Required</th>
<th class="tableblock halign-left valign-top">Schema</th>
<th class="tableblock halign-left valign-top">Default</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">kind</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: <a href="http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.4/docs/devel/api-conventions.md#types-kinds">http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.4/docs/devel/api-conventions.md#types-kinds</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">false</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">string</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">apiVersion</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: <a href="http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.4/docs/devel/api-conventions.md#resources">http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.4/docs/devel/api-conventions.md#resources</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">false</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">string</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">groupVersion</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">groupVersion is the group and version this APIResourceList is for.</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">true</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">string</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">resources</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">resources contains the name of the resources and if they are namespaced.</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">true</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock"><a href="#_unversioned_apiresource">unversioned.APIResource</a> array</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_unversioned_status">unversioned.Status</h3>
<div class="paragraph">
<p>Status is a return value for calls that don&#8217;t return other objects.</p>
</div>
<table class="tableblock frame-all grid-all" style="width:100%; ">
<colgroup>
<col style="width:20%;">
<col style="width:20%;">
<col style="width:20%;">
<col style="width:20%;">
<col style="width:20%;">
</colgroup>
<thead>
<tr>
<th class="tableblock halign-left valign-top">Name</th>
<th class="tableblock halign-left valign-top">Description</th>
<th class="tableblock halign-left valign-top">Required</th>
<th class="tableblock halign-left valign-top">Schema</th>
<th class="tableblock halign-left valign-top">Default</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">kind</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: <a href="http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.4/docs/devel/api-conventions.md#types-kinds">http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.4/docs/devel/api-conventions.md#types-kinds</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">false</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">string</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">apiVersion</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: <a href="http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.4/docs/devel/api-conventions.md#resources">http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.4/docs/devel/api-conventions.md#resources</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">false</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">string</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">metadata</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">Standard list metadata. More info: <a href="http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.4/docs/devel/api-conventions.md#types-kinds">http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.4/docs/devel/api-conventions.md#types-kinds</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">false</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock"><a href="#_unversioned_listmeta">unversioned.ListMeta</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">status</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">Status of the operation. One of: "Success" or "Failure". More info: <a href="http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.4/docs/devel/api-conventions.md#spec-and-status">http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.4/docs/devel/api-conventions.md#spec-and-status</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">false</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">string</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">message</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">A human-readable description of the status of this operation.</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">false</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">string</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">reason</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">A machine-readable description of why this operation is in the "Failure" status. If this value is empty there is no information available. A Reason clarifies an HTTP status code but does not override it.</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">false</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">string</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">details</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">Extended data associated with the reason. Each reason may define its own extended details. This field is optional and the data returned is not guaranteed to conform to any schema except that defined by the reason type.</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">false</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock"><a href="#_unversioned_statusdetails">unversioned.StatusDetails</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">code</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">Suggested HTTP return code for this status, 0 if not set.</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">false</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">integer (int32)</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_unversioned_apiresource">unversioned.APIResource</h3>
<div class="paragraph">
<p>APIResource specifies the name of a resource and whether it is namespaced.</p>
</div>
<table class="tableblock frame-all grid-all" style="width:100%; ">
<colgroup>
<col style="width:20%;">
<col style="width:20%;">
<col style="width:20%;">
<col style="width:20%;">
<col style="width:20%;">
</colgroup>
<thead>
<tr>
<th class="tableblock halign-left valign-top">Name</th>
<th class="tableblock halign-left valign-top">Description</th>
<th class="tableblock halign-left valign-top">Required</th>
<th class="tableblock halign-left valign-top">Schema</th>
<th class="tableblock halign-left valign-top">Default</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">name</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">name is the name of the resource.</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">true</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">string</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">namespaced</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">namespaced indicates if a resource is namespaced or not.</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">true</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">boolean</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">false</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">kind</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">kind is the kind for the resource (e.g. <em>Foo</em> is the kind for a resource <em>foo</em>)</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">true</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">string</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_v1_objectmeta">v1.ObjectMeta</h3>
<div class="paragraph">
<p>ObjectMeta is metadata that all persisted resources must have, which includes all objects users must create.</p>
</div>
<table class="tableblock frame-all grid-all" style="width:100%; ">
<colgroup>
<col style="width:20%;">
<col style="width:20%;">
<col style="width:20%;">
<col style="width:20%;">
<col style="width:20%;">
</colgroup>
<thead>
<tr>
<th class="tableblock halign-left valign-top">Name</th>
<th class="tableblock halign-left valign-top">Description</th>
<th class="tableblock halign-left valign-top">Required</th>
<th class="tableblock halign-left valign-top">Schema</th>
<th class="tableblock halign-left valign-top">Default</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">name</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">Name must be unique within a namespace. Is required when creating resources, although some resources may allow a client to request the generation of an appropriate name automatically. Name is primarily intended for creation idempotence and configuration definition. Cannot be updated. More info: <a href="http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.4/docs/user-guide/identifiers.md#names">http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.4/docs/user-guide/identifiers.md#names</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">false</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">string</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">generateName</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">GenerateName is an optional prefix, used by the server, to generate a unique name ONLY IF the Name field has not been provided. If this field is used, the name returned to the client will be different than the name passed. This value will also be combined with a unique suffix. The provided value has the same validation rules as the Name field, and may be truncated by the length of the suffix required to make the value unique on the server.<br>
<br>
If this field is specified and the generated name exists, the server will NOT return a 409 - instead, it will either return 201 Created or 500 with Reason ServerTimeout indicating a unique name could not be found in the time allotted, and the client should retry (optionally after the time indicated in the Retry-After header).<br>
<br>
Applied only if Name is not specified. More info: <a href="http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.4/docs/devel/api-conventions.md#idempotency">http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.4/docs/devel/api-conventions.md#idempotency</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">false</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">string</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">namespace</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">Namespace defines the space within each name must be unique. An empty namespace is equivalent to the "default" namespace, but "default" is the canonical representation. Not all objects are required to be scoped to a namespace - the value of this field for those objects will be empty.<br>
<br>
Must be a DNS_LABEL. Cannot be updated. More info: <a href="http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.4/docs/user-guide/namespaces.md">http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.4/docs/user-guide/namespaces.md</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">false</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">string</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">selfLink</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">SelfLink is a URL representing this object. Populated by the system. Read-only.</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">false</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">string</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">uid</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">UID is the unique in time and space value for this object. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and is not allowed to change on PUT operations.<br>
<br>
Populated by the system. Read-only. More info: <a href="http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.4/docs/user-guide/identifiers.md#uids">http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.4/docs/user-guide/identifiers.md#uids</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">false</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">string</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">resourceVersion</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">An opaque value that represents the internal version of this object that can be used by clients to determine when objects have changed. May be used for optimistic concurrency, change detection, and the watch operation on a resource or set of resources. Clients must treat these values as opaque and passed unmodified back to the server. They may only be valid for a particular resource or set of resources.<br>
<br>
Populated by the system. Read-only. Value must be treated as opaque by clients and . More info: <a href="http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.4/docs/devel/api-conventions.md#concurrency-control-and-consistency">http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.4/docs/devel/api-conventions.md#concurrency-control-and-consistency</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">false</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">string</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">generation</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">A sequence number representing a specific generation of the desired state. Populated by the system. Read-only.</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">false</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">integer (int64)</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">creationTimestamp</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">CreationTimestamp is a timestamp representing the server time when this object was created. It is not guaranteed to be set in happens-before order across separate operations. Clients may not set this value. It is represented in RFC3339 form and is in UTC.<br>
<br>
Populated by the system. Read-only. Null for lists. More info: <a href="http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.4/docs/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata">http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.4/docs/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">false</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">string (date-time)</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">deletionTimestamp</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">DeletionTimestamp is RFC 3339 date and time at which this resource will be deleted. This field is set by the server when a graceful deletion is requested by the user, and is not directly settable by a client. The resource will be deleted (no longer visible from resource lists, and not reachable by name) after the time in this field. Once set, this value may not be unset or be set further into the future, although it may be shortened or the resource may be deleted prior to this time. For example, a user may request that a pod is deleted in 30 seconds. The Kubelet will react by sending a graceful termination signal to the containers in the pod. Once the resource is deleted in the API, the Kubelet will send a hard termination signal to the container. If not set, graceful deletion of the object has not been requested.<br>
<br>
Populated by the system when a graceful deletion is requested. Read-only. More info: <a href="http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.4/docs/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata">http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.4/docs/devel/api-conventions.md#metadata</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">false</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">string (date-time)</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">deletionGracePeriodSeconds</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">Number of seconds allowed for this object to gracefully terminate before it will be removed from the system. Only set when deletionTimestamp is also set. May only be shortened. Read-only.</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">false</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">integer (int64)</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">labels</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">Map of string keys and values that can be used to organize and categorize (scope and select) objects. May match selectors of replication controllers and services. More info: <a href="http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.4/docs/user-guide/labels.md">http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.4/docs/user-guide/labels.md</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">false</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">object</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">annotations</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">Annotations is an unstructured key value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: <a href="http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.4/docs/user-guide/annotations.md">http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.4/docs/user-guide/annotations.md</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">false</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">object</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">ownerReferences</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">List of objects depended by this object. If ALL objects in the list have been deleted, this object will be garbage collected. If this object is managed by a controller, then an entry in this list will point to this controller, with the controller field set to true. There cannot be more than one managing controller.</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">false</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock"><a href="#_v1_ownerreference">v1.OwnerReference</a> array</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">finalizers</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">Must be empty before the object is deleted from the registry. Each entry is an identifier for the responsible component that will remove the entry from the list. If the deletionTimestamp of the object is non-nil, entries in this list can only be removed.</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">false</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">string array</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">clusterName</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">The name of the cluster which the object belongs to. This is used to distinguish resources with same name and namespace in different clusters. This field is not set anywhere right now and apiserver is going to ignore it if set in create or update request.</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">false</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">string</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_v1_ownerreference">v1.OwnerReference</h3>
<div class="paragraph">
<p>OwnerReference contains enough information to let you identify an owning object. Currently, an owning object must be in the same namespace, so there is no namespace field.</p>
</div>
<table class="tableblock frame-all grid-all" style="width:100%; ">
<colgroup>
<col style="width:20%;">
<col style="width:20%;">
<col style="width:20%;">
<col style="width:20%;">
<col style="width:20%;">
</colgroup>
<thead>
<tr>
<th class="tableblock halign-left valign-top">Name</th>
<th class="tableblock halign-left valign-top">Description</th>
<th class="tableblock halign-left valign-top">Required</th>
<th class="tableblock halign-left valign-top">Schema</th>
<th class="tableblock halign-left valign-top">Default</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">apiVersion</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">API version of the referent.</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">true</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">string</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">kind</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">Kind of the referent. More info: <a href="http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.4/docs/devel/api-conventions.md#types-kinds">http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.4/docs/devel/api-conventions.md#types-kinds</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">true</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">string</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">name</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">Name of the referent. More info: <a href="http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.4/docs/user-guide/identifiers.md#names">http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.4/docs/user-guide/identifiers.md#names</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">true</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">string</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">uid</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">UID of the referent. More info: <a href="http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.4/docs/user-guide/identifiers.md#uids">http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.4/docs/user-guide/identifiers.md#uids</a></p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">true</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">string</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">controller</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">If true, this reference points to the managing controller.</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">false</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">boolean</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">false</p></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_types_uid">types.UID</h3>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_unversioned_statuscause">unversioned.StatusCause</h3>
<div class="paragraph">
<p>StatusCause provides more information about an api.Status failure, including cases when multiple errors are encountered.</p>
</div>
<table class="tableblock frame-all grid-all" style="width:100%; ">
<colgroup>
<col style="width:20%;">
<col style="width:20%;">
<col style="width:20%;">
<col style="width:20%;">
<col style="width:20%;">
</colgroup>
<thead>
<tr>
<th class="tableblock halign-left valign-top">Name</th>
<th class="tableblock halign-left valign-top">Description</th>
<th class="tableblock halign-left valign-top">Required</th>
<th class="tableblock halign-left valign-top">Schema</th>
<th class="tableblock halign-left valign-top">Default</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">reason</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">A machine-readable description of the cause of the error. If this value is empty there is no information available.</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">false</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">string</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">message</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">A human-readable description of the cause of the error. This field may be presented as-is to a reader.</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">false</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">string</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">field</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">The field of the resource that has caused this error, as named by its JSON serialization. May include dot and postfix notation for nested attributes. Arrays are zero-indexed. Fields may appear more than once in an array of causes due to fields having multiple errors. Optional.<br>
<br>
Examples:<br>
"name" - the field "name" on the current resource<br>
"items[0].name" - the field "name" on the first array entry in "items"</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">false</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">string</p></td>
<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_any">any</h3>
<div class="paragraph">
<p>Represents an untyped JSON map - see the description of the field for more info about the structure of this object.</p>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div id="footer">
<div id="footer-text">
Last updated 2016-09-01 21:16:24 UTC
</div>
</div>
</body>
</html>

1527
docs/api-reference/certificates/v1alpha1/operations.html Executable file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

689
docs/api-reference/extensions/v1beta1/definitions.html
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

2
docs/api-reference/extensions/v1beta1/definitions.md
View File

@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
---
---
<!-- needed for gh-pages to render html files when imported -->
{% include v1.3/extensions-v1beta1-definitions.html %}
{% include v1.4/extensions-v1beta1-definitions.html %}

1921
docs/api-reference/extensions/v1beta1/operations.html
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

2
docs/api-reference/extensions/v1beta1/operations.md
View File

@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
---
---
<!-- needed for gh-pages to render html files when imported -->
{% include v1.3/extensions-v1beta1-operations.html %}
{% include v1.4/extensions-v1beta1-operations.html %}

875
docs/api-reference/v1/definitions.html
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

2
docs/api-reference/v1/definitions.md
View File

@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
---
---
<!-- needed for gh-pages to render html files when imported -->
{% include v1.3/v1-definitions.html %}
{% include v1.4/v1-definitions.html %}

14178
docs/api-reference/v1/operations.html
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

2
docs/api-reference/v1/operations.md
View File

@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
---
---
<!-- needed for gh-pages to render html files when imported -->
{% include v1.3/v1-operations.html %}
{% include v1.4/v1-operations.html %}

19
docs/federation/api-reference/README.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
---
---
# API Reference
Federation API server supports the following group versions:
* federation/v1beta1: [operations](/docs/federation/api-reference/federation/v1beta1/operations.html), [model definitions](/docs/federation/api-reference/federation/v1beta1/definitions.html)
* v1: [operations](/docs/federation/api-reference/v1/operations.html), [model definitions](/docs/federation/api-reference/v1/definitions.html)
* extensions/v1beta1: [operations](/docs/federation/api-reference/extensions/v1beta1/operations.html), [model definitions](/docs/federation/api-reference/extensions/v1beta1/definitions.html)
<!-- BEGIN MUNGE: GENERATED_ANALYTICS -->
[![Analytics](https://kubernetes-site.appspot.com/UA-36037335-10/GitHub/docs/federation/api-reference/README.md?pixel)]()
<!-- END MUNGE: GENERATED_ANALYTICS -->

4468
docs/federation/api-reference/extensions/v1beta1/definitions.html Executable file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

4335
docs/federation/api-reference/extensions/v1beta1/operations.html Executable file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1057
docs/federation/api-reference/federation/v1beta1/definitions.html Executable file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1408
docs/federation/api-reference/federation/v1beta1/operations.html Executable file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1702
docs/federation/api-reference/v1/definitions.html Executable file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

6786
docs/federation/api-reference/v1/operations.html Executable file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

170
docs/getting-started-guides/azure.md
View File

@ -9,170 +9,8 @@ assignees:
{:toc}
## Prerequisites
## Overview
1. An Azure subscription. If you don't already have one, you may create one on [azure.microsoft.com](https://azure.microsoft.com).
2. An account with Owner access to the subscription.
3. Both `docker` and `jq` need to be installed and available on `$PATH`.
## Cluster operations
### Cluster bring-up
```shell
export KUBERNETES_PROVIDER=azure; curl -sS https://get.k8s.io | bash
```
Note: if you receive an error "the input device is not a TTY", then you need to start the deployment manually.
```shell
cd ~/kubernetes
./cluster/kube-up.sh
```
NOTE: This script calls [cluster/kube-up.sh](http://releases.k8s.io/{{page.githubbranch}}/cluster/kube-up.sh)
which in turn calls [cluster/azure/util.sh](http://releases.k8s.io/{{page.githubbranch}}/cluster/azure/util.sh)
using [cluster/azure/config-default.sh](http://releases.k8s.io/{{page.githubbranch}}/cluster/azure/config-default.sh).
You must set `AZURE_SUBSCRIPTION_ID` or you will receive errors. Prior to Kubernetes 1.3.0, you must also set `AZURE_TENANT_ID`.
These may be set in `cluster/azure/config-default.sh` or set as environment variables:
```shell
export AZURE_SUBSCRIPTION_ID="<subscription-guid>"
export AZURE_TENANT_ID="<tenant-guid>" # only needed for Kubernetes < v1.3.0.
```
These values can be overridden by setting them in `cluster/azure/config-default.sh` or as environment variables. They are shown here with their default values:
```shell
export AZURE_DEPLOY_ID="" # autogenerated if blank
export AZURE_LOCATION="westus"
export AZURE_RESOURCE_GROUP="" # generated from AZURE_DEPLOY_ID if unset
export AZURE_MASTER_SIZE="Standard_A1"
export AZURE_NODE_SIZE="Standard_A1"
export AZURE_USERNAME="kube"
export NUM_NODES=3
export AZURE_AUTH_METHOD="device"
```
By default, this will deploy a cluster with 4 `Standard_A1`-sized VMs: one master node, three worker nodes. This process takes about 5 to 10 minutes. Once the cluster is up, connection information to the cluster will be displayed. Additionally, your `kubectl` configuration will be updated to know about this cluster and this new cluster will be set as the active context.
The Azure deployment process produces an output directory `cluster/azure/_deployments/${AZURE_DEPLOY_ID}`. In this directory you will find the PKI and SSH assets created for the cluster, as well as a script named `util.sh`. Here are some examples of its usage:
```shell
$ cd cluster/azure/_deployments/kube-20160316-001122/
# This uses the client cert with curl to make an http call to the apiserver.
$ ./util.sh curl api/v1/nodes
# This uses the client cert with kubectl to target this deployment's apiserver.
$ ./util.sh kubectl get nodes
# This alters the current kubectl configuration to point at this cluster.
$ ./util.sh configure-kubectl
# This will deploy the kube-system namespace, the SkyDNS addon, and the kube-dashboard addon.
$ ./util.sh deploy-addons
# This uses the ssh private key to copy the private key itself to the master node.
$ ./util.sh copykey
# This uses the ssh private key to open an ssh connection to the master.
$ ./util.sh ssh
```
### Cluster deployment examples
#### Deploy the `kube-system` namespace
The cluster addons are created in the `kube-system` namespace.
For versions of Kubernetes before 1.3.0, this must be done manually. Starting with 1.3.0, the
namespace is created automatically as part of the Azure bring-up. For versions prior to 1.3.0, you may
execute this to create the `kube-system` namespace:
```shell
kubectl create -f https://raw.githubusercontent.com/colemickens/azkube/v0.0.5/templates/coreos/addons/kube-system.yaml
```
#### Using `kubectl proxy`
`kubectl proxy` is currently used to access to access deployed services.
```shell
kubectl proxy --port=8001
```
Deployed services are available at: `http://localhost:8001/api/v1/proxy/namespaces/<namespace>/services/<service_name>`.
#### Addon: SkyDNS
You can deploy the [SkyDNS addon](https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/tree/{{page.githubbranch}}/cluster/addons/dns):
```shell
kubectl create -f https://raw.githubusercontent.com/colemickens/azkube/v0.0.5/templates/coreos/addons/skydns.yaml
```
#### Addon: Kube-Dashboard
This will deploy the [`kube-dashboard`](https://github.com/kubernetes/dashboard) addon:
```shell
kubectl create -f https://raw.githubusercontent.com/colemickens/azkube/v0.0.5/templates/coreos/addons/kube-dashboard.yaml
```
The dashboard is then available at: `http://localhost:8001/api/v1/proxy/namespaces/kube-system/services/dashboard-canary`.
#### Example: Guestbook
This will deploy the [`guestbook example`](https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/{{page.githubbranch}}/examples/guestbook/README.md) (the all-in-one variant):
```shell
kubectl create -f https://raw.githubusercontent.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/release-1.2/examples/guestbook/all-in-one/guestbook-all-in-one.yaml
```
The guestbook is then available at: `http://localhost:8001/api/v1/proxy/namespaces/default/services/frontend`.
### Cluster scaling
The `azkube` tool used internally during `kube-up` can also be used to scale your cluster.
Here's an example of scaling a default deployment of 3 nodes to 10 nodes:
```shell
export AZURE_DEPLOY_ID="kube-20160316-001122"
$ docker run -it -v "$HOME/.azkube:/.azkube" -v "/tmp:/tmp" \
colemickens/azkube:v0.0.5 /opt/azkube/azkube scale \
--deployment-name="${AZURE_DEPLOY_ID}" \
--node-size="Standard_A1" \
--node-count=10
```
### Cluster tear-down
You can tear-down a cluster using `kube-down.sh`:
```shell
export AZURE_DEPLOY_ID="kube-20160316-001122"
$ ./cluster/kube-down.sh
```
Prior to Kubernetes 1.3, the cluster must be deleted manually with the Azure CLI or via the Azure Portal.
### Notes
1. The user account used for these operations must have Owner access to the subscription.
2. You can find your subscription ID in the [Azure Portal](https://portal.microsoft.com). (All Resources → Subscriptions)
3. The `AZURE_AUTH_METHOD` environment variable controls what authentication mechanism is used when bringing up the cluster. By default it is set to `device`. This allows the user to login via the a web browser. This interactive step can be automated by creating a Service Principal, setting `AZURE_AUTH_METHOD=client_secret` and setting `AZURE_CLIENT_ID` + `AZURE_CLIENT_SECRET` as appropriate for your Service Principal.
4. The `--node-size` used in the `scale` command must be the same size deployed initially or it will not have the desired effect.
5. Cluster tear-down requires manual intervention, due to the fact that it deletes the entire resource group and someone else may have deployed other resources since the initial deployment. For this reason you must confirm the list of resources that are to be deleted. If you wish to skip it, you may set `AZURE_DOWN_SKIP_CONFIRM` to `true`. This will delete everything in the resource group that was deployed to.
6. If you are deploying from a checkout of `kubernetes`, then you will need to take an additional step to ensure that a `hyperkube` image is available. You can set `AZURE_DOCKER_REGISTRY` and `AZURE_DOCKER_REPO` and the deployment will ensure that a hyperkube container is built and available in the specified Docker registry. That `hyperkube` image will then be used throughout the cluster for running the Kubernetes services. Alternatively, you may set `AZURE_HYPERKUBE_SPEC` to point to a custom `hyperkube` image.
## Further reading
* Please see the [azkube](https://github.com/colemickens/azkube) repository for more information about the deployment tool that manages the deployment.
The recommended approach for deploying a Kubernetes 1.4 cluster on Azure is the
[`kubernetes-anywhere`](https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes-anywhere) project. You will want to take a look at the
[Azure Getting Started Guide](https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes-anywhere/blob/master/phase1/azure/README.md).

2
docs/getting-started-guides/fluentd-gcp.yaml
View File

@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ spec:
dnsPolicy: Default
containers:
- name: fluentd-cloud-logging
image: gcr.io/google_containers/fluentd-gcp:1.21
image: gcr.io/google_containers/fluentd-gcp:1.25
resources:
limits:
memory: 200Mi

254
docs/getting-started-guides/kubeadm.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,254 @@
---
---
<style>
li>.highlighter-rouge {position:relative; top:3px;}
</style>
## Overview
This quickstart shows you how to easily install a secure Kubernetes cluster on machines running Ubuntu 16.04 or CentOS 7.
The installation uses a tool called `kubeadm` which is part of Kubernetes 1.4.
This process works with local VMs, physical servers and/or cloud servers.
It is simple enough that you can easily integrate its use into your own automation (Terraform, Chef, Puppet, etc).
**The `kubeadm` tool is currently in alpha but please try it out and give us [feedback](/docs/getting-started-guides/kubeadm/#feedback)!**
## Prerequisites
1. One or more machines running Ubuntu 16.04 or CentOS 7
1. 1GB or more of RAM per machine (any less will leave little room for your apps)
1. Full network connectivity between all machines in the cluster (public or private network is fine)
## Objectives
* Install a secure Kubernetes cluster on your machines
* Install a pod network on the cluster so that application components (pods) can talk to each other
* Install a sample microservices application (a socks shop) on the cluster
## Instructions
### (1/4) Installing kubelet and kubeadm on your hosts
You will install the following packages on all the machines:
* `docker`: the container runtime, which Kubernetes depends on.
* `kubelet`: the most core component of Kubernetes.
It runs on all of the machines in your cluster and does things like starting pods and containers.
* `kubectl`: the command to control the cluster once it's running.
You will only use this on the master.
* `kubeadm`: the command to bootstrap the cluster.
For each host in turn:
<!--
# curl https://packages.cloud.google.com/apt/doc/apt-key.gpg | apt-key add -
# cat <<EOF > /etc/apt/sources.list.d/kubernetes.list
deb http://packages.cloud.google.com/apt kubernetes-xenial main
EOF
# apt-get update
# apt-get install -y kubeadm docker.io§
-->
* SSH into the machine and become `root` if you are not already (for example, run `sudo su -`).
* If the machine is running Ubuntu 16.04, run:
# apt-get install -y docker.io socat apt-transport-https
# curl -s -L \
https://storage.googleapis.com/kubeadm/kubernetes-xenial-preview-bundle.txz | tar xJv
# dpkg -i kubernetes-xenial-preview-bundle/*.deb
If the machine is running CentOS 7, run:
# cat <<EOF > /etc/yum.repos.d/k8s.repo
[kubelet]
name=kubelet
baseurl=http://files.rm-rf.ca/rpms/kubelet/
enabled=1
gpgcheck=0
EOF
# yum install docker kubelet kubeadm kubectl kubernetes-cni
# systemctl enable docker && systemctl start docker
# systemctl enable kubelet && systemctl start kubelet
The kubelet is now restarting every few seconds, as it waits in a crashloop for `kubeadm` to tell it what to do.
### (2/4) Initializing your master
The master is the machine where the "control plane" components run, including `etcd` (the cluster database) and the API server (which the `kubectl` CLI communicates with).
All of these components run in pods started by `kubelet`.
To initialize the master, pick one of the machines you previously installed `kubelet` and `kubeadm` on, and run:
# kubeadm init --use-kubernetes-version v1.4.0-beta.11
This will download and install the cluster database and "control plane" components.
This may take several minutes.
The output should look like:
<master/tokens> generated token: "f0c861.753c505740ecde4c"
<master/pki> created keys and certificates in "/etc/kubernetes/pki"
<util/kubeconfig> created "/etc/kubernetes/kubelet.conf"
<util/kubeconfig> created "/etc/kubernetes/admin.conf"
<master/apiclient> created API client configuration
<master/apiclient> created API client, waiting for the control plane to become ready
<master/apiclient> all control plane components are healthy after 61.346626 seconds
<master/apiclient> waiting for at least one node to register and become ready
<master/apiclient> first node is ready after 4.506807 seconds
<master/discovery> created essential addon: kube-discovery
<master/addons> created essential addon: kube-proxy
<master/addons> created essential addon: kube-dns
Kubernetes master initialised successfully!
You can connect any number of nodes by running:
kubeadm join --token <token> <master-ip>
Make a record of the `kubeadm join` command that `kubeadm init` outputs.
You will need this in a moment.
The key included here is secret, keep it safe &mdash; anyone with this key can add authenticated nodes to your cluster.
The key is used for mutual authentication between the master and the joining nodes.
By default, your cluster will not schedule pods on the master for security reasons.
If you want to be able to schedule pods on the master, for example if you want a single-machine Kubernetes cluster for development, run:
# kubectl taint nodes --all dedicated-
node "test-01" tainted
taint key="dedicated" and effect="" not found.
taint key="dedicated" and effect="" not found.
This will remove the "dedicated" taint from any nodes that have it, including the master node, meaning that the scheduler will then be able to schedule pods everywhere.
### (3/4) Joining your nodes
The nodes are where your workloads (containers and pods, etc) run.
If you want to add any new machines as nodes to your cluster, for each machine: SSH to that machine, become root (e.g. `sudo su -`) and run the command that was output by `kubeadm init`.
For example:
# kubeadm join --token <token> <master-ip>
<util/tokens> validating provided token
<node/discovery> created cluster info discovery client, requesting info from "http://138.68.156.129:9898/cluster-info/v1/?token-id=0f8588"
<node/discovery> cluster info object received, verifying signature using given token
<node/discovery> cluster info signature and contents are valid, will use API endpoints [https://138.68.156.129:443]
<node/csr> created API client to obtain unique certificate for this node, generating keys and certificate signing request
<node/csr> received signed certificate from the API server, generating kubelet configuration
<util/kubeconfig> created "/etc/kubernetes/kubelet.conf"
Node join complete:
* Certificate signing request sent to master and response
received.
* Kubelet informed of new secure connection details.
Run 'kubectl get nodes' on the master to see this machine join.
A few seconds later, you should notice that running `kubectl get nodes` on the master shows a cluster with as many machines as you created.
**YOUR CLUSTER IS NOT READY YET!**
Before you can deploy applications to it, you need to install a pod network.
### (4/4) Installing a pod network
You must install a pod network add-on so that your pods can communicate with each other when they are on different hosts.
**It is necessary to do this before you try to deploy any applications to your cluster.**
Several projects provide Kubernetes pod networks.
You can see a complete list of available network add-ons on the [add-ons page](/docs/admin/addons/).
By way of example, you can install [Weave Net](https://github.com/weaveworks/weave-kube) by logging in to the master and running:
# kubectl apply -f https://git.io/weave-kube
daemonset "weave-net" created
If you prefer [Calico](https://github.com/projectcalico/calico-containers/tree/master/docs/cni/kubernetes/manifests/kubeadm) or [Canal](https://github.com/tigera/canal/tree/master/k8s-install/kubeadm), please refer to their respective installation guides.
You should only install one pod network per cluster.
Once a pod network has been installed, you can confirm that it is working by checking that the `kube-dns` pod is `Running` in the output of `kubectl get pods --all-namespaces`.
**This signifies that your cluster is ready.**
### (Optional) Installing a sample application
As an example, install a sample microservices application, a socks shop, to put your cluster through its paces.
To learn more about the sample microservices app, see the [GitHub README](https://github.com/microservices-demo/microservices-demo).
# git clone https://github.com/microservices-demo/microservices-demo
# kubectl apply -f microservices-demo/deploy/kubernetes/manifests
You can then find out the port that the [NodePort feature of services](/docs/user-guide/services/) allocated for the front-end service by running:
# kubectl describe svc front-end
Name: front-end
Namespace: default
Labels: name=front-end
Selector: name=front-end
Type: NodePort
IP: 100.66.88.176
Port: <unset> 80/TCP
NodePort: <unset> 31869/TCP
Endpoints: <none>
Session Affinity: None
It takes several minutes to download and start all the containers, watch the output of `kubectl get pods` to see when they're all up and running.
Then go to the IP address of your cluster's master node in your browser, and specify the given port.
So for example, `http://<master_ip>:<port>`.
In the example above, this was `31869`, but it is a different port for you.
If there is a firewall, make sure it exposes this port to the internet before you try to access it.
### Explore other add-ons
See the [list of add-ons](/docs/admin/addons/) to explore other add-ons, including tools for logging, monitoring, network policy, visualization &amp; control of your Kubernetes cluster.
## What's next
* Learn more about [Kubernetes concepts and kubectl in Kubernetes 101](/docs/user-guide/walkthrough/).
* Install Kubernetes with [a cloud provider configurations](/docs/getting-started-guides/) to add Load Balancer and Persistent Volume support.
## Cleanup
* To uninstall the socks shop, run `kubectl delete -f microservices-demo/deploy/kubernetes/manifests` on the master.
* To undo what `kubeadm` did, simply delete the machines you created for this tutorial, or run the script below and then uninstall the packages.
<details>
<pre><code>systemctl stop kubelet;
docker rm -f $(docker ps -q); mount | grep "/var/lib/kubelet/*" | awk '{print $3}' | xargs umount 1>/dev/null 2>/dev/null;
rm -rf /var/lib/kubelet /etc/kubernetes /var/lib/etcd /etc/cni;
ip link set cbr0 down; ip link del cbr0;
ip link set cni0 down; ip link del cni0;
systemctl start kubelet</code></pre>
</details> <!-- *syntax-highlighting-hack -->
## Feedback
* Slack Channel: [#sig-cluster-lifecycle](https://kubernetes.slack.com/messages/sig-cluster-lifecycle/)
* Mailing List: [kubernetes-sig-cluster-lifecycle](https://groups.google.com/forum/#!forum/kubernetes-sig-cluster-lifecycle)
* [GitHub Issues](https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/issues): please tag `kubeadm` issues with `@kubernetes/sig-cluster-lifecycle`
## Limitations
Please note: `kubeadm` is a work in progress and these limitations will be addressed in due course.
1. The cluster created here doesn't have cloud-provider integrations, so for example won't work with (for example) [Load Balancers](/docs/user-guide/load-balancer/) (LBs) or [Persistent Volumes](/docs/user-guide/persistent-volumes/walkthrough/) (PVs).
To easily obtain a cluster which works with LBs and PVs Kubernetes, try [the "hello world" GKE tutorial](/docs/hellonode) or [one of the other cloud-specific installation tutorials](/docs/getting-started-guides/).
Workaround: use the [NodePort feature of services](/docs/user-guide/services/#type-nodeport) for exposing applications to the internet.
1. The cluster created here has a single master, with a single `etcd` database running on it.
This means that if the master fails, your cluster loses its configuration data and will need to be recreated from scratch.
Adding HA support (multiple `etcd` servers, multiple API servers, etc) to `kubeadm` is still a work-in-progress.
Workaround: regularly [back up etcd](https://coreos.com/etcd/docs/latest/admin_guide.html).
The `etcd` data directory configured by `kubeadm` is at `/var/lib/etcd` on the master.
1. `kubectl logs` is broken with `kubeadm` clusters due to [#22770](https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/issues/22770).
Workaround: use `docker logs` on the nodes where the containers are running as a workaround.
1. There is not yet an easy way to generate a `kubeconfig` file which can be used to authenticate to the cluster remotely with `kubectl` on, for example, your workstation.
Workaround: copy the kubelet's `kubeconfig` from the master: use `scp root@<master>:/etc/kubernetes/admin.conf .` and then e.g. `kubectl --kubeconfig ./admin.conf get nodes` from your workstation.

34
docs/getting-started-guides/network-policy/calico.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
---
assignees:
- caseydavenport
---
You can deploy a cluster using Calico for network policy in the default [GCE deployment](/docs/getting-started-guides/gce) using the following set of commands:
```shell
export NETWORK_POLICY_PROVIDER=calico
export KUBE_NODE_OS_DISTRIBUTION=debian
curl -sS https://get.k8s.io | bash
```
See the [Calico documentation](https://github.com/projectcalico/calico-containers/tree/master/docs/cni/kubernetes#getting-started) for more options to deploy Calico with Kubernetes.
Once your cluster using Calico is running, you should see a collection of pods running in the `kube-system` Namespace that support Kubernetes NetworkPolicy.
```console
$ kubectl get pods --namespace=kube-system
NAME READY STATUS RESTARTS AGE
calico-node-kubernetes-minion-group-jck6 1/1 Running 0 46m
calico-node-kubernetes-minion-group-k9jy 1/1 Running 0 46m
calico-node-kubernetes-minion-group-szgr 1/1 Running 0 46m
calico-policy-controller-65rw1 1/1 Running 0 46m
...
```
There are two main components to be aware of:
- One `calico-node` Pod runs on each node in your cluster, and enforces network policy on the traffic to/from Pods on that machine by configuring iptables.
- The `calico-policy-controller` Pod reads policy and label information from the Kubernetes API and configures Calico appropriately.
Once your cluster is running, you can follow the [NetworkPolicy gettting started guide](/docs/getting-started-guides/network-policy/walkthrough) to try out Kubernetes NetworkPolicy.

109
docs/getting-started-guides/network-policy/walkthrough.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
---
assignees:
- caseydavenport
---
Kubernetes can be used to declare network policies which govern how Pods can communicate with each other. This document helps you get started using the Kubernetes [NetworkPolicy API](/docs/user-guide/networkpolicies), and provides a demonstration thereof.
In this article we assume that a Kubernetes cluster has been created with network policy support. There are a number of network providers which support NetworkPolicy (see the "Using X for NetworkPolicy" articles in this section). The reference implementation is [Calico](/docs/getting-started-guides/network-policy/calico) running on GCE.
The following example walkthrough will work on a Kubernetes cluster using any of the listed providers.
## Using NetworkPolicy
To explain how Kubernetes network policy works let's start off by creating an `nginx` Deployment and expose it via a Service.
```console
$ kubectl run nginx --image=nginx --replicas=2
deployment "nginx" created
$ kubectl expose deployment nginx --port=80
service "nginx" exposed
```
This will run two nginx Pods in the default Namespace, and expose them through a Service called `nginx`.
```console
$ kubectl get svc,pod
NAME CLUSTER-IP EXTERNAL-IP PORT(S) AGE
kubernetes 10.100.0.1 <none> 443/TCP 46m
nginx 10.100.0.16 <none> 80/TCP 33s
NAME READY STATUS RESTARTS AGE
nginx-701339712-e0qfq 1/1 Running 0 35s
nginx-701339712-o00ef 1/1 Running 0 35s
```
We should be able to access our new nginx Service from other Pods. Let's try to access it from another Pod
in the default namespace. We haven't put any network policy in place, so this should just work. Start a
busybox container, and use `wget` to hit the nginx Service:
```console
$ kubectl run busybox --rm -ti --image=busybox /bin/sh
Waiting for pod default/busybox-472357175-y0m47 to be running, status is Pending, pod ready: false
Hit enter for command prompt
/ # wget -s --timeout=1 nginx
Connecting to nginx (10.100.0.16:80)
/ #
```
Let's say we want to limit access to our nginx Service so that only pods with the label `access: true` can query it. First, we'll
enable ingress isolation on the `default` Namespace. This will prevent _any_ pods from accessing the nginx Service.
```console
$ kubectl annotate ns default "net.beta.kubernetes.io/network-policy={\"ingress\": {\"isolation\": \"DefaultDeny\"}}"
```
With ingress isolation in place, we should no longer be able to access the nginx Service like we were able to before.
Let's now create a `NetworkPolicy` which allows connections from pods with the label `access: true`.
```yaml
kind: NetworkPolicy
apiVersion: extensions/v1beta1
metadata:
name: access-nginx
spec:
podSelector:
matchLabels:
run: nginx
ingress:
- from:
- podSelector:
matchLabels:
access: "true"
```
Use kubectl to create the above nginx-policy.yaml file:
```console
$ kubectl create -f nginx-policy.yaml
networkpolicy "access-nginx" created
```
If we attempt to access the nginx Service from a pod without the correct labels, the request will timeout:
```console
$ kubectl run busybox --rm -ti --image=busybox /bin/sh
Waiting for pod default/busybox-472357175-y0m47 to be running, status is Pending, pod ready: false
Hit enter for command prompt
/ # wget -s --timeout=1 nginx
Connecting to nginx (10.100.0.16:80)
wget: download timed out
/ #
```
However, if we create a Pod with the correct labels, the request will be allowed:
```console
$ kubectl run busybox --rm -ti --labels="access=true" --image=busybox /bin/sh
Waiting for pod default/busybox-472357175-y0m47 to be running, status is Pending, pod ready: false
Hit enter for command prompt
/ # wget -s --timeout=1 nginx
Connecting to nginx (10.100.0.16:80)
/ #
```

4
docs/getting-started-guides/rkt/index.md
View File

@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ This document describes how to run Kubernetes using [rkt](https://github.com/cor
* [Systemd](http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/) must be installed and enabled. The minimum systemd version required for Kubernetes v1.3 is `219`. Systemd is used to monitor and manage the pods on each node.
* [Install the latest rkt release](https://coreos.com/rkt/docs/latest/trying-out-rkt.html). The minimum rkt version required is [v1.9.1](https://github.com/coreos/rkt/releases/tag/v1.9.1). The [CoreOS Linux alpha channel](https://coreos.com/releases/) ships with a recent rkt release, and you can easily [upgrade rkt on CoreOS](https://coreos.com/rkt/docs/latest/install-rkt-in-coreos.html), if necessary.
* [Install the latest rkt release](https://coreos.com/rkt/docs/latest/trying-out-rkt.html). The minimum rkt version required is [v1.13.0](https://github.com/coreos/rkt/releases/tag/v1.13.0). The [CoreOS Linux alpha channel](https://coreos.com/releases/) ships with a recent rkt release, and you can easily [upgrade rkt on CoreOS](https://coreos.com/rkt/docs/latest/install-rkt-in-coreos.html), if necessary.
* The [rkt API service](https://coreos.com/rkt/docs/latest/subcommands/api-service.html) must be running on the node.
@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ $ export KUBE_CONTAINER_RUNTIME=rkt
Optionally, set the version of rkt by setting `KUBE_RKT_VERSION`:
```shell
$ export KUBE_RKT_VERSION=1.9.1
$ export KUBE_RKT_VERSION=1.13.0
```
Optionally, select an alternative [stage1 isolator](#modular-isolation-with-interchangeable-stage1-images) for the container runtime by setting `KUBE_RKT_STAGE1_IMAGE`:

8
docs/getting-started-guides/rkt/notes.md
View File

@ -34,6 +34,8 @@ spec:
name: does-not-exist
```
Also note that if `subPath` is specified in the container's volumeMounts and the `subPath` doesn't exist in the corresponding volume, the pod execution will fail as well.
## Kubectl attach
The `kubectl attach` command does not work under the rkt container runtime.
@ -97,6 +99,8 @@ On the other hand, when running the pod with [stage1-fly](https://coreos.com/rkt
Patching a pod to change the image will result in the entire pod restarting, not just the container that was changed.
## Volume mounts specifying a subPath
## ImagePullPolicy 'Always'
The [subPath](https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/pull/22575) feature does not work correctly under rkt. In addition, the issue of non-existent host volume paths being invalid, mentioned above, would cause many common use cases for subPaths to fail in the same way. In some cases, this issue can be worked around by creating and using subdirectories from within the container, rather than relying on Kubernetes to do so.
When the container's image pull policy is `Always`, rkt will always pull the image from remote even if the image has not changed at all.
This can add significant latency for large images.
The issue is tracked by rkt upstream at [#2937](https://github.com/coreos/rkt/issues/2937).

13
docs/index.md
View File

@ -77,13 +77,18 @@ h2, h3, h4 {
<a href="/docs/whatisk8s/" class="button">Read the Overview</a>
</div>
<div class="col3rd">
<h3>Hello Node!</h3>
<p>In this quickstart, we’ll be creating a Kubernetes instance that stands up a simple “Hello World” app using Node.js. In just a few minutes you'll go from zero to deployed Kubernetes app on Google Container Engine.</p>
<a href="/docs/hellonode/" class="button">Get Started</a>
<h3>Hello World on Google Container Engine</h3>
<p>In this quickstart, we’ll be creating a Kubernetes instance that stands up a simple “Hello World” app using Node.js. In just a few minutes you'll go from zero to deployed Kubernetes app on Google Container Engine (GKE), a hosted service from Google.</p>
<a href="/docs/hellonode/" class="button">Get Started on GKE</a>
</div>
<div class="col3rd">
<h3>Installing Kubernetes on Linux with kubeadm</h3>
<p>This quickstart will show you how to install a secure Kubernetes cluster on any computers running Linux, using a tool called <code>kubeadm</code> which is part of Kubernetes. It'll work with local VMs, physical servers and/or cloud servers, either manually or as part of your own automation. It is currently in alpha but please try it out and give us feedback!</p>
<a href="/docs/getting-started-guides/kubeadm/" class="button">Install Kubernetes with kubeadm</a>
</div>
<div class="col3rd">
<h3>Guided Tutorial</h3>
<p>If you’ve completed the quickstart, a great next step is Kubernetes 101. You will follow a path through the various features of Kubernetes, with code examples along the way, learning all of the core concepts. There's also a <a href="/docs/user-guide/walkthrough/k8s201">Kubernetes 201</a>!</p>
<p>If you’ve completed one of the quickstarts, a great next step is Kubernetes 101. You will follow a path through the various features of Kubernetes, with code examples along the way, learning all of the core concepts. There's also a <a href="/docs/user-guide/walkthrough/k8s201">Kubernetes 201</a>!</p>
<a href="/docs/user-guide/walkthrough/" class="button">Kubernetes 101</a>
</div>
</div>

5
docs/user-guide/configmap/index.md
View File

@ -414,6 +414,11 @@ When this pod is run, the output will be:
very
```
#### Projecting keys to specific paths and file permissions
You can project keys to specific paths and specific permissions on a per-file
basis. The [Secrets](/docs/user-guide/secrets/) user guide explains the syntax.
## Real World Example: Configuring Redis
Let's take a look at a real-world example: configuring redis using ConfigMap. Say we want to inject

6
docs/user-guide/downward-api/index.md
View File

@ -114,6 +114,10 @@ The downward API volume refreshes its data in step with the kubelet refresh loop
In future, it will be possible to specify a specific annotation or label.
#### Projecting keys to specific paths and file permissions
You can project keys to specific paths and specific permissions on a per-file
basis. The [Secrets](/docs/user-guide/secrets/) user guide explains the syntax.
### Example
@ -132,4 +136,4 @@ Some more thorough examples:
## Default values for container resource limits
If cpu and memory limits are not specified for a container, the downward API will default to node's cpu and memory capacities.
If cpu and memory limits are not specified for a container, the downward API will default to the node allocatable value for cpu and memory.

39
docs/user-guide/federation/events.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
---
---
This guide explains how to use events in federation control plane to help in debugging.
* TOC
{:toc}
## Prerequisites
This guide assumes that you have a running Kubernetes Cluster
Federation installation. If not, then head over to the
[federation admin guide](/docs/admin/federation/) to learn how to
bring up a cluster federation (or have your cluster administrator do
this for you). Other tutorials, for example
[this one](https://github.com/kelseyhightower/kubernetes-cluster-federation)
by Kelsey Hightower, are also available to help you.
You are also expected to have a basic
[working knowledge of Kubernetes](/docs/getting-started-guides/) in
general.
## Overview
Events in federation control plane (refered to as "federation events" in
this guide) are very similar to the traditional Kubernetes
Events providing the same functionality.
Federation Events are stored only in federation control plane and are not passed on to the underlying kubernetes clusters.
Federation controllers create events as they process API resources to surface to the
user, the state that they are in.
You can get all events from federation apiserver by running:
```shell
kubectl --context=federation-cluster get events
```
The standard kubectl get, update, delete commands will all work.

47
docs/user-guide/federation/index.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
---
---
This guide explains how we can manage multiple kubernetes clusters using
federation.
[Federation proposal](https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/{{page.githubbranch}}/docs/proposals/federation.md)
details the use cases motivating cluster federation.
* TOC
{:toc}
## Setup
To be able to federate multiple clusters, we first need to setup a federation
control plane.
Follow the [setup guide](/docs/admin/federation/) to setup the
federation control plane.
## Hybrid cloud capabilities
Federations of Kubernetes Clusters can include clusters running in
different cloud providers (e.g. Google Cloud, AWS), and on-premises
(e.g. on OpenStack). Simply create all of the clusters that you
require, in the appropriate cloud providers and/or locations, and
register each cluster's API endpoint and credentials with your
Federation API Server (See the
[federation admin guide](/docs/admin/federation/) for details).
Thereafter, your API resources can span different clusters
and cloud providers.
## API resources
Once we have the control plane setup, we can start creating federation API
resources.
The following guides explain some of the resources in detail:
* [Events](/docs/user-guide/federation/events/)
* [Namespaces](/docs/user-guide/federation/namespaces/)
* [ReplicaSets](/docs/user-guide/federation/replicasets/)
* [Secrets](/docs/user-guide/federation/secrets/)
* [Services](/docs/user-guide/federation/federated-services/)
<!-- TODO: Add more guides here -->
[API reference docs](/federation/docs/api-reference/readme/) lists all the
resources supported by federation apiserver.

90
docs/user-guide/federation/namespaces.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
---
---
This guide explains how to use namespaces in Federation control plane.
* TOC
{:toc}
## Prerequisites
This guide assumes that you have a running Kubernetes Cluster
Federation installation. If not, then head over to the
[federation admin guide](/docs/admin/federation/) to learn how to
bring up a cluster federation (or have your cluster administrator do
this for you). Other tutorials, for example
[this one](https://github.com/kelseyhightower/kubernetes-cluster-federation)
by Kelsey Hightower, are also available to help you.
You are also expected to have a basic
[working knowledge of Kubernetes](/docs/getting-started-guides/) in
general and [Namespaces](/docs/user-guide/namespaces/) in particular.
## Overview
Namespaces in federation control plane (referred to as "federated namespaces" in
this guide) are very similar to the traditional [Kubernetes
Namespaces](/docs/user-guide/namespaces/) providing the same functionality.
Creating them in the federation control plane ensures that they are synchronized
across all the clusters in federation.
## Creating a Federated Namespace
The API for Federated Namespaces is 100% compatible with the
API for traditional Kubernetes Namespaces. You can create a namespace by sending
a request to the federation apiserver.
You can do that using kubectl by running:
``` shell
kubectl --context=federation-cluster create -f myns.yaml
```
The '--context=federation-cluster' flag tells kubectl to submit the
request to the Federation apiserver instead of sending it to a kubernetes
cluster.
Once a federated namespace is created, the federation control plane will create
a matching namespace in all underlying kubernetes clusters.
You can verify this by checking each of the underlying clusters, for example:
``` shell
kubectl --context=gce-asia-east1a get namespaces myns
```
The above assumes that you have a context named 'gce-asia-east1a'
configured in your client for your cluster in that zone. The name and
spec of the underlying namespace will match those of
the Federated Namespace that you created above.
## Updating a Federated Namespace
You can update a federated namespace as you would update a Kubernetes
namespace, just send the request to federation apiserver instead of sending it
to a specific kubernetes cluster.
Federation control plan will ensure that whenever the federated namespace is
updated, it updates the corresponding namespaces in all underlying clusters to
match it.
## Deleting a Federated Namespace
You can delete a federated namespace as you would delete a Kubernetes
namespace, just send the request to federation apiserver instead of sending it
to a specific kubernetes cluster.
For example, you can do that using kubectl by running:
```shell
kubectl --context=federation-cluster delete ns myns
```
As in Kubernetes, deleting a federated namespace will delete all resources in that
namespace from the federation control plane.
Note that at this point, deleting a federated namespace will not delete the
corresponding namespaces and resources in those namespaces from underlying clusters.
Users are expected to delete them manually.
We intend to fix this in the future.

105
docs/user-guide/federation/replicasets.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
---
---
This guide explains how to use replica sets in the Federation control plane.
* TOC
{:toc}
## Prerequisites
This guide assumes that you have a running Kubernetes Cluster
Federation installation. If not, then head over to the
[federation admin guide](/docs/admin/federation/) to learn how to
bring up a cluster federation (or have your cluster administrator do
this for you). Other tutorials, for example
[this one](https://github.com/kelseyhightower/kubernetes-cluster-federation)
by Kelsey Hightower, are also available to help you.
You are also expected to have a basic
[working knowledge of Kubernetes](/docs/getting-started-guides/) in
general and [ReplicaSets](/docs/user-guide/replicasets/) in particular.
## Overview
Replica Sets in federation control plane (referred to as "federated replica sets" in
this guide) are very similar to the traditional [Kubernetes
ReplicaSets](/docs/user-guide/replicasets/), and provide the same functionality.
Creating them in the federation control plane ensures that the desired number of
replicas exist across the registered clusters.
## Creating a Federated Replica Set
The API for Federated Replica Set is 100% compatible with the
API for traditional Kubernetes Replica Set. You can create a replica set by sending
a request to the federation apiserver.
You can do that using [kubectl](/docs/user-guide/kubectl/kubectl/) by running:
``` shell
kubectl --context=federation-cluster create -f myrs.yaml
```
The '--context=federation-cluster' flag tells kubectl to submit the
request to the Federation apiserver instead of sending it to a kubernetes
cluster.
Once a federated replica set is created, the federation control plane will create
a replica set in all underlying kubernetes clusters.
You can verify this by checking each of the underlying clusters, for example:
``` shell
kubectl --context=gce-asia-east1a get rs myrs
```
The above assumes that you have a context named 'gce-asia-east1a'
configured in your client for your cluster in that zone.
These replica sets in underlying clusters will match the federation replica set
except in the number of replicas. Federation control plane will ensure that the
sum of replicas in each cluster match the desired number of replicas in the
federation replica set.
### Spreading Replicas in Underlying Clusters
By default, replicas are spread equally in all the underlying clusters. For ex:
if you have 3 registered clusters and you create a federated replica set with
`spec.replicas = 9`, then each replica set in the 3 clusters will have
`spec.replicas=3`.
To modify the number of replicas in each cluster, you can specify
[FederatedReplicaSetPreference](https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/{{page.githubbranch}}/federation/apis/federation/types.go)
as an annotation with key `federation.kubernetes.io/replica-set-preferences`
on federated replica set.
## Updating a Federated Replica Set
You can update a federated replica set as you would update a Kubernetes
replica set; however, for a federated replica set, you must send the request to
the federation apiserver instead of sending it to a specific Kubernetes cluster.
The Federation control plan ensures that whenever the federated replica set is
updated, it updates the corresponding replica sets in all underlying clusters to
match it.
If your update includes a change in number of replicas, the federation
control plane will change the number of replicas in underlying clusters to
ensure that their sum remains equal to the number of desired replicas in
federated replica set.
## Deleting a Federated Replica Set
You can delete a federated replica set as you would delete a Kubernetes
replica set; however, for a federated replica set, you must send the request to
the federation apiserver instead of sending it to a specific Kubernetes cluster.
For example, you can do that using kubectl by running:
```shell
kubectl --context=federation-cluster delete rs myrs
```
Note that at this point, deleting a federated replica set will not delete the
corresponding replica sets from underlying clusters.
You must delete the underlying Replica Sets manually.
We intend to fix this in the future.

87
docs/user-guide/federation/secrets.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
---
---
This guide explains how to use secrets in Federation control plane.
* TOC
{:toc}
## Prerequisites
This guide assumes that you have a running Kubernetes Cluster
Federation installation. If not, then head over to the
[federation admin guide](/docs/admin/federation/) to learn how to
bring up a cluster federation (or have your cluster administrator do
this for you). Other tutorials, for example
[this one](https://github.com/kelseyhightower/kubernetes-cluster-federation)
by Kelsey Hightower, are also available to help you.
You are also expected to have a basic
[working knowledge of Kubernetes](/docs/getting-started-guides/) in
general and [Secrets](/docs/user-guide/secrets/) in particular.
## Overview
Secrets in federation control plane (referred to as "federated secrets" in
this guide) are very similar to the traditional [Kubernetes
Secrets](/docs/user-guide/secrets/) providing the same functionality.
Creating them in the federation control plane ensures that they are synchronized
across all the clusters in federation.
## Creating a Federated Secret
The API for Federated Secret is 100% compatible with the
API for traditional Kubernetes Secret. You can create a secret by sending
a request to the federation apiserver.
You can do that using [kubectl](/docs/user-guide/kubectl/kubectl/) by running:
``` shell
kubectl --context=federation-cluster create -f mysecret.yaml
```
The '--context=federation-cluster' flag tells kubectl to submit the
request to the Federation apiserver instead of sending it to a kubernetes
cluster.
Once a federated secret is created, the federation control plane will create
a matching secret in all underlying kubernetes clusters.
You can verify this by checking each of the underlying clusters, for example:
``` shell
kubectl --context=gce-asia-east1a get rs myrs
```
The above assumes that you have a context named 'gce-asia-east1a'
configured in your client for your cluster in that zone.
These secrets in underlying clusters will match the federated secret.
## Updating a Federated Secret
You can update a federated secret as you would update a Kubernetes
secret; however, for a federated secret, you must send the request to
the federation apiserver instead of sending it to a specific Kubernetes cluster.
The Federation control plan ensures that whenever the federated secret is
updated, it updates the corresponding secrets in all underlying clusters to
match it.
## Deleting a Federated Secret
You can delete a federated secret as you would delete a Kubernetes
secret; however, for a federated secret, you must send the request to
the federation apiserver instead of sending it to a specific Kubernetes cluster.
For example, you can do that using kubectl by running:
```shell
kubectl --context=federation-cluster delete rs myrs
```
Note that at this point, deleting a federated secret will not delete the
corresponding secrets from underlying clusters.
You must delete the underlying secrets manually.
We intend to fix this in the future.

36
docs/user-guide/garbage-collection.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
---
assignees:
- caesarxuchao
---
* TOC
{:toc}
## Garbage Collection
Note: the Garbage Collection is a beta feature and is enabled by default in Kubernetes version 1.4.
### What does Garbage Collector do
When you delete, for example, a ReplicaSet, it is often desirable for the server to automatically garbage collect all the Pods that the ReplicaSet creates. The Garbage Collector (GC) implements this. In general, when you delete an owner object, GC deletes that owner's dependent objects.
### How to establish an owner-dependent relationship between objects
Kubernetes 1.3 added a metadata.ownerReferences field to every Kubernetes API object. If an API object is a dependent of another object, ownerReference should point to the owning API object.
When you create a ReplicationController or a ReplicaSet in Kubernetes 1.4, the Kubernetes control plane automatically sets the ownerReference field in each created pod to point to the owning ReplicationController or ReplicaSet.
You can set up owner-dependent relationships among other objects by manually setting the ownerReference field on dependent objects.
### Controlling whether Garbage Collector deletes dependents
When deleting an object, you can request the GC to ***asynchronously*** delete its dependents by ***explicitly*** specifying `deleteOptions.orphanDependents=false` in the deletion request that you send to the API server. A 200 OK response from the API server indicates the owner is deleted.
Synchronous garbage collection will be supported in 1.5 (tracking [issue](https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/issues/29891)).
If you specify `deleteOptions.orphanDependents=true`, or leave it blank, then the GC will first reset the `ownerReferences` in the dependents, then delete the owner. Note that the deletion of the owner object is asynchronous, that is, a 200 OK response will be sent by the API server before the owner object gets deleted.
### Other references
[Design Doc](https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/docs/proposals/garbage-collection.md)
[Known issues](https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/issues/26120)

30
docs/user-guide/garbage-collector.md
View File

@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
---
assignees:
- caesarxuchao
- mikedanese
---
* TOC
{:toc}
## WARNING: Garbage Collector is an alpha feature and is disabled by default. Use it at your own risk!
### What is garbage collector for
The garbage collector (GC) cascadingly deletes dependent API objects when the owner is deleted. One use case is if two objects have functional dependency, you can specify the dependency in their configuration file when creating them, and if one of them is deleted, the GC will delete the other one automatically. The other use case is if there is logical dependency among API objects, e.g., the pods created by a replicaset depending on the replicaset, Kubernetes will automatically set the dependency (this will be implemented in release 1.4) and the GC will delete the pods when the replicaset is deleted.
### How does the garbage collector work
In release 1.3, there is a new `ownerReferences` field in the `metadata` of every Kubernetes API objects. The GC monitors the cluster and checks the `metadata.ownerReferences` field of each object. If none of the owners present in `metadata.ownerReferences` exists in the cluster, the GC will request the API server to delete the object.
Currently a user needs to manually set the `metadata.ownerReferences`. In release 1.4, controllers will automatically set the field for the objects it controls. For example, when the replicaset controller creates or adopts pods, it will automatically add the replicaset to the `metadata.ownerReferences` fields of the pods.
### How to request the garbage collector to not delete dependents
When deleting an object, you can prevent the GC from deleting that object's dependents by specifying `deleteOptions.orphanDependents=true` in the deletion request. It prevents garbage collection by removing the object from its dependents' metadata.ownerReferences field.
### How to enable the garbage collector
The garbage collector is an alpha feature so it is disabled by default. To enable it, you need to start the kube-apiserver and kube-controller-manager with flag `--enable-garbage-collector`.

4
docs/user-guide/ingress.md
View File

@ -271,6 +271,10 @@ test - 178.91.123.132
You can achieve the same by invoking `kubectl replace -f` on a modified Ingress yaml file.
## Failing across availability zones
Techniques for spreading traffic across failure domains differs between cloud providers. Please check the documentation of the relevant Ingress controller for details. Please refer to the federation [doc](/docs/user-guide/federation/) for details on deploying Ingress in a federated cluster.
## Future Work
* Various modes of HTTPS/TLS support (eg: SNI, re-encryption)

117
docs/user-guide/kubectl/kubectl.md
View File

@ -19,69 +19,70 @@ kubectl
### Options
```
--alsologtostderr[=false]: log to standard error as well as files
--as="": Username to impersonate for the operation.
--certificate-authority="": Path to a cert. file for the certificate authority.
--client-certificate="": Path to a client certificate file for TLS.
--client-key="": Path to a client key file for TLS.
--cluster="": The name of the kubeconfig cluster to use
--context="": The name of the kubeconfig context to use
--insecure-skip-tls-verify[=false]: If true, the server's certificate will not be checked for validity. This will make your HTTPS connections insecure.
--kubeconfig="": Path to the kubeconfig file to use for CLI requests.
--log-backtrace-at=:0: when logging hits line file:N, emit a stack trace
--log-dir="": If non-empty, write log files in this directory
--log-flush-frequency=5s: Maximum number of seconds between log flushes
--logtostderr[=true]: log to standard error instead of files
--match-server-version[=false]: Require server version to match client version
--namespace="": If present, the namespace scope for this CLI request.
--password="": Password for basic authentication to the API server.
-s, --server="": The address and port of the Kubernetes API server
--stderrthreshold=2: logs at or above this threshold go to stderr
--token="": Bearer token for authentication to the API server.
--user="": The name of the kubeconfig user to use
--username="": Username for basic authentication to the API server.
--v=0: log level for V logs
--vmodule=: comma-separated list of pattern=N settings for file-filtered logging
--alsologtostderr value log to standard error as well as files
--as string Username to impersonate for the operation
--certificate-authority string Path to a cert. file for the certificate authority
--client-certificate string Path to a client certificate file for TLS
--client-key string Path to a client key file for TLS
--cluster string The name of the kubeconfig cluster to use
--context string The name of the kubeconfig context to use
--insecure-skip-tls-verify If true, the server's certificate will not be checked for validity. This will make your HTTPS connections insecure
--kubeconfig string Path to the kubeconfig file to use for CLI requests.
--log-backtrace-at value when logging hits line file:N, emit a stack trace (default :0)
--log-dir value If non-empty, write log files in this directory
--logtostderr value log to standard error instead of files
--match-server-version Require server version to match client version
-n, --namespace string If present, the namespace scope for this CLI request
--password string Password for basic authentication to the API server
-s, --server string The address and port of the Kubernetes API server
--stderrthreshold value logs at or above this threshold go to stderr (default 2)
--token string Bearer token for authentication to the API server
--user string The name of the kubeconfig user to use
--username string Username for basic authentication to the API server
-v, --v value log level for V logs
--vmodule value comma-separated list of pattern=N settings for file-filtered logging
```
### SEE ALSO
* [kubectl annotate](../kubectl_annotate/) - Update the annotations on a resource
* [kubectl api-versions](../kubectl_api-versions/) - Print the supported API versions on the server, in the form of "group/version".
* [kubectl apply](../kubectl_apply/) - Apply a configuration to a resource by filename or stdin
* [kubectl attach](../kubectl_attach/) - Attach to a running container.
* [kubectl autoscale](../kubectl_autoscale/) - Auto-scale a Deployment, ReplicaSet, or ReplicationController
* [kubectl cluster-info](../kubectl_cluster-info/) - Display cluster info
* [kubectl completion](../kubectl_completion/) - Output shell completion code for the given shell (bash or zsh)
* [kubectl config](../kubectl_config/) - config modifies kubeconfig files
* [kubectl convert](../kubectl_convert/) - Convert config files between different API versions
* [kubectl cordon](../kubectl_cordon/) - Mark node as unschedulable
* [kubectl create](../kubectl_create/) - Create a resource by filename or stdin
* [kubectl delete](../kubectl_delete/) - Delete resources by filenames, stdin, resources and names, or by resources and label selector.
* [kubectl describe](../kubectl_describe/) - Show details of a specific resource or group of resources
* [kubectl drain](../kubectl_drain/) - Drain node in preparation for maintenance
* [kubectl edit](../kubectl_edit/) - Edit a resource on the server
* [kubectl exec](../kubectl_exec/) - Execute a command in a container.
* [kubectl explain](../kubectl_explain/) - Documentation of resources.
* [kubectl expose](../kubectl_expose/) - Take a replication controller, service, deployment or pod and expose it as a new Kubernetes Service
* [kubectl get](../kubectl_get/) - Display one or many resources
* [kubectl label](../kubectl_label/) - Update the labels on a resource
* [kubectl logs](../kubectl_logs/) - Print the logs for a container in a pod.
* [kubectl namespace](../kubectl_namespace/) - SUPERSEDED: Set and view the current Kubernetes namespace
* [kubectl patch](../kubectl_patch/) - Update field(s) of a resource using strategic merge patch.
* [kubectl port-forward](../kubectl_port-forward/) - Forward one or more local ports to a pod.
* [kubectl proxy](../kubectl_proxy/) - Run a proxy to the Kubernetes API server
* [kubectl replace](../kubectl_replace/) - Replace a resource by filename or stdin.
* [kubectl rolling-update](../kubectl_rolling-update/) - Perform a rolling update of the given ReplicationController.
* [kubectl rollout](../kubectl_rollout/) - rollout manages a deployment
* [kubectl run](../kubectl_run/) - Run a particular image on the cluster.
* [kubectl scale](../kubectl_scale/) - Set a new size for a Deployment, ReplicaSet, Replication Controller, or Job.
* [kubectl set](../kubectl_set/) - Set specific features on objects
* [kubectl taint](../kubectl_taint/) - Update the taints on one or more nodes
* [kubectl uncordon](../kubectl_uncordon/) - Mark node as schedulable
* [kubectl version](../kubectl_version/) - Print the client and server version information.
* [kubectl annotate](kubectl_annotate.md) - Update the annotations on a resource
* [kubectl api-versions](kubectl_api-versions.md) - Print the supported API versions on the server, in the form of "group/version"
* [kubectl apply](kubectl_apply.md) - Apply a configuration to a resource by filename or stdin
* [kubectl attach](kubectl_attach.md) - Attach to a running container
* [kubectl autoscale](kubectl_autoscale.md) - Auto-scale a Deployment, ReplicaSet, or ReplicationController
* [kubectl cluster-info](kubectl_cluster-info.md) - Display cluster info
* [kubectl completion](kubectl_completion.md) - Output shell completion code for the given shell (bash or zsh)
* [kubectl config](kubectl_config.md) - Modify kubeconfig files
* [kubectl convert](kubectl_convert.md) - Convert config files between different API versions
* [kubectl cordon](kubectl_cordon.md) - Mark node as unschedulable
* [kubectl create](kubectl_create.md) - Create a resource by filename or stdin
* [kubectl delete](kubectl_delete.md) - Delete resources by filenames, stdin, resources and names, or by resources and label selector
* [kubectl describe](kubectl_describe.md) - Show details of a specific resource or group of resources
* [kubectl drain](kubectl_drain.md) - Drain node in preparation for maintenance
* [kubectl edit](kubectl_edit.md) - Edit a resource on the server
* [kubectl exec](kubectl_exec.md) - Execute a command in a container
* [kubectl explain](kubectl_explain.md) - Documentation of resources
* [kubectl expose](kubectl_expose.md) - Take a replication controller, service, deployment or pod and expose it as a new Kubernetes Service
* [kubectl get](kubectl_get.md) - Display one or many resources
* [kubectl label](kubectl_label.md) - Update the labels on a resource
* [kubectl logs](kubectl_logs.md) - Print the logs for a container in a pod
* [kubectl namespace](kubectl_namespace.md) - Deprecated: config set-context
* [kubectl options](kubectl_options.md) -
* [kubectl patch](kubectl_patch.md) - Update field(s) of a resource using strategic merge patch
* [kubectl port-forward](kubectl_port-forward.md) - Forward one or more local ports to a pod
* [kubectl proxy](kubectl_proxy.md) - Run a proxy to the Kubernetes API server
* [kubectl replace](kubectl_replace.md) - Replace a resource by filename or stdin
* [kubectl rolling-update](kubectl_rolling-update.md) - Perform a rolling update of the given ReplicationController
* [kubectl rollout](kubectl_rollout.md) - Manage a deployment rollout
* [kubectl run](kubectl_run.md) - Run a particular image on the cluster
* [kubectl scale](kubectl_scale.md) - Set a new size for a Deployment, ReplicaSet, Replication Controller, or Job
* [kubectl set](kubectl_set.md) - Set specific features on objects
* [kubectl taint](kubectl_taint.md) - Update the taints on one or more nodes
* [kubectl top](kubectl_top.md) - Display Resource (CPU/Memory/Storage) usage
* [kubectl uncordon](kubectl_uncordon.md) - Mark node as schedulable
* [kubectl version](kubectl_version.md) - Print the client and server version information
###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 12-Aug-2016
###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 2-Sep-2016

80
docs/user-guide/kubectl/kubectl_annotate.md
View File

@ -8,6 +8,7 @@ Update the annotations on a resource
### Synopsis
Update the annotations on one or more resources.
An annotation is a key/value pair that can hold larger (compared to a label), and possibly not human-readable, data.
@ -21,7 +22,6 @@ Possible resources include (case insensitive):
limitrange (limits), persistentvolume (pv), persistentvolumeclaim (pvc),
horizontalpodautoscaler (hpa), resourcequota (quota), secret
```
kubectl annotate [--overwrite] (-f FILENAME | TYPE NAME) KEY_1=VAL_1 ... KEY_N=VAL_N [--resource-version=version]
```
@ -29,6 +29,7 @@ kubectl annotate [--overwrite] (-f FILENAME | TYPE NAME) KEY_1=VAL_1 ... KEY_N=V
### Examples
```
# Update pod 'foo' with the annotation 'description' and the value 'my frontend'.
# If the same annotation is set multiple times, only the last value will be applied
kubectl annotate pods foo description='my frontend'
@ -53,56 +54,55 @@ kubectl annotate pods foo description-
### Options
```
--all[=false]: select all resources in the namespace of the specified resource types
-f, --filename=[]: Filename, directory, or URL to a file identifying the resource to update the annotation
--include-extended-apis[=true]: If true, include definitions of new APIs via calls to the API server. [default true]
--no-headers[=false]: When using the default output, don't print headers.
-o, --output="": Output format. One of: json|yaml|wide|name|go-template=...|go-template-file=...|jsonpath=...|jsonpath-file=... See golang template [http://golang.org/pkg/text/template/#pkg-overview] and jsonpath template [http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.3/docs/user-guide/jsonpath.md].
--output-version="": Output the formatted object with the given group version (for ex: 'extensions/v1beta1').
--overwrite[=false]: If true, allow annotations to be overwritten, otherwise reject annotation updates that overwrite existing annotations.
--record[=false]: Record current kubectl command in the resource annotation.
-R, --recursive[=false]: Process the directory used in -f, --filename recursively. Useful when you want to manage related manifests organized within the same directory.
--resource-version="": If non-empty, the annotation update will only succeed if this is the current resource-version for the object. Only valid when specifying a single resource.
-l, --selector="": Selector (label query) to filter on
-a, --show-all[=false]: When printing, show all resources (default hide terminated pods.)
--show-labels[=false]: When printing, show all labels as the last column (default hide labels column)
--sort-by="": If non-empty, sort list types using this field specification. The field specification is expressed as a JSONPath expression (e.g. '{.metadata.name}'). The field in the API resource specified by this JSONPath expression must be an integer or a string.
--template="": Template string or path to template file to use when -o=go-template, -o=go-template-file. The template format is golang templates [http://golang.org/pkg/text/template/#pkg-overview].
--all select all resources in the namespace of the specified resource types
-f, --filename value Filename, directory, or URL to a file identifying the resource to update the annotation (default [])
--include-extended-apis If true, include definitions of new APIs via calls to the API server. [default true] (default true)
--no-headers When using the default or custom-column output format, don't print headers.
-o, --output string Output format. One of: json|yaml|wide|name|custom-columns=...|custom-columns-file=...|go-template=...|go-template-file=...|jsonpath=...|jsonpath-file=... See custom columns [http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/kubectl-overview/#custom-columns], golang template [http://golang.org/pkg/text/template/#pkg-overview] and jsonpath template [http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/jsonpath].
--output-version string Output the formatted object with the given group version (for ex: 'extensions/v1beta1').
--overwrite If true, allow annotations to be overwritten, otherwise reject annotation updates that overwrite existing annotations.
--record Record current kubectl command in the resource annotation. If set to false, do not record the command. If set to true, record the command. If not set, default to updating the existing annotation value only if one already exists.
-R, --recursive Process the directory used in -f, --filename recursively. Useful when you want to manage related manifests organized within the same directory.
--resource-version string If non-empty, the annotation update will only succeed if this is the current resource-version for the object. Only valid when specifying a single resource.
-l, --selector string Selector (label query) to filter on
-a, --show-all When printing, show all resources (default hide terminated pods.)
--show-labels When printing, show all labels as the last column (default hide labels column)
--sort-by string If non-empty, sort list types using this field specification. The field specification is expressed as a JSONPath expression (e.g. '{.metadata.name}'). The field in the API resource specified by this JSONPath expression must be an integer or a string.
--template string Template string or path to template file to use when -o=go-template, -o=go-template-file. The template format is golang templates [http://golang.org/pkg/text/template/#pkg-overview].
```
### Options inherited from parent commands
```
--alsologtostderr[=false]: log to standard error as well as files
--as="": Username to impersonate for the operation.
--certificate-authority="": Path to a cert. file for the certificate authority.
--client-certificate="": Path to a client certificate file for TLS.
--client-key="": Path to a client key file for TLS.
--cluster="": The name of the kubeconfig cluster to use
--context="": The name of the kubeconfig context to use
--insecure-skip-tls-verify[=false]: If true, the server's certificate will not be checked for validity. This will make your HTTPS connections insecure.
--kubeconfig="": Path to the kubeconfig file to use for CLI requests.
--log-backtrace-at=:0: when logging hits line file:N, emit a stack trace
--log-dir="": If non-empty, write log files in this directory
--log-flush-frequency=5s: Maximum number of seconds between log flushes
--logtostderr[=true]: log to standard error instead of files
--match-server-version[=false]: Require server version to match client version
--namespace="": If present, the namespace scope for this CLI request.
--password="": Password for basic authentication to the API server.
-s, --server="": The address and port of the Kubernetes API server
--stderrthreshold=2: logs at or above this threshold go to stderr
--token="": Bearer token for authentication to the API server.
--user="": The name of the kubeconfig user to use
--username="": Username for basic authentication to the API server.
--v=0: log level for V logs
--vmodule=: comma-separated list of pattern=N settings for file-filtered logging
--alsologtostderr value log to standard error as well as files
--as string Username to impersonate for the operation
--certificate-authority string Path to a cert. file for the certificate authority
--client-certificate string Path to a client certificate file for TLS
--client-key string Path to a client key file for TLS
--cluster string The name of the kubeconfig cluster to use
--context string The name of the kubeconfig context to use
--insecure-skip-tls-verify If true, the server's certificate will not be checked for validity. This will make your HTTPS connections insecure
--kubeconfig string Path to the kubeconfig file to use for CLI requests.
--log-backtrace-at value when logging hits line file:N, emit a stack trace (default :0)
--log-dir value If non-empty, write log files in this directory
--logtostderr value log to standard error instead of files
--match-server-version Require server version to match client version
-n, --namespace string If present, the namespace scope for this CLI request
--password string Password for basic authentication to the API server
-s, --server string The address and port of the Kubernetes API server
--stderrthreshold value logs at or above this threshold go to stderr (default 2)
--token string Bearer token for authentication to the API server
--user string The name of the kubeconfig user to use
--username string Username for basic authentication to the API server
-v, --v value log level for V logs
--vmodule value comma-separated list of pattern=N settings for file-filtered logging
```
### SEE ALSO
* [kubectl](kubectl.md) - kubectl controls the Kubernetes cluster manager
###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 12-Aug-2016
###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 2-Sep-2016

51
docs/user-guide/kubectl/kubectl_api-versions.md
View File

@ -3,12 +3,12 @@
## kubectl api-versions
Print the supported API versions on the server, in the form of "group/version".
Print the supported API versions on the server, in the form of "group/version"
### Synopsis
Print the supported API versions on the server, in the form of "group/version".
Print the supported API versions on the server, in the form of "group/version"
```
kubectl api-versions
@ -17,36 +17,35 @@ kubectl api-versions
### Options inherited from parent commands
```
--alsologtostderr[=false]: log to standard error as well as files
--as="": Username to impersonate for the operation.
--certificate-authority="": Path to a cert. file for the certificate authority.
--client-certificate="": Path to a client certificate file for TLS.
--client-key="": Path to a client key file for TLS.
--cluster="": The name of the kubeconfig cluster to use
--context="": The name of the kubeconfig context to use
--insecure-skip-tls-verify[=false]: If true, the server's certificate will not be checked for validity. This will make your HTTPS connections insecure.
--kubeconfig="": Path to the kubeconfig file to use for CLI requests.
--log-backtrace-at=:0: when logging hits line file:N, emit a stack trace
--log-dir="": If non-empty, write log files in this directory
--log-flush-frequency=5s: Maximum number of seconds between log flushes
--logtostderr[=true]: log to standard error instead of files
--match-server-version[=false]: Require server version to match client version
--namespace="": If present, the namespace scope for this CLI request.
--password="": Password for basic authentication to the API server.
-s, --server="": The address and port of the Kubernetes API server
--stderrthreshold=2: logs at or above this threshold go to stderr
--token="": Bearer token for authentication to the API server.
--user="": The name of the kubeconfig user to use
--username="": Username for basic authentication to the API server.
--v=0: log level for V logs
--vmodule=: comma-separated list of pattern=N settings for file-filtered logging
--alsologtostderr value log to standard error as well as files
--as string Username to impersonate for the operation
--certificate-authority string Path to a cert. file for the certificate authority
--client-certificate string Path to a client certificate file for TLS
--client-key string Path to a client key file for TLS
--cluster string The name of the kubeconfig cluster to use
--context string The name of the kubeconfig context to use
--insecure-skip-tls-verify If true, the server's certificate will not be checked for validity. This will make your HTTPS connections insecure
--kubeconfig string Path to the kubeconfig file to use for CLI requests.
--log-backtrace-at value when logging hits line file:N, emit a stack trace (default :0)
--log-dir value If non-empty, write log files in this directory
--logtostderr value log to standard error instead of files
--match-server-version Require server version to match client version
-n, --namespace string If present, the namespace scope for this CLI request
--password string Password for basic authentication to the API server
-s, --server string The address and port of the Kubernetes API server
--stderrthreshold value logs at or above this threshold go to stderr (default 2)
--token string Bearer token for authentication to the API server
--user string The name of the kubeconfig user to use
--username string Username for basic authentication to the API server
-v, --v value log level for V logs
--vmodule value comma-separated list of pattern=N settings for file-filtered logging
```
### SEE ALSO
* [kubectl](kubectl.md) - kubectl controls the Kubernetes cluster manager
###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 12-Aug-2016
###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 2-Sep-2016

66
docs/user-guide/kubectl/kubectl_apply.md
View File

@ -8,8 +8,9 @@ Apply a configuration to a resource by filename or stdin
### Synopsis
Apply a configuration to a resource by filename or stdin.
The resource will be created if it doesn't exist yet.
This resource will be created if it doesn't exist yet.
To use 'apply', always create the resource initially with either 'apply' or 'create --save-config'.
JSON and YAML formats are accepted.
@ -21,6 +22,7 @@ kubectl apply -f FILENAME
### Examples
```
# Apply the configuration in pod.json to a pod.
kubectl apply -f ./pod.json
@ -31,48 +33,48 @@ cat pod.json | kubectl apply -f -
### Options
```
-f, --filename=[]: Filename, directory, or URL to file that contains the configuration to apply
--include-extended-apis[=true]: If true, include definitions of new APIs via calls to the API server. [default true]
-o, --output="": Output mode. Use "-o name" for shorter output (resource/name).
--record[=false]: Record current kubectl command in the resource annotation.
-R, --recursive[=false]: Process the directory used in -f, --filename recursively. Useful when you want to manage related manifests organized within the same directory.
--schema-cache-dir="~/.kube/schema": If non-empty, load/store cached API schemas in this directory, default is '$HOME/.kube/schema'
--validate[=true]: If true, use a schema to validate the input before sending it
-f, --filename value Filename, directory, or URL to file that contains the configuration to apply (default [])
--include-extended-apis If true, include definitions of new APIs via calls to the API server. [default true] (default true)
-o, --output string Output mode. Use "-o name" for shorter output (resource/name).
--overwrite Automatically resolve conflicts between the modified and live configuration by using values from the modified configuration (default true)
--record Record current kubectl command in the resource annotation. If set to false, do not record the command. If set to true, record the command. If not set, default to updating the existing annotation value only if one already exists.
-R, --recursive Process the directory used in -f, --filename recursively. Useful when you want to manage related manifests organized within the same directory.
--schema-cache-dir string If non-empty, load/store cached API schemas in this directory, default is '$HOME/.kube/schema' (default "~/.kube/schema")
--validate If true, use a schema to validate the input before sending it (default true)
```
### Options inherited from parent commands
```
--alsologtostderr[=false]: log to standard error as well as files
--as="": Username to impersonate for the operation.
--certificate-authority="": Path to a cert. file for the certificate authority.
--client-certificate="": Path to a client certificate file for TLS.
--client-key="": Path to a client key file for TLS.
--cluster="": The name of the kubeconfig cluster to use
--context="": The name of the kubeconfig context to use
--insecure-skip-tls-verify[=false]: If true, the server's certificate will not be checked for validity. This will make your HTTPS connections insecure.
--kubeconfig="": Path to the kubeconfig file to use for CLI requests.
--log-backtrace-at=:0: when logging hits line file:N, emit a stack trace
--log-dir="": If non-empty, write log files in this directory
--log-flush-frequency=5s: Maximum number of seconds between log flushes
--logtostderr[=true]: log to standard error instead of files
--match-server-version[=false]: Require server version to match client version
--namespace="": If present, the namespace scope for this CLI request.
--password="": Password for basic authentication to the API server.
-s, --server="": The address and port of the Kubernetes API server
--stderrthreshold=2: logs at or above this threshold go to stderr
--token="": Bearer token for authentication to the API server.
--user="": The name of the kubeconfig user to use
--username="": Username for basic authentication to the API server.
--v=0: log level for V logs
--vmodule=: comma-separated list of pattern=N settings for file-filtered logging
--alsologtostderr value log to standard error as well as files
--as string Username to impersonate for the operation
--certificate-authority string Path to a cert. file for the certificate authority
--client-certificate string Path to a client certificate file for TLS
--client-key string Path to a client key file for TLS
--cluster string The name of the kubeconfig cluster to use
--context string The name of the kubeconfig context to use
--insecure-skip-tls-verify If true, the server's certificate will not be checked for validity. This will make your HTTPS connections insecure
--kubeconfig string Path to the kubeconfig file to use for CLI requests.
--log-backtrace-at value when logging hits line file:N, emit a stack trace (default :0)
--log-dir value If non-empty, write log files in this directory
--logtostderr value log to standard error instead of files
--match-server-version Require server version to match client version
-n, --namespace string If present, the namespace scope for this CLI request
--password string Password for basic authentication to the API server
-s, --server string The address and port of the Kubernetes API server
--stderrthreshold value logs at or above this threshold go to stderr (default 2)
--token string Bearer token for authentication to the API server
--user string The name of the kubeconfig user to use
--username string Username for basic authentication to the API server
-v, --v value log level for V logs
--vmodule value comma-separated list of pattern=N settings for file-filtered logging
```
### SEE ALSO
* [kubectl](kubectl.md) - kubectl controls the Kubernetes cluster manager
###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 12-Aug-2016
###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 2-Sep-2016

56
docs/user-guide/kubectl/kubectl_attach.md
View File

@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
## kubectl attach
Attach to a running container.
Attach to a running container
### Synopsis
@ -17,6 +17,7 @@ kubectl attach POD -c CONTAINER
### Examples
```
# Get output from running pod 123456-7890, using the first container by default
kubectl attach 123456-7890
@ -31,44 +32,43 @@ kubectl attach 123456-7890 -c ruby-container -i -t
### Options
```
-c, --container="": Container name. If omitted, the first container in the pod will be chosen
-i, --stdin[=false]: Pass stdin to the container
-t, --tty[=false]: Stdin is a TTY
-c, --container string Container name. If omitted, the first container in the pod will be chosen
-i, --stdin Pass stdin to the container
-t, --tty Stdin is a TTY
```
### Options inherited from parent commands
```
--alsologtostderr[=false]: log to standard error as well as files
--as="": Username to impersonate for the operation.
--certificate-authority="": Path to a cert. file for the certificate authority.
--client-certificate="": Path to a client certificate file for TLS.
--client-key="": Path to a client key file for TLS.
--cluster="": The name of the kubeconfig cluster to use
--context="": The name of the kubeconfig context to use
--insecure-skip-tls-verify[=false]: If true, the server's certificate will not be checked for validity. This will make your HTTPS connections insecure.
--kubeconfig="": Path to the kubeconfig file to use for CLI requests.
--log-backtrace-at=:0: when logging hits line file:N, emit a stack trace
--log-dir="": If non-empty, write log files in this directory
--log-flush-frequency=5s: Maximum number of seconds between log flushes
--logtostderr[=true]: log to standard error instead of files
--match-server-version[=false]: Require server version to match client version
--namespace="": If present, the namespace scope for this CLI request.
--password="": Password for basic authentication to the API server.
-s, --server="": The address and port of the Kubernetes API server
--stderrthreshold=2: logs at or above this threshold go to stderr
--token="": Bearer token for authentication to the API server.
--user="": The name of the kubeconfig user to use
--username="": Username for basic authentication to the API server.
--v=0: log level for V logs
--vmodule=: comma-separated list of pattern=N settings for file-filtered logging
--alsologtostderr value log to standard error as well as files
--as string Username to impersonate for the operation
--certificate-authority string Path to a cert. file for the certificate authority
--client-certificate string Path to a client certificate file for TLS
--client-key string Path to a client key file for TLS
--cluster string The name of the kubeconfig cluster to use
--context string The name of the kubeconfig context to use
--insecure-skip-tls-verify If true, the server's certificate will not be checked for validity. This will make your HTTPS connections insecure
--kubeconfig string Path to the kubeconfig file to use for CLI requests.
--log-backtrace-at value when logging hits line file:N, emit a stack trace (default :0)
--log-dir value If non-empty, write log files in this directory
--logtostderr value log to standard error instead of files
--match-server-version Require server version to match client version
-n, --namespace string If present, the namespace scope for this CLI request
--password string Password for basic authentication to the API server
-s, --server string The address and port of the Kubernetes API server
--stderrthreshold value logs at or above this threshold go to stderr (default 2)
--token string Bearer token for authentication to the API server
--user string The name of the kubeconfig user to use
--username string Username for basic authentication to the API server
-v, --v value log level for V logs
--vmodule value comma-separated list of pattern=N settings for file-filtered logging
```
### SEE ALSO
* [kubectl](kubectl.md) - kubectl controls the Kubernetes cluster manager
###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 12-Aug-2016
###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 2-Sep-2016

86
docs/user-guide/kubectl/kubectl_autoscale.md
View File

@ -8,6 +8,7 @@ Auto-scale a Deployment, ReplicaSet, or ReplicationController
### Synopsis
Creates an autoscaler that automatically chooses and sets the number of pods that run in a kubernetes cluster.
Looks up a Deployment, ReplicaSet, or ReplicationController by name and creates an autoscaler that uses the given resource as a reference.
@ -20,7 +21,7 @@ kubectl autoscale (-f FILENAME | TYPE NAME | TYPE/NAME) [--min=MINPODS] --max=MA
### Examples
```
# Auto scale a deployment "foo", with the number of pods between 2 and 10, no target CPU utilization specfied so a default autoscaling policy will be used:
# Auto scale a deployment "foo", with the number of pods between 2 and 10, target CPU utilization specified so a default autoscaling policy will be used:
kubectl autoscale deployment foo --min=2 --max=10
# Auto scale a replication controller "foo", with the number of pods between 1 and 5, target CPU utilization at 80%:
@ -30,59 +31,58 @@ kubectl autoscale rc foo --max=5 --cpu-percent=80
### Options
```
--cpu-percent=-1: The target average CPU utilization (represented as a percent of requested CPU) over all the pods. If it's not specified or negative, a default autoscaling policy will be used.
--dry-run[=false]: If true, only print the object that would be sent, without sending it.
-f, --filename=[]: Filename, directory, or URL to a file identifying the resource to autoscale.
--generator="horizontalpodautoscaler/v1": The name of the API generator to use. Currently there is only 1 generator.
--include-extended-apis[=true]: If true, include definitions of new APIs via calls to the API server. [default true]
--max=-1: The upper limit for the number of pods that can be set by the autoscaler. Required.
--min=-1: The lower limit for the number of pods that can be set by the autoscaler. If it's not specified or negative, the server will apply a default value.
--name="": The name for the newly created object. If not specified, the name of the input resource will be used.
--no-headers[=false]: When using the default output, don't print headers.
-o, --output="": Output format. One of: json|yaml|wide|name|go-template=...|go-template-file=...|jsonpath=...|jsonpath-file=... See golang template [http://golang.org/pkg/text/template/#pkg-overview] and jsonpath template [http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.3/docs/user-guide/jsonpath.md].
--output-version="": Output the formatted object with the given group version (for ex: 'extensions/v1beta1').
--record[=false]: Record current kubectl command in the resource annotation.
-R, --recursive[=false]: Process the directory used in -f, --filename recursively. Useful when you want to manage related manifests organized within the same directory.
--save-config[=false]: If true, the configuration of current object will be saved in its annotation. This is useful when you want to perform kubectl apply on this object in the future.
-a, --show-all[=false]: When printing, show all resources (default hide terminated pods.)
--show-labels[=false]: When printing, show all labels as the last column (default hide labels column)
--sort-by="": If non-empty, sort list types using this field specification. The field specification is expressed as a JSONPath expression (e.g. '{.metadata.name}'). The field in the API resource specified by this JSONPath expression must be an integer or a string.
--template="": Template string or path to template file to use when -o=go-template, -o=go-template-file. The template format is golang templates [http://golang.org/pkg/text/template/#pkg-overview].
--cpu-percent int The target average CPU utilization (represented as a percent of requested CPU) over all the pods. If it's not specified or negative, a default autoscaling policy will be used. (default -1)
--dry-run If true, only print the object that would be sent, without sending it.
-f, --filename value Filename, directory, or URL to a file identifying the resource to autoscale. (default [])
--generator string The name of the API generator to use. Currently there is only 1 generator. (default "horizontalpodautoscaler/v1")
--include-extended-apis If true, include definitions of new APIs via calls to the API server. [default true] (default true)
--max int The upper limit for the number of pods that can be set by the autoscaler. Required. (default -1)
--min int The lower limit for the number of pods that can be set by the autoscaler. If it's not specified or negative, the server will apply a default value. (default -1)
--name string The name for the newly created object. If not specified, the name of the input resource will be used.
--no-headers When using the default or custom-column output format, don't print headers.
-o, --output string Output format. One of: json|yaml|wide|name|custom-columns=...|custom-columns-file=...|go-template=...|go-template-file=...|jsonpath=...|jsonpath-file=... See custom columns [http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/kubectl-overview/#custom-columns], golang template [http://golang.org/pkg/text/template/#pkg-overview] and jsonpath template [http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/jsonpath].
--output-version string Output the formatted object with the given group version (for ex: 'extensions/v1beta1').
--record Record current kubectl command in the resource annotation. If set to false, do not record the command. If set to true, record the command. If not set, default to updating the existing annotation value only if one already exists.
-R, --recursive Process the directory used in -f, --filename recursively. Useful when you want to manage related manifests organized within the same directory.
--save-config If true, the configuration of current object will be saved in its annotation. This is useful when you want to perform kubectl apply on this object in the future.
-a, --show-all When printing, show all resources (default hide terminated pods.)
--show-labels When printing, show all labels as the last column (default hide labels column)
--sort-by string If non-empty, sort list types using this field specification. The field specification is expressed as a JSONPath expression (e.g. '{.metadata.name}'). The field in the API resource specified by this JSONPath expression must be an integer or a string.
--template string Template string or path to template file to use when -o=go-template, -o=go-template-file. The template format is golang templates [http://golang.org/pkg/text/template/#pkg-overview].
```
### Options inherited from parent commands
```
--alsologtostderr[=false]: log to standard error as well as files
--as="": Username to impersonate for the operation.
--certificate-authority="": Path to a cert. file for the certificate authority.
--client-certificate="": Path to a client certificate file for TLS.
--client-key="": Path to a client key file for TLS.
--cluster="": The name of the kubeconfig cluster to use
--context="": The name of the kubeconfig context to use
--insecure-skip-tls-verify[=false]: If true, the server's certificate will not be checked for validity. This will make your HTTPS connections insecure.
--kubeconfig="": Path to the kubeconfig file to use for CLI requests.
--log-backtrace-at=:0: when logging hits line file:N, emit a stack trace
--log-dir="": If non-empty, write log files in this directory
--log-flush-frequency=5s: Maximum number of seconds between log flushes
--logtostderr[=true]: log to standard error instead of files
--match-server-version[=false]: Require server version to match client version
--namespace="": If present, the namespace scope for this CLI request.
--password="": Password for basic authentication to the API server.
-s, --server="": The address and port of the Kubernetes API server
--stderrthreshold=2: logs at or above this threshold go to stderr
--token="": Bearer token for authentication to the API server.
--user="": The name of the kubeconfig user to use
--username="": Username for basic authentication to the API server.
--v=0: log level for V logs
--vmodule=: comma-separated list of pattern=N settings for file-filtered logging
--alsologtostderr value log to standard error as well as files
--as string Username to impersonate for the operation
--certificate-authority string Path to a cert. file for the certificate authority
--client-certificate string Path to a client certificate file for TLS
--client-key string Path to a client key file for TLS
--cluster string The name of the kubeconfig cluster to use
--context string The name of the kubeconfig context to use
--insecure-skip-tls-verify If true, the server's certificate will not be checked for validity. This will make your HTTPS connections insecure
--kubeconfig string Path to the kubeconfig file to use for CLI requests.
--log-backtrace-at value when logging hits line file:N, emit a stack trace (default :0)
--log-dir value If non-empty, write log files in this directory
--logtostderr value log to standard error instead of files
--match-server-version Require server version to match client version
-n, --namespace string If present, the namespace scope for this CLI request
--password string Password for basic authentication to the API server
-s, --server string The address and port of the Kubernetes API server
--stderrthreshold value logs at or above this threshold go to stderr (default 2)
--token string Bearer token for authentication to the API server
--user string The name of the kubeconfig user to use
--username string Username for basic authentication to the API server
-v, --v value log level for V logs
--vmodule value comma-separated list of pattern=N settings for file-filtered logging
```
### SEE ALSO
* [kubectl](kubectl.md) - kubectl controls the Kubernetes cluster manager
###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 12-Aug-2016
###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 2-Sep-2016

51
docs/user-guide/kubectl/kubectl_cluster-info.md
View File

@ -18,43 +18,42 @@ kubectl cluster-info
### Options
```
--include-extended-apis[=true]: If true, include definitions of new APIs via calls to the API server. [default true]
--include-extended-apis If true, include definitions of new APIs via calls to the API server. [default true] (default true)
```
### Options inherited from parent commands
```
--alsologtostderr[=false]: log to standard error as well as files
--as="": Username to impersonate for the operation.
--certificate-authority="": Path to a cert. file for the certificate authority.
--client-certificate="": Path to a client certificate file for TLS.
--client-key="": Path to a client key file for TLS.
--cluster="": The name of the kubeconfig cluster to use
--context="": The name of the kubeconfig context to use
--insecure-skip-tls-verify[=false]: If true, the server's certificate will not be checked for validity. This will make your HTTPS connections insecure.
--kubeconfig="": Path to the kubeconfig file to use for CLI requests.
--log-backtrace-at=:0: when logging hits line file:N, emit a stack trace
--log-dir="": If non-empty, write log files in this directory
--log-flush-frequency=5s: Maximum number of seconds between log flushes
--logtostderr[=true]: log to standard error instead of files
--match-server-version[=false]: Require server version to match client version
--namespace="": If present, the namespace scope for this CLI request.
--password="": Password for basic authentication to the API server.
-s, --server="": The address and port of the Kubernetes API server
--stderrthreshold=2: logs at or above this threshold go to stderr
--token="": Bearer token for authentication to the API server.
--user="": The name of the kubeconfig user to use
--username="": Username for basic authentication to the API server.
--v=0: log level for V logs
--vmodule=: comma-separated list of pattern=N settings for file-filtered logging
--alsologtostderr value log to standard error as well as files
--as string Username to impersonate for the operation
--certificate-authority string Path to a cert. file for the certificate authority
--client-certificate string Path to a client certificate file for TLS
--client-key string Path to a client key file for TLS
--cluster string The name of the kubeconfig cluster to use
--context string The name of the kubeconfig context to use
--insecure-skip-tls-verify If true, the server's certificate will not be checked for validity. This will make your HTTPS connections insecure
--kubeconfig string Path to the kubeconfig file to use for CLI requests.
--log-backtrace-at value when logging hits line file:N, emit a stack trace (default :0)
--log-dir value If non-empty, write log files in this directory
--logtostderr value log to standard error instead of files
--match-server-version Require server version to match client version
-n, --namespace string If present, the namespace scope for this CLI request
--password string Password for basic authentication to the API server
-s, --server string The address and port of the Kubernetes API server
--stderrthreshold value logs at or above this threshold go to stderr (default 2)
--token string Bearer token for authentication to the API server
--user string The name of the kubeconfig user to use
--username string Username for basic authentication to the API server
-v, --v value log level for V logs
--vmodule value comma-separated list of pattern=N settings for file-filtered logging
```
### SEE ALSO
* [kubectl](kubectl.md) - kubectl controls the Kubernetes cluster manager
* [kubectl cluster-info dump](kubectl_cluster-info_dump.md) - Dump lots of relevant info for debugging and diagnosis.
* [kubectl cluster-info dump](kubectl_cluster-info_dump.md) - Dump lots of relevant info for debugging and diagnosis
###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 12-Aug-2016
###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 2-Sep-2016

61
docs/user-guide/kubectl/kubectl_cluster-info_dump.md
View File

@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
## kubectl cluster-info dump
Dump lots of relevant info for debugging and diagnosis.
Dump lots of relevant info for debugging and diagnosis
### Synopsis
@ -27,13 +27,13 @@ kubectl cluster-info dump
```
# Dump current cluster state to stdout
kubectl cluster-info dump
# Dump current cluster state to /path/to/cluster-state
kubectl cluster-info dump --output-directory=/path/to/cluster-state
# Dump all namespaces to stdout
kubectl cluster-info dump --all-namespaces
# Dump a set of namespaces to /path/to/cluster-state
kubectl cluster-info dump --namespaces default,kube-system --output-directory=/path/to/cluster-state
```
@ -41,44 +41,43 @@ kubectl cluster-info dump --namespaces default,kube-system --output-directory=/p
### Options
```
--all-namespaces[=false]: If true, dump all namespaces. If true, --namespaces is ignored.
--namespaces=[]: A comma separated list of namespaces to dump.
--output-directory="": Where to output the files. If empty or '-' uses stdout, otherwise creates a directory hierarchy in that directory
--all-namespaces If true, dump all namespaces. If true, --namespaces is ignored.
--namespaces value A comma separated list of namespaces to dump. (default [])
--output-directory string Where to output the files. If empty or '-' uses stdout, otherwise creates a directory hierarchy in that directory
```
### Options inherited from parent commands
```
--alsologtostderr[=false]: log to standard error as well as files
--as="": Username to impersonate for the operation.
--certificate-authority="": Path to a cert. file for the certificate authority.
--client-certificate="": Path to a client certificate file for TLS.
--client-key="": Path to a client key file for TLS.
--cluster="": The name of the kubeconfig cluster to use
--context="": The name of the kubeconfig context to use
--insecure-skip-tls-verify[=false]: If true, the server's certificate will not be checked for validity. This will make your HTTPS connections insecure.
--kubeconfig="": Path to the kubeconfig file to use for CLI requests.
--log-backtrace-at=:0: when logging hits line file:N, emit a stack trace
--log-dir="": If non-empty, write log files in this directory
--log-flush-frequency=5s: Maximum number of seconds between log flushes
--logtostderr[=true]: log to standard error instead of files
--match-server-version[=false]: Require server version to match client version
--namespace="": If present, the namespace scope for this CLI request.
--password="": Password for basic authentication to the API server.
-s, --server="": The address and port of the Kubernetes API server
--stderrthreshold=2: logs at or above this threshold go to stderr
--token="": Bearer token for authentication to the API server.
--user="": The name of the kubeconfig user to use
--username="": Username for basic authentication to the API server.
--v=0: log level for V logs
--vmodule=: comma-separated list of pattern=N settings for file-filtered logging
--alsologtostderr value log to standard error as well as files
--as string Username to impersonate for the operation
--certificate-authority string Path to a cert. file for the certificate authority
--client-certificate string Path to a client certificate file for TLS
--client-key string Path to a client key file for TLS
--cluster string The name of the kubeconfig cluster to use
--context string The name of the kubeconfig context to use
--insecure-skip-tls-verify If true, the server's certificate will not be checked for validity. This will make your HTTPS connections insecure
--kubeconfig string Path to the kubeconfig file to use for CLI requests.
--log-backtrace-at value when logging hits line file:N, emit a stack trace (default :0)
--log-dir value If non-empty, write log files in this directory
--logtostderr value log to standard error instead of files
--match-server-version Require server version to match client version
-n, --namespace string If present, the namespace scope for this CLI request
--password string Password for basic authentication to the API server
-s, --server string The address and port of the Kubernetes API server
--stderrthreshold value logs at or above this threshold go to stderr (default 2)
--token string Bearer token for authentication to the API server
--user string The name of the kubeconfig user to use
--username string Username for basic authentication to the API server
-v, --v value log level for V logs
--vmodule value comma-separated list of pattern=N settings for file-filtered logging
```
### SEE ALSO
* [kubectl cluster-info](kubectl_cluster-info.md) - Display cluster info
###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 12-Aug-2016
###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 2-Sep-2016

55
docs/user-guide/kubectl/kubectl_completion.md
View File

@ -24,52 +24,53 @@ kubectl completion SHELL
$ source <(kubectl completion bash)
will load the kubectl completion code for bash. Note that this depends on the bash-completion
framework. It must be sourced before sourcing the kubectl completion, i.e. on the Mac:
will load the kubectl completion code for bash. Note that this depends on the
bash-completion framework. It must be sourced before sourcing the kubectl
completion, e.g. on the Mac:
$ brew install bash-completion
$ source $(brew --prefix)/etc/bash_completion
$ source <(kubectl completion bash)
If you use zsh, the following will load kubectl zsh completion:
If you use zsh*, the following will load kubectl zsh completion:
$ source <(kubectl completion zsh)
* zsh completions are only supported in versions of zsh >= 5.2
```
### Options inherited from parent commands
```
--alsologtostderr[=false]: log to standard error as well as files
--as="": Username to impersonate for the operation.
--certificate-authority="": Path to a cert. file for the certificate authority.
--client-certificate="": Path to a client certificate file for TLS.
--client-key="": Path to a client key file for TLS.
--cluster="": The name of the kubeconfig cluster to use
--context="": The name of the kubeconfig context to use
--insecure-skip-tls-verify[=false]: If true, the server's certificate will not be checked for validity. This will make your HTTPS connections insecure.
--kubeconfig="": Path to the kubeconfig file to use for CLI requests.
--log-backtrace-at=:0: when logging hits line file:N, emit a stack trace
--log-dir="": If non-empty, write log files in this directory
--log-flush-frequency=5s: Maximum number of seconds between log flushes
--logtostderr[=true]: log to standard error instead of files
--match-server-version[=false]: Require server version to match client version
--namespace="": If present, the namespace scope for this CLI request.
--password="": Password for basic authentication to the API server.
-s, --server="": The address and port of the Kubernetes API server
--stderrthreshold=2: logs at or above this threshold go to stderr
--token="": Bearer token for authentication to the API server.
--user="": The name of the kubeconfig user to use
--username="": Username for basic authentication to the API server.
--v=0: log level for V logs
--vmodule=: comma-separated list of pattern=N settings for file-filtered logging
--alsologtostderr value log to standard error as well as files
--as string Username to impersonate for the operation
--certificate-authority string Path to a cert. file for the certificate authority
--client-certificate string Path to a client certificate file for TLS
--client-key string Path to a client key file for TLS
--cluster string The name of the kubeconfig cluster to use
--context string The name of the kubeconfig context to use
--insecure-skip-tls-verify If true, the server's certificate will not be checked for validity. This will make your HTTPS connections insecure
--kubeconfig string Path to the kubeconfig file to use for CLI requests.
--log-backtrace-at value when logging hits line file:N, emit a stack trace (default :0)
--log-dir value If non-empty, write log files in this directory
--logtostderr value log to standard error instead of files
--match-server-version Require server version to match client version
-n, --namespace string If present, the namespace scope for this CLI request
--password string Password for basic authentication to the API server
-s, --server string The address and port of the Kubernetes API server
--stderrthreshold value logs at or above this threshold go to stderr (default 2)
--token string Bearer token for authentication to the API server
--user string The name of the kubeconfig user to use
--username string Username for basic authentication to the API server
-v, --v value log level for V logs
--vmodule value comma-separated list of pattern=N settings for file-filtered logging
```
### SEE ALSO
* [kubectl](kubectl.md) - kubectl controls the Kubernetes cluster manager
###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 12-Aug-2016
###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 2-Sep-2016

57
docs/user-guide/kubectl/kubectl_config.md
View File

@ -3,12 +3,12 @@
## kubectl config
config modifies kubeconfig files
Modify kubeconfig files
### Synopsis
config modifies kubeconfig files using subcommands like "kubectl config set current-context my-context"
Modify kubeconfig files using subcommands like "kubectl config set current-context my-context"
The loading order follows these rules:
1. If the --kubeconfig flag is set, then only that file is loaded. The flag may only be set once and no merging takes place.
@ -23,49 +23,52 @@ kubectl config SUBCOMMAND
### Options
```
--kubeconfig="": use a particular kubeconfig file
--kubeconfig string use a particular kubeconfig file
```
### Options inherited from parent commands
```
--alsologtostderr[=false]: log to standard error as well as files
--as="": Username to impersonate for the operation.
--certificate-authority="": Path to a cert. file for the certificate authority.
--client-certificate="": Path to a client certificate file for TLS.
--client-key="": Path to a client key file for TLS.
--cluster="": The name of the kubeconfig cluster to use
--context="": The name of the kubeconfig context to use
--insecure-skip-tls-verify[=false]: If true, the server's certificate will not be checked for validity. This will make your HTTPS connections insecure.
--log-backtrace-at=:0: when logging hits line file:N, emit a stack trace
--log-dir="": If non-empty, write log files in this directory
--log-flush-frequency=5s: Maximum number of seconds between log flushes
--logtostderr[=true]: log to standard error instead of files
--match-server-version[=false]: Require server version to match client version
--namespace="": If present, the namespace scope for this CLI request.
--password="": Password for basic authentication to the API server.
-s, --server="": The address and port of the Kubernetes API server
--stderrthreshold=2: logs at or above this threshold go to stderr
--token="": Bearer token for authentication to the API server.
--user="": The name of the kubeconfig user to use
--username="": Username for basic authentication to the API server.
--v=0: log level for V logs
--vmodule=: comma-separated list of pattern=N settings for file-filtered logging
--alsologtostderr value log to standard error as well as files
--as string Username to impersonate for the operation
--certificate-authority string Path to a cert. file for the certificate authority
--client-certificate string Path to a client certificate file for TLS
--client-key string Path to a client key file for TLS
--cluster string The name of the kubeconfig cluster to use
--context string The name of the kubeconfig context to use
--insecure-skip-tls-verify If true, the server's certificate will not be checked for validity. This will make your HTTPS connections insecure
--log-backtrace-at value when logging hits line file:N, emit a stack trace (default :0)
--log-dir value If non-empty, write log files in this directory
--logtostderr value log to standard error instead of files
--match-server-version Require server version to match client version
-n, --namespace string If present, the namespace scope for this CLI request
--password string Password for basic authentication to the API server
-s, --server string The address and port of the Kubernetes API server
--stderrthreshold value logs at or above this threshold go to stderr (default 2)
--token string Bearer token for authentication to the API server
--user string The name of the kubeconfig user to use
--username string Username for basic authentication to the API server
-v, --v value log level for V logs
--vmodule value comma-separated list of pattern=N settings for file-filtered logging
```
### SEE ALSO
* [kubectl](kubectl.md) - kubectl controls the Kubernetes cluster manager
* [kubectl config current-context](kubectl_config_current-context.md) - Displays the current-context
* [kubectl config delete-cluster](kubectl_config_delete-cluster.md) - Delete the specified cluster from the kubeconfig
* [kubectl config delete-context](kubectl_config_delete-context.md) - Delete the specified context from the kubeconfig
* [kubectl config get-clusters](kubectl_config_get-clusters.md) - Display clusters defined in the kubeconfig
* [kubectl config get-contexts](kubectl_config_get-contexts.md) - Describe one or many contexts
* [kubectl config set](kubectl_config_set.md) - Sets an individual value in a kubeconfig file
* [kubectl config set-cluster](kubectl_config_set-cluster.md) - Sets a cluster entry in kubeconfig
* [kubectl config set-context](kubectl_config_set-context.md) - Sets a context entry in kubeconfig
* [kubectl config set-credentials](kubectl_config_set-credentials.md) - Sets a user entry in kubeconfig
* [kubectl config unset](kubectl_config_unset.md) - Unsets an individual value in a kubeconfig file
* [kubectl config use-context](kubectl_config_use-context.md) - Sets the current-context in a kubeconfig file
* [kubectl config view](kubectl_config_view.md) - Displays merged kubeconfig settings or a specified kubeconfig file.
* [kubectl config view](kubectl_config_view.md) - Display merged kubeconfig settings or a specified kubeconfig file
###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 12-Aug-2016
###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 2-Sep-2016

51
docs/user-guide/kubectl/kubectl_config_current-context.md
View File

@ -8,6 +8,7 @@ Displays the current-context
### Synopsis
Displays the current-context
```
@ -17,6 +18,7 @@ kubectl config current-context
### Examples
```
# Display the current-context
kubectl config current-context
```
@ -24,36 +26,35 @@ kubectl config current-context
### Options inherited from parent commands
```
--alsologtostderr[=false]: log to standard error as well as files
--as="": Username to impersonate for the operation.
--certificate-authority="": Path to a cert. file for the certificate authority.
--client-certificate="": Path to a client certificate file for TLS.
--client-key="": Path to a client key file for TLS.
--cluster="": The name of the kubeconfig cluster to use
--context="": The name of the kubeconfig context to use
--insecure-skip-tls-verify[=false]: If true, the server's certificate will not be checked for validity. This will make your HTTPS connections insecure.
--kubeconfig="": use a particular kubeconfig file
--log-backtrace-at=:0: when logging hits line file:N, emit a stack trace
--log-dir="": If non-empty, write log files in this directory
--log-flush-frequency=5s: Maximum number of seconds between log flushes
--logtostderr[=true]: log to standard error instead of files
--match-server-version[=false]: Require server version to match client version
--namespace="": If present, the namespace scope for this CLI request.
--password="": Password for basic authentication to the API server.
-s, --server="": The address and port of the Kubernetes API server
--stderrthreshold=2: logs at or above this threshold go to stderr
--token="": Bearer token for authentication to the API server.
--user="": The name of the kubeconfig user to use
--username="": Username for basic authentication to the API server.
--v=0: log level for V logs
--vmodule=: comma-separated list of pattern=N settings for file-filtered logging
--alsologtostderr value log to standard error as well as files
--as string Username to impersonate for the operation
--certificate-authority string Path to a cert. file for the certificate authority
--client-certificate string Path to a client certificate file for TLS
--client-key string Path to a client key file for TLS
--cluster string The name of the kubeconfig cluster to use
--context string The name of the kubeconfig context to use
--insecure-skip-tls-verify If true, the server's certificate will not be checked for validity. This will make your HTTPS connections insecure
--kubeconfig string use a particular kubeconfig file
--log-backtrace-at value when logging hits line file:N, emit a stack trace (default :0)
--log-dir value If non-empty, write log files in this directory
--logtostderr value log to standard error instead of files
--match-server-version Require server version to match client version
-n, --namespace string If present, the namespace scope for this CLI request
--password string Password for basic authentication to the API server
-s, --server string The address and port of the Kubernetes API server
--stderrthreshold value logs at or above this threshold go to stderr (default 2)
--token string Bearer token for authentication to the API server
--user string The name of the kubeconfig user to use
--username string Username for basic authentication to the API server
-v, --v value log level for V logs
--vmodule value comma-separated list of pattern=N settings for file-filtered logging
```
### SEE ALSO
* [kubectl config](kubectl_config.md) - config modifies kubeconfig files
* [kubectl config](kubectl_config.md) - Modify kubeconfig files
###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 12-Aug-2016
###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 2-Sep-2016

56
docs/user-guide/kubectl/kubectl_config_delete-cluster.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
---
---
## kubectl config delete-cluster
Delete the specified cluster from the kubeconfig
### Synopsis
Delete the specified cluster from the kubeconfig
```
kubectl config delete-cluster NAME
```
### Options inherited from parent commands
```
--alsologtostderr value log to standard error as well as files
--as string Username to impersonate for the operation
--certificate-authority string Path to a cert. file for the certificate authority
--client-certificate string Path to a client certificate file for TLS
--client-key string Path to a client key file for TLS
--cluster string The name of the kubeconfig cluster to use
--context string The name of the kubeconfig context to use
--insecure-skip-tls-verify If true, the server's certificate will not be checked for validity. This will make your HTTPS connections insecure
--kubeconfig string use a particular kubeconfig file
--log-backtrace-at value when logging hits line file:N, emit a stack trace (default :0)
--log-dir value If non-empty, write log files in this directory
--logtostderr value log to standard error instead of files
--match-server-version Require server version to match client version
-n, --namespace string If present, the namespace scope for this CLI request
--password string Password for basic authentication to the API server
-s, --server string The address and port of the Kubernetes API server
--stderrthreshold value logs at or above this threshold go to stderr (default 2)
--token string Bearer token for authentication to the API server
--user string The name of the kubeconfig user to use
--username string Username for basic authentication to the API server
-v, --v value log level for V logs
--vmodule value comma-separated list of pattern=N settings for file-filtered logging
```
### SEE ALSO
* [kubectl config](kubectl_config.md) - Modify kubeconfig files
###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 2-Sep-2016
<!-- BEGIN MUNGE: GENERATED_ANALYTICS -->
[![Analytics](https://kubernetes-site.appspot.com/UA-36037335-10/GitHub/docs/user-guide/kubectl/kubectl_config_delete-cluster.md?pixel)]()
<!-- END MUNGE: GENERATED_ANALYTICS -->

56
docs/user-guide/kubectl/kubectl_config_delete-context.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
---
---
## kubectl config delete-context
Delete the specified context from the kubeconfig
### Synopsis
Delete the specified context from the kubeconfig
```
kubectl config delete-context NAME
```
### Options inherited from parent commands
```
--alsologtostderr value log to standard error as well as files
--as string Username to impersonate for the operation
--certificate-authority string Path to a cert. file for the certificate authority
--client-certificate string Path to a client certificate file for TLS
--client-key string Path to a client key file for TLS
--cluster string The name of the kubeconfig cluster to use
--context string The name of the kubeconfig context to use
--insecure-skip-tls-verify If true, the server's certificate will not be checked for validity. This will make your HTTPS connections insecure
--kubeconfig string use a particular kubeconfig file
--log-backtrace-at value when logging hits line file:N, emit a stack trace (default :0)
--log-dir value If non-empty, write log files in this directory
--logtostderr value log to standard error instead of files
--match-server-version Require server version to match client version
-n, --namespace string If present, the namespace scope for this CLI request
--password string Password for basic authentication to the API server
-s, --server string The address and port of the Kubernetes API server
--stderrthreshold value logs at or above this threshold go to stderr (default 2)
--token string Bearer token for authentication to the API server
--user string The name of the kubeconfig user to use
--username string Username for basic authentication to the API server
-v, --v value log level for V logs
--vmodule value comma-separated list of pattern=N settings for file-filtered logging
```
### SEE ALSO
* [kubectl config](kubectl_config.md) - Modify kubeconfig files
###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 2-Sep-2016
<!-- BEGIN MUNGE: GENERATED_ANALYTICS -->
[![Analytics](https://kubernetes-site.appspot.com/UA-36037335-10/GitHub/docs/user-guide/kubectl/kubectl_config_delete-context.md?pixel)]()
<!-- END MUNGE: GENERATED_ANALYTICS -->

56
docs/user-guide/kubectl/kubectl_config_get-clusters.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
---
---
## kubectl config get-clusters
Display clusters defined in the kubeconfig
### Synopsis
Display clusters defined in the kubeconfig
```
kubectl config get-clusters
```
### Options inherited from parent commands
```
--alsologtostderr value log to standard error as well as files
--as string Username to impersonate for the operation
--certificate-authority string Path to a cert. file for the certificate authority
--client-certificate string Path to a client certificate file for TLS
--client-key string Path to a client key file for TLS
--cluster string The name of the kubeconfig cluster to use
--context string The name of the kubeconfig context to use
--insecure-skip-tls-verify If true, the server's certificate will not be checked for validity. This will make your HTTPS connections insecure
--kubeconfig string use a particular kubeconfig file
--log-backtrace-at value when logging hits line file:N, emit a stack trace (default :0)
--log-dir value If non-empty, write log files in this directory
--logtostderr value log to standard error instead of files
--match-server-version Require server version to match client version
-n, --namespace string If present, the namespace scope for this CLI request
--password string Password for basic authentication to the API server
-s, --server string The address and port of the Kubernetes API server
--stderrthreshold value logs at or above this threshold go to stderr (default 2)
--token string Bearer token for authentication to the API server
--user string The name of the kubeconfig user to use
--username string Username for basic authentication to the API server
-v, --v value log level for V logs
--vmodule value comma-separated list of pattern=N settings for file-filtered logging
```
### SEE ALSO
* [kubectl config](kubectl_config.md) - Modify kubeconfig files
###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 2-Sep-2016
<!-- BEGIN MUNGE: GENERATED_ANALYTICS -->
[![Analytics](https://kubernetes-site.appspot.com/UA-36037335-10/GitHub/docs/user-guide/kubectl/kubectl_config_get-clusters.md?pixel)]()
<!-- END MUNGE: GENERATED_ANALYTICS -->

73
docs/user-guide/kubectl/kubectl_config_get-contexts.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
---
---
## kubectl config get-contexts
Describe one or many contexts
### Synopsis
Displays one or many contexts from the kubeconfig file.
```
kubectl config get-contexts [(-o|--output=)name)]
```
### Examples
```
# List all the contexts in your kubeconfig file
kubectl config get-contexts
# Describe one context in your kubeconfig file.
kubectl config get-contexts my-context
```
### Options
```
--no-headers When using the default or custom-column output format, don't print headers.
-o, --output string Output format. One of: json|yaml|wide|name|custom-columns=...|custom-columns-file=...|go-template=...|go-template-file=...|jsonpath=...|jsonpath-file=... See custom columns [http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/kubectl-overview/#custom-columns], golang template [http://golang.org/pkg/text/template/#pkg-overview] and jsonpath template [http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/jsonpath].
```
### Options inherited from parent commands
```
--alsologtostderr value log to standard error as well as files
--as string Username to impersonate for the operation
--certificate-authority string Path to a cert. file for the certificate authority
--client-certificate string Path to a client certificate file for TLS
--client-key string Path to a client key file for TLS
--cluster string The name of the kubeconfig cluster to use
--context string The name of the kubeconfig context to use
--insecure-skip-tls-verify If true, the server's certificate will not be checked for validity. This will make your HTTPS connections insecure
--kubeconfig string use a particular kubeconfig file
--log-backtrace-at value when logging hits line file:N, emit a stack trace (default :0)
--log-dir value If non-empty, write log files in this directory
--logtostderr value log to standard error instead of files
--match-server-version Require server version to match client version
-n, --namespace string If present, the namespace scope for this CLI request
--password string Password for basic authentication to the API server
-s, --server string The address and port of the Kubernetes API server
--stderrthreshold value logs at or above this threshold go to stderr (default 2)
--token string Bearer token for authentication to the API server
--user string The name of the kubeconfig user to use
--username string Username for basic authentication to the API server
-v, --v value log level for V logs
--vmodule value comma-separated list of pattern=N settings for file-filtered logging
```
### SEE ALSO
* [kubectl config](kubectl_config.md) - Modify kubeconfig files
###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 2-Sep-2016
<!-- BEGIN MUNGE: GENERATED_ANALYTICS -->
[![Analytics](https://kubernetes-site.appspot.com/UA-36037335-10/GitHub/docs/user-guide/kubectl/kubectl_config_get-contexts.md?pixel)]()
<!-- END MUNGE: GENERATED_ANALYTICS -->

55
docs/user-guide/kubectl/kubectl_config_set-cluster.md
View File

@ -8,6 +8,7 @@ Sets a cluster entry in kubeconfig
### Synopsis
Sets a cluster entry in kubeconfig.
Specifying a name that already exists will merge new fields on top of existing values for those fields.
@ -18,6 +19,7 @@ kubectl config set-cluster NAME [--server=server] [--certificate-authority=path/
### Examples
```
# Set only the server field on the e2e cluster entry without touching other values.
kubectl config set-cluster e2e --server=https://1.2.3.4
@ -31,43 +33,42 @@ kubectl config set-cluster e2e --insecure-skip-tls-verify=true
### Options
```
--api-version="": api-version for the cluster entry in kubeconfig
--certificate-authority="": path to certificate-authority file for the cluster entry in kubeconfig
--embed-certs[=false]: embed-certs for the cluster entry in kubeconfig
--insecure-skip-tls-verify[=false]: insecure-skip-tls-verify for the cluster entry in kubeconfig
--server="": server for the cluster entry in kubeconfig
--api-version value api-version for the cluster entry in kubeconfig
--certificate-authority value path to certificate-authority file for the cluster entry in kubeconfig
--embed-certs value[=true] embed-certs for the cluster entry in kubeconfig
--insecure-skip-tls-verify value[=true] insecure-skip-tls-verify for the cluster entry in kubeconfig
--server value server for the cluster entry in kubeconfig
```
### Options inherited from parent commands
```
--alsologtostderr[=false]: log to standard error as well as files
--as="": Username to impersonate for the operation.
--client-certificate="": Path to a client certificate file for TLS.
--client-key="": Path to a client key file for TLS.
--cluster="": The name of the kubeconfig cluster to use
--context="": The name of the kubeconfig context to use
--kubeconfig="": use a particular kubeconfig file
--log-backtrace-at=:0: when logging hits line file:N, emit a stack trace
--log-dir="": If non-empty, write log files in this directory
--log-flush-frequency=5s: Maximum number of seconds between log flushes
--logtostderr[=true]: log to standard error instead of files
--match-server-version[=false]: Require server version to match client version
--namespace="": If present, the namespace scope for this CLI request.
--password="": Password for basic authentication to the API server.
--stderrthreshold=2: logs at or above this threshold go to stderr
--token="": Bearer token for authentication to the API server.
--user="": The name of the kubeconfig user to use
--username="": Username for basic authentication to the API server.
--v=0: log level for V logs
--vmodule=: comma-separated list of pattern=N settings for file-filtered logging
--alsologtostderr value log to standard error as well as files
--as string Username to impersonate for the operation
--client-certificate string Path to a client certificate file for TLS
--client-key string Path to a client key file for TLS
--cluster string The name of the kubeconfig cluster to use
--context string The name of the kubeconfig context to use
--kubeconfig string use a particular kubeconfig file
--log-backtrace-at value when logging hits line file:N, emit a stack trace (default :0)
--log-dir value If non-empty, write log files in this directory
--logtostderr value log to standard error instead of files
--match-server-version Require server version to match client version
-n, --namespace string If present, the namespace scope for this CLI request
--password string Password for basic authentication to the API server
--stderrthreshold value logs at or above this threshold go to stderr (default 2)
--token string Bearer token for authentication to the API server
--user string The name of the kubeconfig user to use
--username string Username for basic authentication to the API server
-v, --v value log level for V logs
--vmodule value comma-separated list of pattern=N settings for file-filtered logging
```
### SEE ALSO
* [kubectl config](kubectl_config.md) - config modifies kubeconfig files
* [kubectl config](kubectl_config.md) - Modify kubeconfig files
###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 12-Aug-2016
###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 2-Sep-2016

51
docs/user-guide/kubectl/kubectl_config_set-context.md
View File

@ -8,6 +8,7 @@ Sets a context entry in kubeconfig
### Synopsis
Sets a context entry in kubeconfig
Specifying a name that already exists will merge new fields on top of existing values for those fields.
@ -18,6 +19,7 @@ kubectl config set-context NAME [--cluster=cluster_nickname] [--user=user_nickna
### Examples
```
# Set the user field on the gce context entry without touching other values
kubectl config set-context gce --user=cluster-admin
```
@ -25,41 +27,40 @@ kubectl config set-context gce --user=cluster-admin
### Options
```
--cluster="": cluster for the context entry in kubeconfig
--namespace="": namespace for the context entry in kubeconfig
--user="": user for the context entry in kubeconfig
--cluster value cluster for the context entry in kubeconfig
--namespace value namespace for the context entry in kubeconfig
--user value user for the context entry in kubeconfig
```
### Options inherited from parent commands
```
--alsologtostderr[=false]: log to standard error as well as files
--as="": Username to impersonate for the operation.
--certificate-authority="": Path to a cert. file for the certificate authority.
--client-certificate="": Path to a client certificate file for TLS.
--client-key="": Path to a client key file for TLS.
--context="": The name of the kubeconfig context to use
--insecure-skip-tls-verify[=false]: If true, the server's certificate will not be checked for validity. This will make your HTTPS connections insecure.
--kubeconfig="": use a particular kubeconfig file
--log-backtrace-at=:0: when logging hits line file:N, emit a stack trace
--log-dir="": If non-empty, write log files in this directory
--log-flush-frequency=5s: Maximum number of seconds between log flushes
--logtostderr[=true]: log to standard error instead of files
--match-server-version[=false]: Require server version to match client version
--password="": Password for basic authentication to the API server.
-s, --server="": The address and port of the Kubernetes API server
--stderrthreshold=2: logs at or above this threshold go to stderr
--token="": Bearer token for authentication to the API server.
--username="": Username for basic authentication to the API server.
--v=0: log level for V logs
--vmodule=: comma-separated list of pattern=N settings for file-filtered logging
--alsologtostderr value log to standard error as well as files
--as string Username to impersonate for the operation
--certificate-authority string Path to a cert. file for the certificate authority
--client-certificate string Path to a client certificate file for TLS
--client-key string Path to a client key file for TLS
--context string The name of the kubeconfig context to use
--insecure-skip-tls-verify If true, the server's certificate will not be checked for validity. This will make your HTTPS connections insecure
--kubeconfig string use a particular kubeconfig file
--log-backtrace-at value when logging hits line file:N, emit a stack trace (default :0)
--log-dir value If non-empty, write log files in this directory
--logtostderr value log to standard error instead of files
--match-server-version Require server version to match client version
--password string Password for basic authentication to the API server
-s, --server string The address and port of the Kubernetes API server
--stderrthreshold value logs at or above this threshold go to stderr (default 2)
--token string Bearer token for authentication to the API server
--username string Username for basic authentication to the API server
-v, --v value log level for V logs
--vmodule value comma-separated list of pattern=N settings for file-filtered logging
```
### SEE ALSO
* [kubectl config](kubectl_config.md) - config modifies kubeconfig files
* [kubectl config](kubectl_config.md) - Modify kubeconfig files
###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 12-Aug-2016
###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 2-Sep-2016

66
docs/user-guide/kubectl/kubectl_config_set-credentials.md
View File

@ -8,6 +8,7 @@ Sets a user entry in kubeconfig
### Synopsis
Sets a user entry in kubeconfig
Specifying a name that already exists will merge new fields on top of existing values.
@ -24,12 +25,13 @@ Specifying a name that already exists will merge new fields on top of existing v
```
kubectl config set-credentials NAME [--client-certificate=path/to/certfile] [--client-key=path/to/keyfile] [--token=bearer_token] [--username=basic_user] [--password=basic_password]
kubectl config set-credentials NAME [--client-certificate=path/to/certfile] [--client-key=path/to/keyfile] [--token=bearer_token] [--username=basic_user] [--password=basic_password] [--auth-provider=provider_name] [--auth-provider-arg=key=value]
```
### Examples
```
# Set only the "client-key" field on the "cluster-admin"
# entry, without touching other values:
kubectl config set-credentials cluster-admin --client-key=~/.kube/admin.key
@ -39,47 +41,57 @@ kubectl config set-credentials cluster-admin --username=admin --password=uXFGweU
# Embed client certificate data in the "cluster-admin" entry
kubectl config set-credentials cluster-admin --client-certificate=~/.kube/admin.crt --embed-certs=true
# Enable the Google Compute Platform auth provider for the "cluster-admin" entry
kubectl config set-credentials cluster-admin --auth-provider=gcp
# Enable the OpenID Connect auth provider for the "cluster-admin" entry with additional args
kubectl config set-credentials cluster-admin --auth-provider=oidc --auth-provider-arg=client-id=foo --auth-provider-arg=client-secret=bar
# Remove the "client-secret" config value for the OpenID Connect auth provider for the "cluster-admin" entry
kubectl config set-credentials cluster-admin --auth-provider=oidc --auth-provider-arg=client-secret-
```
### Options
```
--client-certificate="": path to client-certificate file for the user entry in kubeconfig
--client-key="": path to client-key file for the user entry in kubeconfig
--embed-certs[=false]: embed client cert/key for the user entry in kubeconfig
--password="": password for the user entry in kubeconfig
--token="": token for the user entry in kubeconfig
--username="": username for the user entry in kubeconfig
--auth-provider value auth provider for the user entry in kubeconfig
--auth-provider-arg value 'key=value' arugments for the auth provider (default [])
--client-certificate value path to client-certificate file for the user entry in kubeconfig
--client-key value path to client-key file for the user entry in kubeconfig
--embed-certs value[=true] embed client cert/key for the user entry in kubeconfig
--password value password for the user entry in kubeconfig
--token value token for the user entry in kubeconfig
--username value username for the user entry in kubeconfig
```
### Options inherited from parent commands
```
--alsologtostderr[=false]: log to standard error as well as files
--as="": Username to impersonate for the operation.
--certificate-authority="": Path to a cert. file for the certificate authority.
--cluster="": The name of the kubeconfig cluster to use
--context="": The name of the kubeconfig context to use
--insecure-skip-tls-verify[=false]: If true, the server's certificate will not be checked for validity. This will make your HTTPS connections insecure.
--kubeconfig="": use a particular kubeconfig file
--log-backtrace-at=:0: when logging hits line file:N, emit a stack trace
--log-dir="": If non-empty, write log files in this directory
--log-flush-frequency=5s: Maximum number of seconds between log flushes
--logtostderr[=true]: log to standard error instead of files
--match-server-version[=false]: Require server version to match client version
--namespace="": If present, the namespace scope for this CLI request.
-s, --server="": The address and port of the Kubernetes API server
--stderrthreshold=2: logs at or above this threshold go to stderr
--user="": The name of the kubeconfig user to use
--v=0: log level for V logs
--vmodule=: comma-separated list of pattern=N settings for file-filtered logging
--alsologtostderr value log to standard error as well as files
--as string Username to impersonate for the operation
--certificate-authority string Path to a cert. file for the certificate authority
--cluster string The name of the kubeconfig cluster to use
--context string The name of the kubeconfig context to use
--insecure-skip-tls-verify If true, the server's certificate will not be checked for validity. This will make your HTTPS connections insecure
--kubeconfig string use a particular kubeconfig file
--log-backtrace-at value when logging hits line file:N, emit a stack trace (default :0)
--log-dir value If non-empty, write log files in this directory
--logtostderr value log to standard error instead of files
--match-server-version Require server version to match client version
-n, --namespace string If present, the namespace scope for this CLI request
-s, --server string The address and port of the Kubernetes API server
--stderrthreshold value logs at or above this threshold go to stderr (default 2)
--user string The name of the kubeconfig user to use
-v, --v value log level for V logs
--vmodule value comma-separated list of pattern=N settings for file-filtered logging
```
### SEE ALSO
* [kubectl config](kubectl_config.md) - config modifies kubeconfig files
* [kubectl config](kubectl_config.md) - Modify kubeconfig files
###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 12-Aug-2016
###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 2-Sep-2016

52
docs/user-guide/kubectl/kubectl_config_set.md
View File

@ -8,6 +8,7 @@ Sets an individual value in a kubeconfig file
### Synopsis
Sets an individual value in a kubeconfig file
PROPERTY_NAME is a dot delimited name where each token represents either an attribute name or a map key. Map keys may not contain dots.
PROPERTY_VALUE is the new value you wish to set. Binary fields such as 'certificate-authority-data' expect a base64 encoded string unless the --set-raw-bytes flag is used.
@ -19,42 +20,41 @@ kubectl config set PROPERTY_NAME PROPERTY_VALUE
### Options
```
--set-raw-bytes[=false]: When writing a []byte PROPERTY_VALUE, write the given string directly without base64 decoding.
--set-raw-bytes value[=true] When writing a []byte PROPERTY_VALUE, write the given string directly without base64 decoding.
```
### Options inherited from parent commands
```
--alsologtostderr[=false]: log to standard error as well as files
--as="": Username to impersonate for the operation.
--certificate-authority="": Path to a cert. file for the certificate authority.
--client-certificate="": Path to a client certificate file for TLS.
--client-key="": Path to a client key file for TLS.
--cluster="": The name of the kubeconfig cluster to use
--context="": The name of the kubeconfig context to use
--insecure-skip-tls-verify[=false]: If true, the server's certificate will not be checked for validity. This will make your HTTPS connections insecure.
--kubeconfig="": use a particular kubeconfig file
--log-backtrace-at=:0: when logging hits line file:N, emit a stack trace
--log-dir="": If non-empty, write log files in this directory
--log-flush-frequency=5s: Maximum number of seconds between log flushes
--logtostderr[=true]: log to standard error instead of files
--match-server-version[=false]: Require server version to match client version
--namespace="": If present, the namespace scope for this CLI request.
--password="": Password for basic authentication to the API server.
-s, --server="": The address and port of the Kubernetes API server
--stderrthreshold=2: logs at or above this threshold go to stderr
--token="": Bearer token for authentication to the API server.
--user="": The name of the kubeconfig user to use
--username="": Username for basic authentication to the API server.
--v=0: log level for V logs
--vmodule=: comma-separated list of pattern=N settings for file-filtered logging
--alsologtostderr value log to standard error as well as files
--as string Username to impersonate for the operation
--certificate-authority string Path to a cert. file for the certificate authority
--client-certificate string Path to a client certificate file for TLS
--client-key string Path to a client key file for TLS
--cluster string The name of the kubeconfig cluster to use
--context string The name of the kubeconfig context to use
--insecure-skip-tls-verify If true, the server's certificate will not be checked for validity. This will make your HTTPS connections insecure
--kubeconfig string use a particular kubeconfig file
--log-backtrace-at value when logging hits line file:N, emit a stack trace (default :0)
--log-dir value If non-empty, write log files in this directory
--logtostderr value log to standard error instead of files
--match-server-version Require server version to match client version
-n, --namespace string If present, the namespace scope for this CLI request
--password string Password for basic authentication to the API server
-s, --server string The address and port of the Kubernetes API server
--stderrthreshold value logs at or above this threshold go to stderr (default 2)
--token string Bearer token for authentication to the API server
--user string The name of the kubeconfig user to use
--username string Username for basic authentication to the API server
-v, --v value log level for V logs
--vmodule value comma-separated list of pattern=N settings for file-filtered logging
```
### SEE ALSO
* [kubectl config](kubectl_config.md) - config modifies kubeconfig files
* [kubectl config](kubectl_config.md) - Modify kubeconfig files
###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 12-Aug-2016
###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 2-Sep-2016

50
docs/user-guide/kubectl/kubectl_config_unset.md
View File

@ -8,6 +8,7 @@ Unsets an individual value in a kubeconfig file
### Synopsis
Unsets an individual value in a kubeconfig file
PROPERTY_NAME is a dot delimited name where each token represents either an attribute name or a map key. Map keys may not contain dots.
@ -18,36 +19,35 @@ kubectl config unset PROPERTY_NAME
### Options inherited from parent commands
```
--alsologtostderr[=false]: log to standard error as well as files
--as="": Username to impersonate for the operation.
--certificate-authority="": Path to a cert. file for the certificate authority.
--client-certificate="": Path to a client certificate file for TLS.
--client-key="": Path to a client key file for TLS.
--cluster="": The name of the kubeconfig cluster to use
--context="": The name of the kubeconfig context to use
--insecure-skip-tls-verify[=false]: If true, the server's certificate will not be checked for validity. This will make your HTTPS connections insecure.
--kubeconfig="": use a particular kubeconfig file
--log-backtrace-at=:0: when logging hits line file:N, emit a stack trace
--log-dir="": If non-empty, write log files in this directory
--log-flush-frequency=5s: Maximum number of seconds between log flushes
--logtostderr[=true]: log to standard error instead of files
--match-server-version[=false]: Require server version to match client version
--namespace="": If present, the namespace scope for this CLI request.
--password="": Password for basic authentication to the API server.
-s, --server="": The address and port of the Kubernetes API server
--stderrthreshold=2: logs at or above this threshold go to stderr
--token="": Bearer token for authentication to the API server.
--user="": The name of the kubeconfig user to use
--username="": Username for basic authentication to the API server.
--v=0: log level for V logs
--vmodule=: comma-separated list of pattern=N settings for file-filtered logging
--alsologtostderr value log to standard error as well as files
--as string Username to impersonate for the operation
--certificate-authority string Path to a cert. file for the certificate authority
--client-certificate string Path to a client certificate file for TLS
--client-key string Path to a client key file for TLS
--cluster string The name of the kubeconfig cluster to use
--context string The name of the kubeconfig context to use
--insecure-skip-tls-verify If true, the server's certificate will not be checked for validity. This will make your HTTPS connections insecure
--kubeconfig string use a particular kubeconfig file
--log-backtrace-at value when logging hits line file:N, emit a stack trace (default :0)
--log-dir value If non-empty, write log files in this directory
--logtostderr value log to standard error instead of files
--match-server-version Require server version to match client version
-n, --namespace string If present, the namespace scope for this CLI request
--password string Password for basic authentication to the API server
-s, --server string The address and port of the Kubernetes API server
--stderrthreshold value logs at or above this threshold go to stderr (default 2)
--token string Bearer token for authentication to the API server
--user string The name of the kubeconfig user to use
--username string Username for basic authentication to the API server
-v, --v value log level for V logs
--vmodule value comma-separated list of pattern=N settings for file-filtered logging
```
### SEE ALSO
* [kubectl config](kubectl_config.md) - config modifies kubeconfig files
* [kubectl config](kubectl_config.md) - Modify kubeconfig files
###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 12-Aug-2016
###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 2-Sep-2016

49
docs/user-guide/kubectl/kubectl_config_use-context.md
View File

@ -17,36 +17,35 @@ kubectl config use-context CONTEXT_NAME
### Options inherited from parent commands
```
--alsologtostderr[=false]: log to standard error as well as files
--as="": Username to impersonate for the operation.
--certificate-authority="": Path to a cert. file for the certificate authority.
--client-certificate="": Path to a client certificate file for TLS.
--client-key="": Path to a client key file for TLS.
--cluster="": The name of the kubeconfig cluster to use
--context="": The name of the kubeconfig context to use
--insecure-skip-tls-verify[=false]: If true, the server's certificate will not be checked for validity. This will make your HTTPS connections insecure.
--kubeconfig="": use a particular kubeconfig file
--log-backtrace-at=:0: when logging hits line file:N, emit a stack trace
--log-dir="": If non-empty, write log files in this directory
--log-flush-frequency=5s: Maximum number of seconds between log flushes
--logtostderr[=true]: log to standard error instead of files
--match-server-version[=false]: Require server version to match client version
--namespace="": If present, the namespace scope for this CLI request.
--password="": Password for basic authentication to the API server.
-s, --server="": The address and port of the Kubernetes API server
--stderrthreshold=2: logs at or above this threshold go to stderr
--token="": Bearer token for authentication to the API server.
--user="": The name of the kubeconfig user to use
--username="": Username for basic authentication to the API server.
--v=0: log level for V logs
--vmodule=: comma-separated list of pattern=N settings for file-filtered logging
--alsologtostderr value log to standard error as well as files
--as string Username to impersonate for the operation
--certificate-authority string Path to a cert. file for the certificate authority
--client-certificate string Path to a client certificate file for TLS
--client-key string Path to a client key file for TLS
--cluster string The name of the kubeconfig cluster to use
--context string The name of the kubeconfig context to use
--insecure-skip-tls-verify If true, the server's certificate will not be checked for validity. This will make your HTTPS connections insecure
--kubeconfig string use a particular kubeconfig file
--log-backtrace-at value when logging hits line file:N, emit a stack trace (default :0)
--log-dir value If non-empty, write log files in this directory
--logtostderr value log to standard error instead of files
--match-server-version Require server version to match client version
-n, --namespace string If present, the namespace scope for this CLI request
--password string Password for basic authentication to the API server
-s, --server string The address and port of the Kubernetes API server
--stderrthreshold value logs at or above this threshold go to stderr (default 2)
--token string Bearer token for authentication to the API server
--user string The name of the kubeconfig user to use
--username string Username for basic authentication to the API server
-v, --v value log level for V logs
--vmodule value comma-separated list of pattern=N settings for file-filtered logging
```
### SEE ALSO
* [kubectl config](kubectl_config.md) - config modifies kubeconfig files
* [kubectl config](kubectl_config.md) - Modify kubeconfig files
###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 12-Aug-2016
###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 2-Sep-2016

77
docs/user-guide/kubectl/kubectl_config_view.md
View File

@ -3,12 +3,13 @@
## kubectl config view
Displays merged kubeconfig settings or a specified kubeconfig file.
Display merged kubeconfig settings or a specified kubeconfig file
### Synopsis
Displays merged kubeconfig settings or a specified kubeconfig file.
Display merged kubeconfig settings or a specified kubeconfig file.
You can use --output jsonpath={...} to extract specific values using a jsonpath expression.
@ -19,6 +20,7 @@ kubectl config view
### Examples
```
# Show Merged kubeconfig settings.
kubectl config view
@ -29,52 +31,51 @@ kubectl config view -o jsonpath='{.users[?(@.name == "e2e")].user.password}'
### Options
```
--flatten[=false]: flatten the resulting kubeconfig file into self-contained output (useful for creating portable kubeconfig files)
--merge[=true]: merge the full hierarchy of kubeconfig files
--minify[=false]: remove all information not used by current-context from the output
--no-headers[=false]: When using the default output, don't print headers.
-o, --output="": Output format. One of: json|yaml|wide|name|go-template=...|go-template-file=...|jsonpath=...|jsonpath-file=... See golang template [http://golang.org/pkg/text/template/#pkg-overview] and jsonpath template [http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.3/docs/user-guide/jsonpath.md].
--output-version="": Output the formatted object with the given group version (for ex: 'extensions/v1beta1').
--raw[=false]: display raw byte data
-a, --show-all[=false]: When printing, show all resources (default hide terminated pods.)
--show-labels[=false]: When printing, show all labels as the last column (default hide labels column)
--sort-by="": If non-empty, sort list types using this field specification. The field specification is expressed as a JSONPath expression (e.g. '{.metadata.name}'). The field in the API resource specified by this JSONPath expression must be an integer or a string.
--template="": Template string or path to template file to use when -o=go-template, -o=go-template-file. The template format is golang templates [http://golang.org/pkg/text/template/#pkg-overview].
--flatten flatten the resulting kubeconfig file into self-contained output (useful for creating portable kubeconfig files)
--merge value[=true] merge the full hierarchy of kubeconfig files (default true)
--minify remove all information not used by current-context from the output
--no-headers When using the default or custom-column output format, don't print headers.
-o, --output string Output format. One of: json|yaml|wide|name|custom-columns=...|custom-columns-file=...|go-template=...|go-template-file=...|jsonpath=...|jsonpath-file=... See custom columns [http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/kubectl-overview/#custom-columns], golang template [http://golang.org/pkg/text/template/#pkg-overview] and jsonpath template [http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/jsonpath].
--output-version string Output the formatted object with the given group version (for ex: 'extensions/v1beta1').
--raw display raw byte data
-a, --show-all When printing, show all resources (default hide terminated pods.)
--show-labels When printing, show all labels as the last column (default hide labels column)
--sort-by string If non-empty, sort list types using this field specification. The field specification is expressed as a JSONPath expression (e.g. '{.metadata.name}'). The field in the API resource specified by this JSONPath expression must be an integer or a string.
--template string Template string or path to template file to use when -o=go-template, -o=go-template-file. The template format is golang templates [http://golang.org/pkg/text/template/#pkg-overview].
```
### Options inherited from parent commands
```
--alsologtostderr[=false]: log to standard error as well as files
--as="": Username to impersonate for the operation.
--certificate-authority="": Path to a cert. file for the certificate authority.
--client-certificate="": Path to a client certificate file for TLS.
--client-key="": Path to a client key file for TLS.
--cluster="": The name of the kubeconfig cluster to use
--context="": The name of the kubeconfig context to use
--insecure-skip-tls-verify[=false]: If true, the server's certificate will not be checked for validity. This will make your HTTPS connections insecure.
--kubeconfig="": use a particular kubeconfig file
--log-backtrace-at=:0: when logging hits line file:N, emit a stack trace
--log-dir="": If non-empty, write log files in this directory
--log-flush-frequency=5s: Maximum number of seconds between log flushes
--logtostderr[=true]: log to standard error instead of files
--match-server-version[=false]: Require server version to match client version
--namespace="": If present, the namespace scope for this CLI request.
--password="": Password for basic authentication to the API server.
-s, --server="": The address and port of the Kubernetes API server
--stderrthreshold=2: logs at or above this threshold go to stderr
--token="": Bearer token for authentication to the API server.
--user="": The name of the kubeconfig user to use
--username="": Username for basic authentication to the API server.
--v=0: log level for V logs
--vmodule=: comma-separated list of pattern=N settings for file-filtered logging
--alsologtostderr value log to standard error as well as files
--as string Username to impersonate for the operation
--certificate-authority string Path to a cert. file for the certificate authority
--client-certificate string Path to a client certificate file for TLS
--client-key string Path to a client key file for TLS
--cluster string The name of the kubeconfig cluster to use
--context string The name of the kubeconfig context to use
--insecure-skip-tls-verify If true, the server's certificate will not be checked for validity. This will make your HTTPS connections insecure
--kubeconfig string use a particular kubeconfig file
--log-backtrace-at value when logging hits line file:N, emit a stack trace (default :0)
--log-dir value If non-empty, write log files in this directory
--logtostderr value log to standard error instead of files
--match-server-version Require server version to match client version
-n, --namespace string If present, the namespace scope for this CLI request
--password string Password for basic authentication to the API server
-s, --server string The address and port of the Kubernetes API server
--stderrthreshold value logs at or above this threshold go to stderr (default 2)
--token string Bearer token for authentication to the API server
--user string The name of the kubeconfig user to use
--username string Username for basic authentication to the API server
-v, --v value log level for V logs
--vmodule value comma-separated list of pattern=N settings for file-filtered logging
```
### SEE ALSO
* [kubectl config](kubectl_config.md) - config modifies kubeconfig files
* [kubectl config](kubectl_config.md) - Modify kubeconfig files
###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 12-Aug-2016
###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 2-Sep-2016

75
docs/user-guide/kubectl/kubectl_convert.md
View File

@ -8,6 +8,7 @@ Convert config files between different API versions
### Synopsis
Convert config files between different API versions. Both YAML
and JSON formats are accepted.
@ -26,6 +27,7 @@ kubectl convert -f FILENAME
### Examples
```
# Convert 'pod.yaml' to latest version and print to stdout.
kubectl convert -f pod.yaml
@ -41,54 +43,53 @@ kubectl convert -f . | kubectl create -f -
### Options
```
-f, --filename=[]: Filename, directory, or URL to file to need to get converted.
--include-extended-apis[=true]: If true, include definitions of new APIs via calls to the API server. [default true]
--local[=true]: If true, convert will NOT try to contact api-server but run locally.
--no-headers[=false]: When using the default output, don't print headers.
-o, --output="": Output format. One of: json|yaml|wide|name|go-template=...|go-template-file=...|jsonpath=...|jsonpath-file=... See golang template [http://golang.org/pkg/text/template/#pkg-overview] and jsonpath template [http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.3/docs/user-guide/jsonpath.md].
--output-version="": Output the formatted object with the given group version (for ex: 'extensions/v1beta1').
-R, --recursive[=false]: Process the directory used in -f, --filename recursively. Useful when you want to manage related manifests organized within the same directory.
--schema-cache-dir="~/.kube/schema": If non-empty, load/store cached API schemas in this directory, default is '$HOME/.kube/schema'
-a, --show-all[=false]: When printing, show all resources (default hide terminated pods.)
--show-labels[=false]: When printing, show all labels as the last column (default hide labels column)
--sort-by="": If non-empty, sort list types using this field specification. The field specification is expressed as a JSONPath expression (e.g. '{.metadata.name}'). The field in the API resource specified by this JSONPath expression must be an integer or a string.
--template="": Template string or path to template file to use when -o=go-template, -o=go-template-file. The template format is golang templates [http://golang.org/pkg/text/template/#pkg-overview].
--validate[=true]: If true, use a schema to validate the input before sending it
-f, --filename value Filename, directory, or URL to file to need to get converted. (default [])
--include-extended-apis If true, include definitions of new APIs via calls to the API server. [default true] (default true)
--local If true, convert will NOT try to contact api-server but run locally. (default true)
--no-headers When using the default or custom-column output format, don't print headers.
-o, --output string Output format. One of: json|yaml|wide|name|custom-columns=...|custom-columns-file=...|go-template=...|go-template-file=...|jsonpath=...|jsonpath-file=... See custom columns [http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/kubectl-overview/#custom-columns], golang template [http://golang.org/pkg/text/template/#pkg-overview] and jsonpath template [http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/jsonpath].
--output-version string Output the formatted object with the given group version (for ex: 'extensions/v1beta1').
-R, --recursive Process the directory used in -f, --filename recursively. Useful when you want to manage related manifests organized within the same directory.
--schema-cache-dir string If non-empty, load/store cached API schemas in this directory, default is '$HOME/.kube/schema' (default "~/.kube/schema")
-a, --show-all When printing, show all resources (default hide terminated pods.)
--show-labels When printing, show all labels as the last column (default hide labels column)
--sort-by string If non-empty, sort list types using this field specification. The field specification is expressed as a JSONPath expression (e.g. '{.metadata.name}'). The field in the API resource specified by this JSONPath expression must be an integer or a string.
--template string Template string or path to template file to use when -o=go-template, -o=go-template-file. The template format is golang templates [http://golang.org/pkg/text/template/#pkg-overview].
--validate If true, use a schema to validate the input before sending it (default true)
```
### Options inherited from parent commands
```
--alsologtostderr[=false]: log to standard error as well as files
--as="": Username to impersonate for the operation.
--certificate-authority="": Path to a cert. file for the certificate authority.
--client-certificate="": Path to a client certificate file for TLS.
--client-key="": Path to a client key file for TLS.
--cluster="": The name of the kubeconfig cluster to use
--context="": The name of the kubeconfig context to use
--insecure-skip-tls-verify[=false]: If true, the server's certificate will not be checked for validity. This will make your HTTPS connections insecure.
--kubeconfig="": Path to the kubeconfig file to use for CLI requests.
--log-backtrace-at=:0: when logging hits line file:N, emit a stack trace
--log-dir="": If non-empty, write log files in this directory
--log-flush-frequency=5s: Maximum number of seconds between log flushes
--logtostderr[=true]: log to standard error instead of files
--match-server-version[=false]: Require server version to match client version
--namespace="": If present, the namespace scope for this CLI request.
--password="": Password for basic authentication to the API server.
-s, --server="": The address and port of the Kubernetes API server
--stderrthreshold=2: logs at or above this threshold go to stderr
--token="": Bearer token for authentication to the API server.
--user="": The name of the kubeconfig user to use
--username="": Username for basic authentication to the API server.
--v=0: log level for V logs
--vmodule=: comma-separated list of pattern=N settings for file-filtered logging
--alsologtostderr value log to standard error as well as files
--as string Username to impersonate for the operation
--certificate-authority string Path to a cert. file for the certificate authority
--client-certificate string Path to a client certificate file for TLS
--client-key string Path to a client key file for TLS
--cluster string The name of the kubeconfig cluster to use
--context string The name of the kubeconfig context to use
--insecure-skip-tls-verify If true, the server's certificate will not be checked for validity. This will make your HTTPS connections insecure
--kubeconfig string Path to the kubeconfig file to use for CLI requests.
--log-backtrace-at value when logging hits line file:N, emit a stack trace (default :0)
--log-dir value If non-empty, write log files in this directory
--logtostderr value log to standard error instead of files
--match-server-version Require server version to match client version
-n, --namespace string If present, the namespace scope for this CLI request
--password string Password for basic authentication to the API server
-s, --server string The address and port of the Kubernetes API server
--stderrthreshold value logs at or above this threshold go to stderr (default 2)
--token string Bearer token for authentication to the API server
--user string The name of the kubeconfig user to use
--username string Username for basic authentication to the API server
-v, --v value log level for V logs
--vmodule value comma-separated list of pattern=N settings for file-filtered logging
```
### SEE ALSO
* [kubectl](kubectl.md) - kubectl controls the Kubernetes cluster manager
###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 12-Aug-2016
###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 2-Sep-2016

49
docs/user-guide/kubectl/kubectl_cordon.md
View File

@ -8,6 +8,7 @@ Mark node as unschedulable
### Synopsis
Mark node as unschedulable.
@ -18,6 +19,7 @@ kubectl cordon NODE
### Examples
```
# Mark node "foo" as unschedulable.
kubectl cordon foo
@ -26,36 +28,35 @@ kubectl cordon foo
### Options inherited from parent commands
```
--alsologtostderr[=false]: log to standard error as well as files
--as="": Username to impersonate for the operation.
--certificate-authority="": Path to a cert. file for the certificate authority.
--client-certificate="": Path to a client certificate file for TLS.
--client-key="": Path to a client key file for TLS.
--cluster="": The name of the kubeconfig cluster to use
--context="": The name of the kubeconfig context to use
--insecure-skip-tls-verify[=false]: If true, the server's certificate will not be checked for validity. This will make your HTTPS connections insecure.
--kubeconfig="": Path to the kubeconfig file to use for CLI requests.
--log-backtrace-at=:0: when logging hits line file:N, emit a stack trace
--log-dir="": If non-empty, write log files in this directory
--log-flush-frequency=5s: Maximum number of seconds between log flushes
--logtostderr[=true]: log to standard error instead of files
--match-server-version[=false]: Require server version to match client version
--namespace="": If present, the namespace scope for this CLI request.
--password="": Password for basic authentication to the API server.
-s, --server="": The address and port of the Kubernetes API server
--stderrthreshold=2: logs at or above this threshold go to stderr
--token="": Bearer token for authentication to the API server.
--user="": The name of the kubeconfig user to use
--username="": Username for basic authentication to the API server.
--v=0: log level for V logs
--vmodule=: comma-separated list of pattern=N settings for file-filtered logging
--alsologtostderr value log to standard error as well as files
--as string Username to impersonate for the operation
--certificate-authority string Path to a cert. file for the certificate authority
--client-certificate string Path to a client certificate file for TLS
--client-key string Path to a client key file for TLS
--cluster string The name of the kubeconfig cluster to use
--context string The name of the kubeconfig context to use
--insecure-skip-tls-verify If true, the server's certificate will not be checked for validity. This will make your HTTPS connections insecure
--kubeconfig string Path to the kubeconfig file to use for CLI requests.
--log-backtrace-at value when logging hits line file:N, emit a stack trace (default :0)
--log-dir value If non-empty, write log files in this directory
--logtostderr value log to standard error instead of files
--match-server-version Require server version to match client version
-n, --namespace string If present, the namespace scope for this CLI request
--password string Password for basic authentication to the API server
-s, --server string The address and port of the Kubernetes API server
--stderrthreshold value logs at or above this threshold go to stderr (default 2)
--token string Bearer token for authentication to the API server
--user string The name of the kubeconfig user to use
--username string Username for basic authentication to the API server
-v, --v value log level for V logs
--vmodule value comma-separated list of pattern=N settings for file-filtered logging
```
### SEE ALSO
* [kubectl](kubectl.md) - kubectl controls the Kubernetes cluster manager
###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 12-Aug-2016
###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 2-Sep-2016

76
docs/user-guide/kubectl/kubectl_create.md
View File

@ -8,6 +8,7 @@ Create a resource by filename or stdin
### Synopsis
Create a resource by filename or stdin.
JSON and YAML formats are accepted.
@ -19,6 +20,7 @@ kubectl create -f FILENAME
### Examples
```
# Create a pod using the data in pod.json.
kubectl create -f ./pod.json
@ -29,53 +31,55 @@ cat pod.json | kubectl create -f -
### Options
```
-f, --filename=[]: Filename, directory, or URL to file to use to create the resource
--include-extended-apis[=true]: If true, include definitions of new APIs via calls to the API server. [default true]
-o, --output="": Output mode. Use "-o name" for shorter output (resource/name).
--record[=false]: Record current kubectl command in the resource annotation.
-R, --recursive[=false]: Process the directory used in -f, --filename recursively. Useful when you want to manage related manifests organized within the same directory.
--save-config[=false]: If true, the configuration of current object will be saved in its annotation. This is useful when you want to perform kubectl apply on this object in the future.
--schema-cache-dir="~/.kube/schema": If non-empty, load/store cached API schemas in this directory, default is '$HOME/.kube/schema'
--validate[=true]: If true, use a schema to validate the input before sending it
-f, --filename value Filename, directory, or URL to file to use to create the resource (default [])
--include-extended-apis If true, include definitions of new APIs via calls to the API server. [default true] (default true)
-o, --output string Output mode. Use "-o name" for shorter output (resource/name).
--record Record current kubectl command in the resource annotation. If set to false, do not record the command. If set to true, record the command. If not set, default to updating the existing annotation value only if one already exists.
-R, --recursive Process the directory used in -f, --filename recursively. Useful when you want to manage related manifests organized within the same directory.
--save-config If true, the configuration of current object will be saved in its annotation. This is useful when you want to perform kubectl apply on this object in the future.
--schema-cache-dir string If non-empty, load/store cached API schemas in this directory, default is '$HOME/.kube/schema' (default "~/.kube/schema")
--validate If true, use a schema to validate the input before sending it (default true)
```
### Options inherited from parent commands
```
--alsologtostderr[=false]: log to standard error as well as files
--as="": Username to impersonate for the operation.
--certificate-authority="": Path to a cert. file for the certificate authority.
--client-certificate="": Path to a client certificate file for TLS.
--client-key="": Path to a client key file for TLS.
--cluster="": The name of the kubeconfig cluster to use
--context="": The name of the kubeconfig context to use
--insecure-skip-tls-verify[=false]: If true, the server's certificate will not be checked for validity. This will make your HTTPS connections insecure.
--kubeconfig="": Path to the kubeconfig file to use for CLI requests.
--log-backtrace-at=:0: when logging hits line file:N, emit a stack trace
--log-dir="": If non-empty, write log files in this directory
--log-flush-frequency=5s: Maximum number of seconds between log flushes
--logtostderr[=true]: log to standard error instead of files
--match-server-version[=false]: Require server version to match client version
--namespace="": If present, the namespace scope for this CLI request.
--password="": Password for basic authentication to the API server.
-s, --server="": The address and port of the Kubernetes API server
--stderrthreshold=2: logs at or above this threshold go to stderr
--token="": Bearer token for authentication to the API server.
--user="": The name of the kubeconfig user to use
--username="": Username for basic authentication to the API server.
--v=0: log level for V logs
--vmodule=: comma-separated list of pattern=N settings for file-filtered logging
--alsologtostderr value log to standard error as well as files
--as string Username to impersonate for the operation
--certificate-authority string Path to a cert. file for the certificate authority
--client-certificate string Path to a client certificate file for TLS
--client-key string Path to a client key file for TLS
--cluster string The name of the kubeconfig cluster to use
--context string The name of the kubeconfig context to use
--insecure-skip-tls-verify If true, the server's certificate will not be checked for validity. This will make your HTTPS connections insecure
--kubeconfig string Path to the kubeconfig file to use for CLI requests.
--log-backtrace-at value when logging hits line file:N, emit a stack trace (default :0)
--log-dir value If non-empty, write log files in this directory
--logtostderr value log to standard error instead of files
--match-server-version Require server version to match client version
-n, --namespace string If present, the namespace scope for this CLI request
--password string Password for basic authentication to the API server
-s, --server string The address and port of the Kubernetes API server
--stderrthreshold value logs at or above this threshold go to stderr (default 2)
--token string Bearer token for authentication to the API server
--user string The name of the kubeconfig user to use
--username string Username for basic authentication to the API server
-v, --v value log level for V logs
--vmodule value comma-separated list of pattern=N settings for file-filtered logging
```
### SEE ALSO
* [kubectl](kubectl.md) - kubectl controls the Kubernetes cluster manager
* [kubectl create configmap](kubectl_create_configmap.md) - Create a configMap from a local file, directory or literal value.
* [kubectl create namespace](kubectl_create_namespace.md) - Create a namespace with the specified name.
* [kubectl create secret](kubectl_create_secret.md) - Create a secret using specified subcommand.
* [kubectl create serviceaccount](kubectl_create_serviceaccount.md) - Create a service account with the specified name.
* [kubectl create configmap](kubectl_create_configmap.md) - Create a configmap from a local file, directory or literal value
* [kubectl create deployment](kubectl_create_deployment.md) - Create a deployment with the specified name.
* [kubectl create namespace](kubectl_create_namespace.md) - Create a namespace with the specified name
* [kubectl create quota](kubectl_create_quota.md) - Create a quota with the specified name.
* [kubectl create secret](kubectl_create_secret.md) - Create a secret using specified subcommand
* [kubectl create service](kubectl_create_service.md) - Create a service using specified subcommand.
* [kubectl create serviceaccount](kubectl_create_serviceaccount.md) - Create a service account with the specified name
###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 12-Aug-2016
###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 2-Sep-2016

91
docs/user-guide/kubectl/kubectl_create_configmap.md
View File

@ -3,11 +3,12 @@
## kubectl create configmap
Create a configMap from a local file, directory or literal value.
Create a configmap from a local file, directory or literal value
### Synopsis
Create a configmap based on a file, directory, or specified literal value.
A single configmap may package one or more key/value pairs.
@ -27,68 +28,68 @@ kubectl create configmap NAME [--from-file=[key=]source] [--from-literal=key1=va
### Examples
```
# Create a new configmap named my-config with keys for each file in folder bar
kubectl create configmap my-config --from-file=path/to/bar
# Create a new configmap named my-config with specified keys instead of names on disk
kubectl create configmap my-config --from-file=key1=/path/to/bar/file1.txt --from-file=key2=/path/to/bar/file2.txt
# Create a new configmap named my-config with keys for each file in folder bar
kubectl create configmap my-config --from-file=path/to/bar
# Create a new configMap named my-config with key1=config1 and key2=config2
kubectl create configmap my-config --from-literal=key1=config1 --from-literal=key2=config2
# Create a new configmap named my-config with specified keys instead of names on disk
kubectl create configmap my-config --from-file=key1=/path/to/bar/file1.txt --from-file=key2=/path/to/bar/file2.txt
# Create a new configmap named my-config with key1=config1 and key2=config2
kubectl create configmap my-config --from-literal=key1=config1 --from-literal=key2=config2
```
### Options
```
--dry-run[=false]: If true, only print the object that would be sent, without sending it.
--from-file=[]: Key files can be specified using their file path, in which case a default name will be given to them, or optionally with a name and file path, in which case the given name will be used. Specifying a directory will iterate each named file in the directory that is a valid configmap key.
--from-literal=[]: Specify a key and literal value to insert in configmap (i.e. mykey=somevalue)
--generator="configmap/v1": The name of the API generator to use.
--no-headers[=false]: When using the default output, don't print headers.
-o, --output="": Output format. One of: json|yaml|wide|name|go-template=...|go-template-file=...|jsonpath=...|jsonpath-file=... See golang template [http://golang.org/pkg/text/template/#pkg-overview] and jsonpath template [http://releases.k8s.io/release-1.3/docs/user-guide/jsonpath.md].
--output-version="": Output the formatted object with the given group version (for ex: 'extensions/v1beta1').
--save-config[=false]: If true, the configuration of current object will be saved in its annotation. This is useful when you want to perform kubectl apply on this object in the future.
--schema-cache-dir="~/.kube/schema": If non-empty, load/store cached API schemas in this directory, default is '$HOME/.kube/schema'
-a, --show-all[=false]: When printing, show all resources (default hide terminated pods.)
--show-labels[=false]: When printing, show all labels as the last column (default hide labels column)
--sort-by="": If non-empty, sort list types using this field specification. The field specification is expressed as a JSONPath expression (e.g. '{.metadata.name}'). The field in the API resource specified by this JSONPath expression must be an integer or a string.
--template="": Template string or path to template file to use when -o=go-template, -o=go-template-file. The template format is golang templates [http://golang.org/pkg/text/template/#pkg-overview].
--validate[=true]: If true, use a schema to validate the input before sending it
--dry-run If true, only print the object that would be sent, without sending it.
--from-file value Key files can be specified using their file path, in which case a default name will be given to them, or optionally with a name and file path, in which case the given name will be used. Specifying a directory will iterate each named file in the directory that is a valid configmap key. (default [])
--from-literal value Specify a key and literal value to insert in configmap (i.e. mykey=somevalue) (default [])
--generator string The name of the API generator to use. (default "configmap/v1")
--no-headers When using the default or custom-column output format, don't print headers.
-o, --output string Output format. One of: json|yaml|wide|name|custom-columns=...|custom-columns-file=...|go-template=...|go-template-file=...|jsonpath=...|jsonpath-file=... See custom columns [http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/kubectl-overview/#custom-columns], golang template [http://golang.org/pkg/text/template/#pkg-overview] and jsonpath template [http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/jsonpath].
--output-version string Output the formatted object with the given group version (for ex: 'extensions/v1beta1').
--save-config If true, the configuration of current object will be saved in its annotation. This is useful when you want to perform kubectl apply on this object in the future.
--schema-cache-dir string If non-empty, load/store cached API schemas in this directory, default is '$HOME/.kube/schema' (default "~/.kube/schema")
-a, --show-all When printing, show all resources (default hide terminated pods.)
--show-labels When printing, show all labels as the last column (default hide labels column)
--sort-by string If non-empty, sort list types using this field specification. The field specification is expressed as a JSONPath expression (e.g. '{.metadata.name}'). The field in the API resource specified by this JSONPath expression must be an integer or a string.
--template string Template string or path to template file to use when -o=go-template, -o=go-template-file. The template format is golang templates [http://golang.org/pkg/text/template/#pkg-overview].
--validate If true, use a schema to validate the input before sending it (default true)
```
### Options inherited from parent commands
```
--alsologtostderr[=false]: log to standard error as well as files
--as="": Username to impersonate for the operation.
--certificate-authority="": Path to a cert. file for the certificate authority.
--client-certificate="": Path to a client certificate file for TLS.
--client-key="": Path to a client key file for TLS.
--cluster="": The name of the kubeconfig cluster to use
--context="": The name of the kubeconfig context to use
--insecure-skip-tls-verify[=false]: If true, the server's certificate will not be checked for validity. This will make your HTTPS connections insecure.
--kubeconfig="": Path to the kubeconfig file to use for CLI requests.
--log-backtrace-at=:0: when logging hits line file:N, emit a stack trace
--log-dir="": If non-empty, write log files in this directory
--log-flush-frequency=5s: Maximum number of seconds between log flushes
--logtostderr[=true]: log to standard error instead of files
--match-server-version[=false]: Require server version to match client version
--namespace="": If present, the namespace scope for this CLI request.
--password="": Password for basic authentication to the API server.
-s, --server="": The address and port of the Kubernetes API server
--stderrthreshold=2: logs at or above this threshold go to stderr
--token="": Bearer token for authentication to the API server.
--user="": The name of the kubeconfig user to use
--username="": Username for basic authentication to the API server.
--v=0: log level for V logs
--vmodule=: comma-separated list of pattern=N settings for file-filtered logging
--alsologtostderr value log to standard error as well as files
--as string Username to impersonate for the operation
--certificate-authority string Path to a cert. file for the certificate authority
--client-certificate string Path to a client certificate file for TLS
--client-key string Path to a client key file for TLS
--cluster string The name of the kubeconfig cluster to use
--context string The name of the kubeconfig context to use
--insecure-skip-tls-verify If true, the server's certificate will not be checked for validity. This will make your HTTPS connections insecure
--kubeconfig string Path to the kubeconfig file to use for CLI requests.
--log-backtrace-at value when logging hits line file:N, emit a stack trace (default :0)
--log-dir value If non-empty, write log files in this directory
--logtostderr value log to standard error instead of files
--match-server-version Require server version to match client version
-n, --namespace string If present, the namespace scope for this CLI request
--password string Password for basic authentication to the API server
-s, --server string The address and port of the Kubernetes API server
--stderrthreshold value logs at or above this threshold go to stderr (default 2)
--token string Bearer token for authentication to the API server
--user string The name of the kubeconfig user to use
--username string Username for basic authentication to the API server
-v, --v value log level for V logs
--vmodule value comma-separated list of pattern=N settings for file-filtered logging
```
### SEE ALSO
* [kubectl create](kubectl_create.md) - Create a resource by filename or stdin
###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 12-Aug-2016
###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 2-Sep-2016

83
docs/user-guide/kubectl/kubectl_create_deployment.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
---
---
## kubectl create deployment
Create a deployment with the specified name.
### Synopsis
Create a deployment with the specified name.
```
kubectl create deployment NAME --image=image [--dry-run]
```
### Examples
```
# Create a new deployment named my-dep that runs the busybox image.
kubectl create deployment my-dep --image=busybox
```
### Options
```
--dry-run If true, only print the object that would be sent, without sending it.
--generator string The name of the API generator to use. (default "deployment-basic/v1beta1")
--image value Image name to run. (default [])
--no-headers When using the default or custom-column output format, don't print headers.
-o, --output string Output format. One of: json|yaml|wide|name|custom-columns=...|custom-columns-file=...|go-template=...|go-template-file=...|jsonpath=...|jsonpath-file=... See custom columns [http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/kubectl-overview/#custom-columns], golang template [http://golang.org/pkg/text/template/#pkg-overview] and jsonpath template [http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/jsonpath].
--output-version string Output the formatted object with the given group version (for ex: 'extensions/v1beta1').
--save-config If true, the configuration of current object will be saved in its annotation. This is useful when you want to perform kubectl apply on this object in the future.
--schema-cache-dir string If non-empty, load/store cached API schemas in this directory, default is '$HOME/.kube/schema' (default "~/.kube/schema")
-a, --show-all When printing, show all resources (default hide terminated pods.)
--show-labels When printing, show all labels as the last column (default hide labels column)
--sort-by string If non-empty, sort list types using this field specification. The field specification is expressed as a JSONPath expression (e.g. '{.metadata.name}'). The field in the API resource specified by this JSONPath expression must be an integer or a string.
--template string Template string or path to template file to use when -o=go-template, -o=go-template-file. The template format is golang templates [http://golang.org/pkg/text/template/#pkg-overview].
--validate If true, use a schema to validate the input before sending it (default true)
```
### Options inherited from parent commands
```
--alsologtostderr value log to standard error as well as files
--as string Username to impersonate for the operation
--certificate-authority string Path to a cert. file for the certificate authority
--client-certificate string Path to a client certificate file for TLS
--client-key string Path to a client key file for TLS
--cluster string The name of the kubeconfig cluster to use
--context string The name of the kubeconfig context to use
--insecure-skip-tls-verify If true, the server's certificate will not be checked for validity. This will make your HTTPS connections insecure
--kubeconfig string Path to the kubeconfig file to use for CLI requests.
--log-backtrace-at value when logging hits line file:N, emit a stack trace (default :0)
--log-dir value If non-empty, write log files in this directory
--logtostderr value log to standard error instead of files
--match-server-version Require server version to match client version
-n, --namespace string If present, the namespace scope for this CLI request
--password string Password for basic authentication to the API server
-s, --server string The address and port of the Kubernetes API server
--stderrthreshold value logs at or above this threshold go to stderr (default 2)
--token string Bearer token for authentication to the API server
--user string The name of the kubeconfig user to use
--username string Username for basic authentication to the API server
-v, --v value log level for V logs
--vmodule value comma-separated list of pattern=N settings for file-filtered logging
```
### SEE ALSO
* [kubectl create](kubectl_create.md) - Create a resource by filename or stdin
###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 2-Sep-2016
<!-- BEGIN MUNGE: GENERATED_ANALYTICS -->
[![Analytics](https://kubernetes-site.appspot.com/UA-36037335-10/GitHub/docs/user-guide/kubectl/kubectl_create_deployment.md?pixel)]()
<!-- END MUNGE: GENERATED_ANALYTICS -->

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More